351 101 005 - C

TENDER DOCUMENT
DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND DELIVERY OF
TWO NO’S COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL
FOR
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCEAN TECHNOLOGY
Tender Number: NIOT/20/875/2014 - 15
Date: 15th December, 2014
IMUV/P037/1000-100- REV 5.0 Date:11.12.2014

Prepared by
School of Maritime Design & Research (SMDR)
Indian Maritime University, Visakhapatnam Campus
Gandhigram, Visakhapatnam
INDIA 530 005
Disclaimer
The information contained in this Tender document is the proprietary

and is submitted in strict confidence for a specific purpose. The
confidential and privileged material is for the sole use of the intended
recipient(s). The recipient assumes custody and control and agrees that
its contents will not be revealed in any manner to any person except to
meet the purpose for which it was intended.
Tender Documents Rev 5.0
TENDER FOR CONSTRUCTION & SUPPLY OF
TWO NO’S COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL
For National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai
This tender document, referring to the Invitation to Tender No. NIOT/20/875/2014 – 15,
pertaining to the Design, Construction & Supply of Two no’s Coastal Research Vessels for
National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai consists of the following schedules which,
taken together, including the correspondences there-on if any, shall form essential integral
part of the contract.
Schedule No. Subject Page No.
NOTICE INVITING TENDER 1 to 3
I GENERAL CONDITIONS SCH I/1to20
II DETAILS TO ACCOMPANY TECHNICAL BID SCH II/1to2
III FORMATS MENTIONED IN SCHEDULE II SCH III/1to9
IV DRAFT CONTRACT SCH IV/1to53
V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCH V/1-203
VI FORM OF AGREEMENT SCH VI/1
VII FORMAT FOR FINANCIAL BID SCH VII/1to5
National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

Tender Document Rev 5.0 Notice Inviting Tender / 1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
National Institute of Ocean Technology (hereinafter referred to as NIOT), invite – on a non-

exclusive basis –to bid for the Design, engineering, procurement, construction, testing,
commissioning, delivery and providing warranty for one year after delivery of 2 Nos of
coastal research vessels with all necessary documentation on a turnkey basis.
INVITATION TO TENDER
To
M/s.
Dear Sir,
Request for Proposals are invited for the design, construction and delivery afloat of two
numbers of Coastal Research Vessels as per the scope of work given in the tender document,
Technical specifications and the guidance preliminary GA drawing and other information
provided.
The bid should be in the prescribed bid forms at appendices of “Instructions to Bidders”
enclosed at Schedule I. The details of the tender are given below:
1. Tender No. : NIOT/20/875/2014 - 15
2. Description of Services : Building of 2 Nos of Coastal Research

vessels as per the Scope of work given
in the tender document, Technical
specifications and the guidance GA
drawing
3. Pre-bid conference scheduled on : 19th January, 2015 at 10:30 hrs (IST)
4. Last date and time of submission : 05th February, 2015 at 15:00 hrs (IST)
of bid
5. Opening date & time

a) Unpriced Techno-Commercial Bid: 05th February, 2015 at 15:30 hrs (IST)

b) Priced Bid opening date & time : Will be intimated to the technically
accepted bidders
6. Bid Validity upto : 240 days from the date of opening of

the technical bid
7. Bid Bond / Bid Security amount : Rupees Three Crores and Fifty Lakhs
(Rs. 3.5 crores)
8. Bid Security Bond Validity upto : 240 days from the date of opening of
technical bid.
9. Address for Correspondence : The Director

National Institute of Ocean Technology
Velachery-Tambaram Main Road,
Chennai
Pallikaranai – 600 100
10. Email Id : newcrv@niot.res.in
11. The tender will be governed by the “Instructions to Bidders” “Scope of work” placed
at Section-II, “Bid Evaluation Criteria” as per Schedule I, “Draft Contract format” as
per Schedule IV, “Technical Specification and “Guidance General Arrangement
(GA) Drawing” of Vessel, as per Schedule V and price Bid per Schedule VII.
12. a) Only those shipbuilders who qualify as per bid qualification criteria
mentioned in Schedule I section 3 will be considered for technical evaluation.
b) Bid Evaluation Criteria placed in Schedule I section 3.2 shall be the basis for
evaluation of bids.
13. Two Bid system shall be followed for this tender. Bidders should take due care to
submit the bids in accordance with requirements as mentioned in Schedule I-
Instruction to bidders.
14. Pre-bid conference
14.1 A pre-bid conference will be held (on 19th January, 2015 at 10:30 hrs (IST) at
NIOT, Chennai, wherein NIOT’s position on the issues raised by the bidders will be
discussed/ clarified. All the terms and conditions would be frozen after the pre-bid
conference. No change in specifications and tender conditions will be permissible
thereafter. NIOT expects the bidders to comply with the specifications/conditions.
NIOT reserves the right to seek any clarification or not to seek any clarification after
opening of technical bids (Un-priced bids). NIOT may hold technical discussions and
seek presentation at Chennai from all or some bidders after opening the bids.

Conditional Bids indicating exceptions/deviations to the tender clauses are liable to

be rejected.
14.2 The bidder is requested to submit any query/clarification/deviation list (if any) on
bidding document, by e-mail or fax to reach NIOT on or before 16th January, 2015
for deliberation in the pre-bid conference.
14.3 Non-attendance at the pre-bid conference shall not be a cause for disqualification of
a bidder. Every effort will be made to provide deliberation of pre bid conference
proceedings to the best possible communication skill (Language will be English).
Every bidder may avail the opportunity of pre-bid conference / deliberation to get
first hand details of the proceedings, in their own interest. All the bidders queries
will be consolidated as pre bid meeting minutes as a corrigendum for the benefit of
all bidders.
14.4 Only the authorised representative(s) of the bidders shall be allowed to be present
during pre-bid conference & bid openings.
14.5 No reply will be given in writing in response to the query raised if that is not
necessitated for amending any clause of the tender document. Nevertheless, all
clarifications will be provided after the pre-bid conference. Bidders are encouraged
to submit all the clarification well before pre bid meeting. No queries will be
received / entertained after the issuance of corrigendum.
14.6 The following discipline will be adopted during pre-bid meeting:
a. All seriously interested Bidders shall provide list of queries in writing one
week before –the date of pre bid meeting. Bidder’s queries must be
organized in the same order as that of tender document, specifications.
b. Any modification of tender document, decided during the pre-bid conference
will be notified within 15 days of pre-bid conference to all bidders.
Subsequent to the pre-bid meeting, all specifications, terms and conditions
will be treated as frozen.
15 Technically qualified bidders meeting the qualification criteria given section 3 schedule
I, will be given advance intimation for opening of price bid.
16 Any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the NIOT may, for any reason, or
at its own initiative, modify the bidding documents by amendment(s).
17 In order to allow prospective bidders reasonable time in which to take the amendment
into account in preparing their bid, NIOT may at its discretion, extend the deadline for
the submission of bid.

SCHEDULE - I
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Tender Document Rev 5.0 Schedule 1 / 2
1 GENERAL
1.1. This tender is for design, construction and supply of two in number of Coastal
Research Vessel, in accordance with the outline specifications contained in the
accompanying schedules, for National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai, here-
in-after called "BUYER".
1.2. The Buyer reserves the right to modify the conditions without any prior notice;
however, the buyer will publish any information that materially changes the technical or
commercial aspects of the tender in our website or our e-tender web site. The Buyer
cannot inform each and every bidder in this aspect and it is the responsibility of each
and every bidder to verify for any changes in the contents of the tender document and
submit their tender well within the closing date and time of the tender.
1.3. The Buyer will in no way be responsible for any expenditure incurred by the bidder in
the preparation and submission of the tender.
1.4. The Buyer reserves all rights to accept or reject any tender in part or full without
assigning any reason.
1.5. Issuance of bid documents will not construe that such bidders are automatically
considered qualified.
1.6. The Buyer also reserves to itself the right to accept or reject any bid in part or parts
only with such conditions as it may prescribe.
2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
2.1 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
2.1.1 This tender is invited in e-tender format. No sealed covered system is followed.
However all supporting documentation that cannot be uploaded in the e-tender portal
only need to be submitted along with EMD in original on or before the closing date
and time of tender submission.
2.1.2 The offer must be submitted through e-tender in two-bid system on or before the
closing date and time of tender submission.
2.1.3 Any change in quotation, after opening of the bid, will not be considered.
2.1.4 Bidders are advised in their own interest to ensure that their offer/bid reaches this
office well before the closing date and time as the offers received after the closing
date and time of the tender will not be considered.
2.1.5 TELEX/TELEGRAPHIC/TELEFAX/Email/Xerox/Photocopy offers, whether
received directly by BUYER will not be considered. Manual tenders if submitted due

to technical failure of e-tender can be considered in exceptional cases only.

2.1.6 On the day of the opening of bid, only the Technical Bids will be opened.
2.1.7 Documents to be submitted with Technical Bids:- See Schedule II.
3 BID QUALIFICATION & EVALUATION CRITERA

3.1 QUALIFICATION CRITERIA
All documentary evidence towards qualification criteria / evaluation criteria to be

submitted by the builder.
3.1.1 The bidder shall be registered in India with office and shipbuilding yard in India.
3.1.2 The bidder should have their own shipyard existing on their names for the last 5
years with facilities and infrastructure such as CNC cutting machine, material
handling equipments, forming machinery (hydraulic press & enclosed/covered
prefabrication shed), docking/undocking, berthing facilities etc to build Coastal
Research Vessels or similar seagoing vessels of at least 40m LOA.
3.1.3 The shipyard should have quality management system certification for relevant ship
building production.
3.1.4 The shipyard should have in their payroll minimum 2 each Naval Architects/
Marine/Mechanical/Electrical engineers having minimum 10 years experience.
3.1.5 Bidder should have in the last 5 years built, commissioned and delivered:
a. At least one self propelled Research Vessel of at least 40m length (LOA).
OR
b. At least one self propelled Ocean going offshore supply/ support/ surveillance
Vessel of at least 40m length (LOA)
OR
c. At least one self propelled Ocean going vessel with steel and aluminium
structure with length (LOA) at least 40 metres.
3.1.6 In cases where shipyard does not have its own in-house design facility, the shipyard
has to sign necessary agreement with the designer for providing design support, valid
up to successful delivery of both the vessels. The designer should have provided
basic and detailed design for similar or larger vessels as indicated in section 3.1.5
above and vessels based on such design are under construction or already delivered.
However the builder should resume complete responsibility for the design,
construction and performance of the vessels and their systems.
3.1.7 The bidder should have a minimum average annual turnover of Rs. 25 crores of the

past 3 years (2011-12, 2012-13, 2013-14) with positive net worth during the end of
each Financial Year.
3.1.8 The bidder should have made profit in any 3 years out of the last 5 years (2009-2010,
2010-2011, 2011-12, 2012-13, 2013-14).
3.1.9 The bidder should submit a solvency certificate of Rs 75 crores certified by their
bankers. The format of solvency certificate shall be as per Appendix-3 of schedule I.
3.2 BID EVALUATION CRITERA
3.2.1 Technical evaluation will be based on fulfilment of all conditions listed in

qualification criteria.
3.2.2 The order will be placed on lowest total price for two vessels on the technically
qualified bidder.
4 SCOPE OF WORK
In formulating the bid, bidders shall have full regard to the contents of, contract
clauses given in Schedule IV, technical specifications given in schedule V and
guidance general arrangement drawing, since all bids will be deemed to have been
made after taking into account all the provisions thereof. The agreement as finally
executed will include tender document package and the bidder’s tender, any other
documents / commitments provided by the bidder and accepted by buyer.
4.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
The Buyer desires that 2 Nos of Coastal Research Vessels with all state of the art
equipments installed on board as fully specified in Schedule V and the
accompanying guidance general arrangement drawing are built and delivered ready
to go to service. The vessels are to be delivered by the builder to the buyer complete
in all respect and have to include all items mentioned in the enclosed technical
specification of the ship and equipment.
4.2 DESIGN
4.2.1. The tender is furnished with a concept design for this project. The builder shall be
guided by this design and develop the basic, detailed design and production design
required for production. The builder has to satisfy himself of the design and shall
conduct his own investigations to arrive at required specifications of equipment (over
and above specified in technical specification) for guaranteeing the performance of
the vessel.
4.2.2. The design has to be model tested by the successful bidder. The cost and time
towards this shall be taken into account while making the bid. Based on the results of
the model tests the builder shall make necessary changes to the design to confirm to
the specifications. After the changes are made the bidder may be required to do the
model test again to confirm compliance with specification. Buyer/ Buyer’s

Representatives will witness the tests. All expenses towards the same is to the
account of the Builder. Expenses towards 3 buyer representatives on
travel/accommodation is to the account of builder.
4.2.3. The Builder shall develop all basic Design and Drawings required for constructing
the vessels. Detail Design Drawings are to reflect the intended and later the actual,
finished designs of all ship structures, outfitting and systems, taking into account any
changes to which the buyer has agreed resulting from the Builders detailed
engineering cycle.
4.3 PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE
4.3.1. The entire scope of work, job association during installation, Trial tests (Static and
Dynamic Tests) and handing over the vessel to the buyer shall be completed within
scheduled completion period i.e. 24 months for the First vessel and 28 Months for
the second vessel or as accepted by the Buyer from the date of signing of contract..
4.3.2. The bidder has to submit the overall construction schedule of the vessels (Project
execution plan), clearly indicating proposed time frame for construction, dates of order
and receipt of materials, major machinery and equipment etc as indicated in Schedule II
along with the technical bid.
4.4 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER:
4.4.1. The responsibility for the ship design, integration and performance is with the
Builder. All technical data for the ship and values of machinery, outfit equipment
given in this document are the minimum requirement and are to be checked by the
builder, for any revision in course of detailed designing of the vessel. But Buyer’s
requirements on draft, gross tonnage , speed, min. deck & lab areas, types and
respective makes of special equipments (given in the maker’s list) are to be catered
for as per specifications. Any material or parts, the omission of which would be
detrimental to the seaworthiness or serviceability of the vessel and the inclusion of
which is generally accepted as Good Shipbuilding Practice, shall be provided by the
Builder to the satisfaction of the buyer, classification society and Regulatory Bodies
without increase in cost to buyer and time schedule of the vessels.
4.4.2. Any and all testing to prove the compliance of any and all components, systems and
sub-systems with their contractual requirements, shall be included as part of the
contract work associated with each such component, system and/or sub system; such
testing shall not be extra to the scope of work for the contract and the time to achieve
such testing shall not be additional to the contract
4.4.3. If the requirements of the Specifications require better materials or better
performance or better testing than the requirements of any of the cited classification
standards, Statutory requirements, the Vessels shall be constructed and tested in
accordance with those requirements.

4.5 CONDITIONS FOR SELECTION OF MAKES AND VENDORS
4.5.1. In respect of certain critical equipment like Main Generators, Propulsion package,
Electrical package, communication equipment, navigation equipments, Air
Conditioning, Scientific equipment and scientific handling equipment etc., a
recommended list of vendors for such equipment is included in the bidding
document as Main makers list. Builder is required to select such critical equipment
from the recommended list only. For other items, choice can be made from other
reputed makers. For compatibility reasons and to have single point responsibility it is
compulsory that the main engine manufacturer supplies main propulsion system
(main engines, auxiliary engines, gearbox, shafting & propeller) and necessary
controls. The same applies for navigation & communication equipments and
scientific equipments as indicated in the specifications. In case the builder offers
more than one option, the final selection of equipment shall be made with the
concurrence of the buyer.
4.5.2. Procurement of equipment/materials from vendor(s) as approved by buyer shall not

relieve the Builder of his obligations and responsibilities under this Contract.
4.5.3 Import Licence and Foreign exchange required, if any, in the process of procurement
of imported equipment, spares, etc. should be arranged by the Builder. Scientific
equipments imported for these vessels entitles concessional rate of Customs Duty as
per Indian customs act. Bidders are advised to verify the same and quote their prices
accordingly. BUYER will provide necessary customs duty exemption certificate for
scientific equipment.
4.5.4 The Builder shall also install any Buyers supply items as specified in the technical
specification in accordance with the contract.
5 BID SECURITY BOND AND PERFORMANCE SECUIRITY

BOND
5.1 BID SECURITY BOND
5.1.1. Without the valid and prescribed BID SECURITY amount, the tender will be treated
as cancelled.
5.1.2. The norms/mode of paying BID SECURITY is Bank Guarantee (B.G.) from a
scheduled commercial bank having its registered office in India substantially in the
format provided with the tender document at Appendix-1. The bank guarantee shall
be kept valid up to 240 days from the date of opening of technical bid.
5.1.3. No interest is payable on the BID SECURITY AMOUNT.

5.1.4. The validity of the Bank Guarantee submitted as the BID SECURITY, should be
suitably extended by the Bidder, if need be, beyond 240 days till finalization of the
contract with the successful bidder.
5.1.5. The BID SECURITY will be returned to the unsuccessful Bidders within 30 days
from the date of signing of the contract. It will be returned to the successful Bidder
after receipt of the PERFORMANCE SECURITY DEPOSIT from successful bidder
or his issuing bank.
5.1.6. In case of withdrawals or amends or impairs or derogates or non-compliance of bid

condition(s) in any respect within the validity period of the bid or refusal of
furnishing PERFORMANCE SECURITY DEPOSIT within 15 days from LOI in the
event of getting intimation of awarding the Contract/Purchase Order, the BID
SECURITY amount is liable to be.
5.1.7. Bid bond must be issued only on behalf of the bidding company giving complete
address etc., in whose name bid is being submitted and award of contract will be
considered only to the company who submitted bid accompanied with bid bond
drawn in their name.
5.2 PERFORMANCE SECURITY BOND
5.2.1. The successful bidder, within 21 days of the date of issue of Letter of indent will be
required to furnish Performance Bond for 10% of the contract value substantially in
the format provided with the tender document at Appendix- 2, in the form of a Bank
Guarantee from a scheduled commercial bank having their branch in India.
5.2.2. Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirement of clause 5.2.1 shall
constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid
Security/ Bid Bond, in which event the buyer may award the contract to the next
lowest evaluated bidder or call for new bids or any action as deemed necessary.
5.2.3. This Performance Security BG should remain valid for a period of 90 days beyond
the completion of all warranty claims for both the vessels and after satisfactory
completion of all contractual obligations.
5.2.4. In case of non-delivery or delayed delivery and for any other bad delivery
performance as provided for in the contract the Performance Security will be
forfeited.
5.2.5. No interest is payable on the PERFORMANCE SECURITY.
5.3 BID BONDS IN BANK GUARANTEE FORM AND ITS AUTHENTICATION
5.3.1 All Bank Guarantees, after its issuance from any branch of a Bank, is to be
authenticated by its Bank Head Office may be on a later date. If the BG is not

authenticated thus, may be liable to be treated as cancelled one.

5.3.2 Buyer will not be liable for any obligation until such time the buyer has
communicated to the successful bidder its decision to entrust the work.
6 CURRENCY OF THE BID:

The bidder shall submit FIXED PRICE offer, in Indian Rupees only, both in figures and
in words. Escalation in price due to Foreign Exchange Fluctuations will not be allowed.
7 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF BID

7.1. The bids can only be submitted in the name of the bidder in whose name the bid
documents were issued by buyer. The bid papers shall be filled complete in all
respects and shall be submitted together with requisite information and Appendices,
if any. It shall be complete and free from ambiguity, changes or interlineations. Bid
prices must not be indicated on any documents other than buyer specified official
form of price bid (Schedule VII). Any additional information that the bidder wishes
to submit must be attached to their documents as an addendum.
7.2. The bidder’s offer and any annotations or accompanying documentation shall be in
English language only. The complete bid including the prices must be written by the
bidder in indelible ink. Bids and/or prices written in pencil will be rejected.
7.3. Bidders shall set their quotations in firm figures and without
conditions/qualifications. Each figure stated should also be repeated in words and in
the event of discrepancy between the amount stated in figures and in words, the
prices / rates quoted in words shall be deemed to be the correct amount. Bids
containing qualifying expressions such as “subject to availability”, “subject to
minimum acceptance”, etc. shall be liable for disqualification and may lead to
rejection. If the space in the tender forms or in the Appendices thereto is
insufficient, additional pages shall be separately added. These pages shall be
consecutively numbered and shall also be signed by the bidder. In such cases
reference to the additional page(s) must be made in the bid.
7.4. Bidders should indicate at the time of quoting against this tender their full postal and
telegraphic/ telex/ fax/ email address.
7.5. The bid shall be kept unconditionally valid for acceptance for a minimum period of
240 days from the date of opening of the bid. If any bidder desires to offer a longer
validity period, it should specifically be mentioned in the bid.
7.6. The bidders are advised in their own interest to ensure that all the points brought out
in the Instructions to Bidders are complied within their bid failing which the offer is
liable to be rejected.

7.7. The Bidders, in their bid, will have to give a certificate in its offer that the terms and
conditions as laid down in this bidding document acceptable to it.
7.8. Any interlineations, erasures or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed by
the person or persons signing the bid.
7.9. Bidders are advised not to indicate separate discounts. Discounts, if any, should be
merged in the prices /rates against the quoted items.
7.10. Bid shall be signed by a person/ Personnel duly authorized to bind the bidder till
contract execution if awarded. The proof of authorization such as power of attorney
issued by the bidding company, in favour of authorized signatory may be submitted.
7.11. Bidder should quote strictly in Price format provided with the tender document
without stating any conditions, Conditional offer will be rejected. The complete
tender document along with clarifications changes etc issued by buyer must be
signed on all pages and submitted along with the technical bid.
7.12. No alteration/changes in the price bids after closing date will be taken into account
for the bid evaluation unless specifically asked for from the bidder as a result of
discussions/clarification meeting(s), which may be required by buyer.
7.13. Bidders to note that failure to furnish all information/ details/ documents/ certificates
required in the bidding document or submission of bids not in accordance with the
tender document in all respects may result in rejection of the bids. The buyer may not
seek any clarifications from the bidders after opening of the techno commercial bids.
7.14. Bidders are advised not to take any exception/ deviations to the bid document.
Exceptions/ deviations, if any, should be brought out during the Pre-bid conference.
The buyer after processing such suggestions may, through an addendum to the tender
document, communicate to the bidders the changes in its tender document, if any.
Still, if exceptions/ deviations are maintained in the bid, such conditional/ non-
conforming bids may not be considered and rejected.
8 MODIFICATIONS TO BIDS
8.1. Bids or modifications to bids received after closing date and time shall not be
considered. Such modified bid together with original bid will be summarily rejected
forfeiting the tender fee and bid bond. However bid bond submitted with bid after the
scheduled date and time of bid submission will be returned to the bidder after
rejecting the bid.
8.2. Bids once submitted will become property of buyer for the purpose of auditable
records. Bidders shall not call back the bid including its envelopes covers, as buyer

need to maintain these documents as auditable documents in a closed cover. For the
purpose of separating the bid bond, sealed cover bid will be opened.
8.3. Any bidder who modifies his bid (including a modification which has the effect of
altering the value of his offer) after the closing date without specific reference by
buyer shall make himself liable to be debarred from this tender and future tender’s of
buyer without notice and without further reference to the bidder or any further action
as per directives of Government Of India. In such an event, the Bid Bond shall be
forfeited
9 SIGNING OF THE CONTRACT/LETTER of INTENT (LOI)

9.1. Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the BUYER will notify the
successful bidder in writing that its bid has been accepted by issuing a letter of
intent (LOI).
9.2. The issuance of letter of intent will constitute the formation of the contract
9.3. The successful bidder is required to sign a contract with buyer within a maximum
period of 30 days of date of LOI. Until the contract is signed, the LOI shall remain
binding amongst the two parties. In case of delay in signing the contract on the part
of buyer, bidder shall be given corresponding extension in delivery period.
10 DATE OF SUBMISSION
10.1. Bid must be received in the office of buyer before 15:00 hrs (IST) on the prescribed
due date. In case of an unscheduled holiday on the closing/opening day prescribed in
the Tender, the next working day will be treated as scheduled prescribed day of
closing/opening of the bids.
10.2. Bidders are advised in their own interest to prepare their bids in strict conformity
with the tender documents and to avoid exceptions as much as possible as bids are to
be evaluated on the basis of Bid qualification criteria laid down in the tender
documents. In case of any deviation buyer has the right to reject the bid.
10.3. The buyer will not be responsible for the loss of the bid or for delay in postal transit
of any documents forwarded by postal means. It is the responsibility of the bidders to
see that their tenders reach the address specified for submitting bid by due date and
time.
10.4. Bid documents must be submitted complete in all respects. The offers are liable to
be rejected without assigning any reasons, if found incomplete.
10.5. Once the technical evaluation is completed, Price Bids of only those Bidders which
are technically acceptable will be opened for financial evaluation in the presence of

authorized representatives of such bidders if deputed. The date of opening Price

Bids shall be intimated in advance through Fax / email.
11 TAXES, DUTIES, LEVIES

11.1. Taxes, duties, levies must be included in the lump-sum price. Bidder may explore for
himself with the concerned authorities regarding the application of taxes for this
contract before they bid. The bidder shall indicate the split up rates of taxes, levies
and duties (on the finished vessel) according to the price schedule attached with this
tender. The prevalent Sales Tax, Customs Duty, Octroi and Excise duty etc. shall be
verified by the bidder and included in the price with exact percentages of taxes and
levies applicable and a total figure as requested in the Proforma price schedule
should be shown. Bids with “taxes as applicable”, or “taxes as per government
notification” and such vague terms shall not be accepted. Buyer shall not reimburse
any taxes duties, or statutory levies for the components imported / purchased for the
performance of the contract. Buyer shall not be responsible for delay in performance
of contract if the bidder/ yard wishes to avail of the any applicable exemptions and
the bidder / yard shall be solely responsible for the performance of contract.
11.2. Any variation in taxes will be accounted for in the following manner:
a) If the delivery of the vessels is affected within the time frame including
permissible delays as agreed to in the contract then any increase in taxes will be
reimbursed by the buyer. Likewise any decrease in the taxes shall be adjusted
against the final instalment to be paid to the builder.
b) If the delivery date is delayed beyond the agreed delivery date then the builder
cannot claim for any increase in price due to increase in taxes.
c) All stage payments except payments upon delivery of each vessel will be made
on the basis of base price of each vessel. All taxes will be paid along with the
final instalment at the time of delivery of each vessel.
11.3. The buyer shall be free from all liabilities of customs excise and other, statutory duties,
liens and any other obligations at the time of taking delivery of any vessel.
12 UNSOLICITED POST BID MODIFICATION

12.1. In case certain clarifications are sought by buyer after opening of bids, then the reply
of the bidder should be restricted to the clarifications sought. Any bidder who
modifies his bid (including a modification which has the effect of altering the value
of his offer) after the closing date without specific reference made by buyer shall
render the bid liable to be ignored and rejected without notice and without further
reference to the bidder. Such a voluntary action shall lead to encashment of EMD
also apart from other action to be taken as per Govt. of India directives.
12.2. The bidder shall note that buyer will not entertain any correspondence or queries on
the status of the offers received against this Bid package. Bidders are also requested
not to depute any of their personnel or agents to visit buyer’s office for making such

inquiries. Should the buyer find it necessary to seek any clarifications, technical or
otherwise, the concerned bidders will be duly contacted by the buyer.
12.3. Canvassing in any form by the bidder or by any other agency acting on behalf of the
bidder after submission of the bid, may disqualify the said bidder. The BUYER’s
decision in this regard shall be final and binding on the bidders. Such an voluntary
action shall lead to encashment of Bid Security also apart from other action to be
taken as per Govt. of India directives.
13 CLARIFICATION IN RESPECT OF INCOMPLETE OFFER

The buyer has to finalise the award of contract within a limited time schedule.
Therefore, it may not be feasible in all cases for buyer to seek clarifications in
respect of incomplete offers. Prospective bidders are advised to ensure that their bids
are complete in all respects and conform to the terms & conditions and Bid
qualification Criteria of the tender. Bids not complying with buyer’s requirements
may be rejected without seeking any clarifications.
14 LANGUAGE OF THE BID

The Bid prepared by the Bidder, and all correspondence relating the bid exchanged
by the Bidder and the buyer shall be written in the English Language. Any printed
literature furnished by the Bidder may be written in another Language provided that
this literature is accompanied by English translation, in which case, for purposes of
interpretation of the Bid, the English translation shall govern and be binding.

Appendix –1
PROFORMA OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR BID SECURITY BOND
(To be stamped in accordance with the stamp Act)
Bank Guarantee No. ______________________ Date: _____________
Valid upto : ______________________________ Amount :__________
To
National Institute of Ocean Technology
Velachery-Tambaram Road, Pallikaranai,
Chennai 600 100
Dear Sir,
1. Where as the NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCEAN TECHNOLOGY, an autonomous

body of Ministry of Earth Sciences, Govt. of India having its office at Velachery-
Tambaram Road, Pallikaranai – 600 100, Chennai, India (herein after called “NIOT”
which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include all
its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) has floated a Tender No.
____________________ and M/s. ________________________ having registered/
head office at ______________________(hereinafter called the ‘bidder’ which
expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof mean and include
all its successors, administrators executors and assigns) have submitted a quotation No.
___________ and bidder having agreed to furnish as a condition precedent for
participation in Tender an unconditional and irrevocable bank guarantee of
____________ only (WORDS __________________ only) for the due performance of
bidder’s obligations as contained in the terms and conditions contained in the Tender
Document supplied by NIOT especially the conditions that (a) bidder shall keep his
Tender open for a period of ______ days i.e. from __________ to ________ or any
extension thereof and shall not withdraw or modify it in a manner not acceptable to
NIOT, (b) the bidder will execute the contract, if awarded and shall furnish
performance guarantee in the format prescribed by NIOT within the required time. The
bidder has absolutely and unconditionally accepted these conditions.
2. NIOT and the bidder have agreed that the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)/Tender
Document (TD) is an offer made on the condition that the Tender, if submitted, would
be kept open in its original form without variation or modification in a manner
acceptable to NIOT for a period of ______ days, i.e. from _________ to __________
or any extension thereof and that the making of the Tender itself shall be regarded as
an unconditional and absolute acceptance of the conditions contained in NIT and the
Tender Document. They have further agreed that the Agreement consisting of
NIT/Tender Document as the Offer and the submission of the Tender as the
Acceptance shall be separate Agreements distinct from the Contract which will come
into existence when the Tender is finally accepted by NIOT. The consideration for this
separate initial Agreement preceding the main Agreement is that NIOT is not agreeable

to sell the NIT/Tender Document to the bidders and to consider the Tender to be made
except on the condition that the Tender shall be kept open for the period indicated
above and the bidder desires to make a Tender on this condition and after entering into
this separate initial Agreement with NIOT, NIOT promises to consider the Tender on
this condition and the bidder agrees to keep this Tender open for the required period.
These reciprocal promises form the consideration for this separate initial Agreement
between the parties.
3. Therefore, we __________________ (Bank) ____________________ registered under

the laws of _____________________having head/registered office at
_________________ (hereinafter referred as the “Bank” which expression shall unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include all its successors, administrators
and executors) hereby issue irrevocable and unconditional bank guarantee and
undertake to pay immediately on first demand in writing in Rupees or in such
convertible currency as acceptable to NIOT any and all monies to the extent of
___________________ only (WORDS _________________________ only) at any
time immediately on such demand without any demur, reservations, recourse, contest
or protest and/or without any reference to the bidder and any such demand made by
NIOT on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding not withstanding any difference
between NIOT and the bidder or any dispute pending before any court, arbitrator or
any other authority and/or any other matter whatsoever. We also agree that guarantee
herein contained shall be irrevocable unless it is discharged earlier by NIOT in writing.
This guarantee shall not be determined/discharged/affected by the liquidation, winding
up, dissolution, on insolvency of the bidder and will remain valid, binding and
operative against the Bank.
4. The Bank also undertakes that NIOT at its option shall be entitled to enforce this
Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance, without
proceeding against the bidder.
5. The Bank further agrees that as between the Bank and the NIOT for the purpose of this
guarantee any notice for the breach of the conditions contained in NIT and other terms
and conditions contained in the Tender Documents as referred above, given to the
Bank by NIOT shall be conclusive and binding on bank without any proof,
notwithstanding any other matter or difference or dispute whatsoever. We further agree
that this guarantee shall not be affected by any change in our constitution, in the
constitution of NIOT or that of the bidder. We also undertake not to revoke in any case
this Guarantee during its currency.
6. The Bank agrees with NIOT that NIOT shall have the fullest liberty without our
consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of
the terms of the Tender or get extension of the validity period from time to time. We
shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation or extension of
the validity period or for any forbearance, act of omission and commission on the part

of NIOT or any indulgence shown by NIOT to the said bidder or by any such matter or
thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision
have the effect of so relieving us.
7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, our liability under this Guarantee is

limited to _______________only (WORDS _________________________ only) in
aggregate and it shall remain in full force upto & including 60 days after
____________ unless extended in writing by M/s.______________________ on
whose behalf this Guarantee has been given, in which case remain in full force upto
and including 60 days after the extended period. Any claim under this Guarantee must
be received by us before the expiry of 60 days from ______________ or before the
expiry of the 60 days from the extended period, if any, if no such claim has been
received by us within the 60 days after the said date/extended date, all rights of NIOT
under this Guarantee will cease subject to para 8 below. However, if such a claim has
been received by us within & upto 60 days after the said date/extended date, all rights
of NIOT under this Guarantee shall be valid and shall not cease until we have satisfied
that claim.
8. In case contract is awarded to the bidder (hereinafter referred to as “Consultant”) the

validity of this Bank Guarantee will stand automatically extended until the Contractor
furnishes to NIOT a Bank Guarantee for _________________ only
(WORDS_____________ only) towards performance guarantee for satisfactory
performance of the Contract. In case of failure to furnish Performance Bank Guarantee
in the format prescribed by NIOT by the required date, the claim must be submitted to
us within 120 days after the last date of validity period or extended period, if any. If no
such claim has been received by us within 120 days after the said date/extended date,
rights of NIOT under this guarantee shall be valid and shall not cease until we have
satisfied that claim.
9. The Bank confirms that this Guarantee has been issued with the approval of the
appropriate Exchange Control Authorities in ___________ (if required) and any other
authority if required as per the laws of the country of issue of guarantee.
10. We also agree that this Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with Indian Laws and subject to exclusive jurisdiction of Indian Courts. The Bank also
agrees that courts of the place from where Tenders have been invited shall have
exclusive jurisdiction.
In witness whereof the bank, through its authorised officer has put its hand and stamp on this
______ day of _______ 200- __________at _______ .

Yours faithfully
(Signature)
WITNESS No.1
Name in full
(Signature with full name and Designation)
Date
(address)
WITNESS No.2
Name in full
Date
(address)

APPENDIX - 2
PROFORMA FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY BOND

(To be stamped in accordance with Indian Stamp Act)
15 Bank Guarantee No. ____________________ Date : ______________
Valid upto_____________________________ Amount : ___________
To
The National institute of Ocean Technology
Velachery-Tambaram Road, Pallikaranai
Chennai – 600 100
Dear Sir,
1. In consideration of NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCEAN TECHNOLOGY, having its

office at Velachery-Tambaram Road, Pallikaranai – 600 100, Chennai (hereafter
referred to as “NIOT” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or
meaning thereof, include all its successors, executors, administrators and assignees) and
having entered into an Agreement dated _____________________ (hereinafter referred
to as “Contract” which expression shall include all amendments thereto) with M/s.
________________________________________ having its Head / Registered office at
____________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Contractor” which expression
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, shall include all its successors,
executors, administrators and assignees) and the Agreement having been unequivocally
accepted by the Contractor resulting into a contract bearing No for (Scope of Work)
_______________ and the NIOT having agreed that the Contractor shall furnish to the
NIOT a Performance Guarantee for the faithful performance of the entire Contract
(including but not limited to Liquidated Damages, Guarantee Warranty, Satisfactory
Installation / Commissioning / Performance of the Equipment / Product / System /
Services) to the extent of xxx% of the value of the Contract, ____________ (in words),
We __________(Bank) _______________ having its Registered office at
____________________ (hereinafter referred to as “BANK” which expression shall
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include all its successors,
administrators, executors and assignees) do hereby undertake to pay on demand to the
NIOT any money or all monies to the extent of ___________ (in words) in aggregate at
any time without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest and/or without any
reference to the Contractor. Any such demand made by the NIOT on the BANK shall
be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the NIOT and the
contractor or any dispute pending before any Court, Arbitrator, Tribunal or any other
authority. We agree that Guarantee herein contained shall be Irrevocable and shall
continue to be enforceable till it is discharged by the NIOT in writing.
2. The NIOT shall have the fullest liberty, without affecting in any way the liability of the
BANK under the Guarantee, from time to time, to extend the time for performance of
the Contract by the Contractor, or vary the terms, of the Contract. The NIOT shall have
the fullest liberty without affecting this Guarantee to postpone, from time to time, the

exercise power vested in them or of any right which they might have against the
Contractor and to exercise the same at any time in any manner and either to enforce, or
to forebear to enforce, any covenants contained or implied in the Contract between the
NIOT and the Contractor or any other course or remedy or security available to the
NIOT. The BANK shall not be released of its obligations under these presents by any
exercise by the NIOT of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of
them or by reason of any other action or forbearance or other acts of omission of
commission on the part of the NIOT or any other indulgence shown by the NIOT.
3. The BANK also agrees that the NIOT at its option shall be entitled to enforce this
Guarantee against the BANK as a principal debtor, in the first instance, without
proceeding against Contractor & notwithstanding any security or other Guarantee that
NIOT may have in relation to the Contractors liabilities.
4. The BANK further agrees that the Guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force
during the period that is taken for the performance of the Contract and it shall continue
to be enforceable till all the dues of the NIOT under or by virtue of this Contract have
been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till the NIOT discharges the
Guarantee in writing.
5. We further agree that as between us and NIOT for the purpose of this Guarantee any
notice given to us by the NIOT that the money is payable by the Contractor and any
amount claimed in such notice by the NIOT shall be conclusive and binding on us
notwithstanding any difference between the NIOT and the Contractor or any dispute
pending before any Court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any authority. We further agree that
this Guarantee shall not be affected by any change in our Constitution or NIOT or that
of the Contractor. WE also undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency.
6. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, our liability under this Guarantee is
limited to ________________________ (in words) in aggregate and it shall remain in
full force upto and including 90 days after ___________ unless extended further, from
time to time, for such as may be instructed in writing by M/s. ____________________
on whose behalf this Guarantee has been given, in which case it shall remain in full
force upto and including 90 days after the extended date. Any claim under this
Guarantee must be received by us or by our correspondent banks in India before the
expiry of 90 days from __________________ or before the expiry of the 90 days from
the extended date, if any, if no such claim has been received by us or by our
correspondent banks in India within the 90 days after the said date / extended date, the
NIOT’s right under this Guarantee will cease. However if such a claim has been
received by us or by our correspondent banks in India within and upto 90 days after the
said date / extended date, all the NIOT’s rights under this Guarantee shall be valid and
shall not cease until we have satisfied that claim. We further confirm that unless the
Guarantee is renewed by the bank or discharged by NIOT or cancelled by the bank with
the prior consent of NIOT, WE shall treat a claim under this bank guarantee deemed to
have been made by NIOT on us whether NIOT has served the claim notice or not on us.
7. We further confirm that this Guarantee has been issued with the approval of the
appropriate Exchange Control Authorities in __________(if required) and that the issue

of this guarantee is in order and in accordance with the Laws and Regulations in force in
_______________.
8. We also agree that this Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with Indian Laws.
Dated this _____day of ________200__ at ___________
Yours faithfully
(Signature)
WITNESS No.1
Name in full
Date
(address)
WITNESS No.2
Name in full
Date
(address)

APPENDIX - 3
Tender Document Rev 5.0 Schedule 1I / 1
SCHEDULE-II
DETAILS TO ACCOMPANY TECHNICAL BID
The Technical Bid shall have the following enclosures:
Enclosure I : Letter of authorization for personnel involved in execution of the

contract.
Enclosure II : Bid security Bond for Rs 3.5 crores as per Appendix 1 of Schedule 1
Enclosure III : Details of the Firm, as per format enclosed as Annexure 1 of

Schedule-III.
Enclosure IV : a. The annual reports of the years (2009-10 to 2013-2014) with

audited balance sheets,
b. IT / Commercial tax/ service tax returns of the years (2009-
10 to 2013-2014)
c. Solvency certificate certified by Bankers of the firm for Rs
75 crores in format as per appendix 3 of schedule I.
Enclosure V : Details of the vessels built, as per format enclosed as Annexure 2 of

Schedule III meeting the qualification criteria.
Enclosure VI : Particulars of collaborators, with whom the tenderer wishes to

associate for Design, along with the details of scope of work, MOU
and any agreement. In case of Design collaboration the details of
vessels which are directly designed by the designer’s firm are to be
included in Annexure 3 of Schedule-III.
Enclosure VII : Construction schedule of the vessel (Project execution plan), in

format provided for in Annexure 4 of Schedule III.
Enclosure VIII : Quality Management certificate indicating its validity.

Tender Document Rev 5.0 Schedule 1I / 2
Enclosure IX : Declaration from builder that the terms and conditions as defined
in the contract (Schedule IV), & Technical Specifications
(Schedule V) is acceptable in format attached in Schedule III
(Annexure 5).
Enclosure X : Compliance to Bid Evaluation format attached in Schedule III

(Annexure 6)
Note : Technical bids, not containing any of

the above Enclosures, with the information specified here above, are liable to be rejected. Any
other information as required in the tender but not mentioned in Schedule II should be enclosed.

Tender Documents Rev 5.0 Schedule III / 1
SCHEDULE-III
Annexure 1
DETAILS OF THE FIRM

(Format for Enclosure I of the Technical Bid)
1. a) Name of the Firm
b) Yard where the vessel is to be built:

Full Address
Telegraphic Address
Telephone No.
Fax /Telex No.
c) Head Office:
Full Address
Telegraphic Address
Telephone No.
Fax/Telex No.
2. a) Constitution of Firm
b) Act under which Registered
c) Registration No.
3. Annual Reports of last 5 years with the Audited accounts of the firm (attach separately, as
necessary)
4. Income Tax / commercial tax / service tax Certificates for last 5 years (Attach copies)
5. Solvency certificate certificated by bankers for at least rupees 75 cores (Attach Banker's
Certificate)
6. Broad Activities of the Firm

(on a separate sheet)
7. Details of the Technical facilities, yard capacity and infrastructure available. (Indicate
details with photographs, specifications etc complying with 3.1.2 of Schedule 1
8. Qualification & Experience of Technical personnel employed. (Indicate details along with
CV’s and last drawn payslip of the personnel complying with 3.1.4 of Schedule 1

Annexure 2
DETAILS OF VESSELS BUILT
(Format for Enclosure V of the Technical Bid)
S.No Details Vessel 1

1 Name of Vessel
2 Vessel Type
3 Yard No.
4 Name of Owner
5 Date of Order
6 Date of Delivery, as per contract
7 Actual date of delivery
8 Classification
9 Length OA
10 Breadth Moulded
11 Depth moulded
12 Draft Loaded
13 Displacement
14 GT
15 Design Speed
16 Speed achieved during trials
Propulsion Engine: Number of, Make,
17 BHP, RPM
Auxiliary Engine: number of, Make,KW,
18 RPM
Type of Construction
19 (Steel/Aluminium/FRP)
10 Own design or under Collaboration

11 Name of the Design Firm
12 Scientific Equipment
13 Roll Damping System Type
14 Any other details
Attach separate Sheets for more vessels.

The GA plan and main technical specifications to be attached for each vessel.
The certificate of class for each of the vessels should be attached.

Annexure 3
DETAILS OF COLLABORATORS
(Format for Enclosure VI of the Technical Bid)
If the Collaborator is the Designer of the vessel then the following details of the vessels meeting
the qualification criteria, designed by the designer firm is to be given in the format below:
S.No Details Vessel 1
1 Name of Vessel
2 Vessel Type
3 Yard No.
4 Name of the Builder
5 Name of Owner
6 Date of Order
7 Date of Delivery, as per contract

8 Actual date of delivery
9 Classification
10 Length OA
11 Breadth Moulded
12 Depth moulded
13 Draft Loaded
14 Displacement
15 GT
16 Design Speed
17 Speed achieved during trials
Propulsion Engine: Number of, Make,
18 BHP, RPM
Auxiliary Engine: number of, Make, KW,
19 RPM
Type of Construction
20 (Steel/Aluminum/FRP)
21 Name of the Collaborator
22 Scientific Equipment
24 Roll Damping System Type
25 Any other details
Attach separate Sheets for more vessels.
The certificate of class for each of the vessels should be attached
The certificate from builder / owners of the vessel, confirming the designer’s role in the vessel
design and execution.

Annexure 4
DETAILS OF MAJOR MILESTONES

(Format for Enclosure VII of the Technical Bid)
Proposed days of Achieving

Stage of Execution (from the date of actual signing of
contract)
Contract Signing Date T0
T0 + -----Days
Basic Design & Model testing,
Detailed and production design T0 + -----Days
Order placement for steel, Aluminum and

contract for main Propulsion plants & associated
machinery, Main Generators, Cranes, Scientific
equipments, and other long lead items for both
the vessels.
Approval of Main class drawings by
classification society.
Steel cutting and start of block fabrication for

both the vessels.
Keel laying of the vessels.
Receipt of main Generators, motors, gearbox,

propulsion equipment, of Both vessels at the
Shipyard
50% Structural erection for First Vessel
Launching of the 1st VESSEL and Dock trials

Proposed days of Achieving

Stage of Execution (from the date of actual signing of
contract)
50% Structural erection for Second Vessel
Delivery of the 1st VESSEL by the BUILDER to

the BUYER, complete in all respect including,
dock trials, sea trials for all the onboard system
and scientific equipments, certification,
documentation etc, ready to commence
operations
Launching of the 2nd VESSEL + Dock trials
Delivery of the 2nd VESSEL by the BUILDER to

the BUYER, complete in all respect including,
dock trials, sea trials for all the onboard system
and scientific equipments, certification,
documentation etc, ready to commence
operations

Annexure 5
DECLARATION FROM BUILDER
(Format for Enclosure IX of the technical bid)
We agree to construct, launch, equip and complete 2 nos. of Coastal Research Vessel as described
in the tender document no. NIOT/20/875/2014 – 15 and its corrigendum in accordance with the
terms and conditions defined therein.
BUILDER
For and on behalf of
BY:
NAME:
TITLE:

Annexure 6
COMPALINCE TO BID EVALUATION
(Format for Enclosure X of the Technical Bid)
S.No Details Compliance
01 The bidder shall be registered in India with Yes/No

office and shipbuilding yard in India.
The bidder should have their own shipyard

existing on their names for the last 5 years with
facilities and infrastructure such as CNC
cutting machine, material handling equipments,
02 forming machinery (hydraulic press & Yes/No
enclosed/covered prefabrication shed),
docking/undocking, berthing facilities & etc to
build Coastal Research Vessels or similar
seagoing vessels of at least 40m LOA.
The shipyard should have quality management

03 system certification for relevant ship building Yes/No
production.
The shipyard should have in their payroll

04 minimum 2 each Naval Architects/ Yes/No
Marine/Mechanical/Electrical engineers having
minimum 10 years experience.
Bidder should have in the last 5 years built,
commissioned and delivered:
a. At least one self propelled Research

Vessel of at least 40m length (LOA).
OR
04 Yes/No
b. At least one self propelled Ocean going
offshore supply/ support/ surveillance
Vessel of at least 40m length (LOA)
OR
c. At least one self propelled Ocean going
vessel with steel and aluminium

structure with length (LOA) at least 40

metres.
In cases where shipyard does not have its own

in-house design facility, the shipyard has to
sign necessary agreement with the designer for
providing design support, valid up to
successful delivery of both the vessels. The
designer should have provided basic and
05 detailed design for similar or larger vessels as Yes/No/NA
indicated in SNo: 04 above and vessels based
on such design are under construction or
already delivered. However the builder should
resume complete responsibility for the design,
construction and performance of the vessels
and their systems.
The bidder should have a minimum average

annual turnover of Rs. 25 crores of the past 3
06 years (2011-12, 2012-13, 2013-14) with Yes/No
positive net worth during the end of each
Financial Year
The bidder should have made profit in any 3

07 years out of the last 5 years (2009-2010, 2010- Yes/No
2011, 2011-12, 2012-13, 2013-14)
The bidder should submit a solvency certificate

08 Yes/No
of Rs 75 crores certified by their bankers.

Tender Documents Rev 5.0 Schedule 1V / 1
SCHEDULE - IV
DRAFT CONTRACT

SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT
BETWEEN
………......................................
……………….
(AS “BUILDER”)
AND
National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT),

Ministry of Earth Sciences, Government of India
(AS “BUYER”)
FOR
Two nos Coastal Research Vessels
BUILDER'S HULL NO(s):....................

Contents
1 PREAMBLE ................................................................................................................ 6
2 ARTICLE I.................................................................................................................. 7
DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................... 7
3 ARTICLE II .............................................................................................................. 10
VESSEL, DESCRIPTION AND CLASS ......................................................................... 10
3.1 Description and Standard...................................................................................... 10
3.2 Main Dimensions and Characteristics ................................................................... 10
3.3 Classification, Rules and Regulations ................................................................... 11
3.4 Subcontracting ..................................................................................................... 12
3.5 Certificates and Registration................................................................................. 12
3.6 Interpretation ........................................................................................................ 12
4 ARTICLE III............................................................................................................. 14
PRICE AND PAYMENT TERMS .................................................................................. 14
4.1 Original Contract Price ......................................................................................... 14
4.2 Currency .............................................................................................................. 15
4.3 Terms and Method of Payment ............................................................................. 15
4.4 Submission of invoice and certificates: ................................................................. 17
4.5 Bank guarantee to be provided by the builder: ...................................................... 18
5 ARTICLE IV ............................................................................................................. 19
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES – CANCELLATION BY THE BUYER ............................ 19
5.1 Delayed delivery .................................................................................................. 19
5.2 Insufficient speed ................................................................................................. 19
5.3 Draught ................................................................................................................ 19
5.4 Excess fuel consumption ...................................................................................... 20
5.5 Reduction in the contract price: ............................................................................ 20
6 ARTICLE V .............................................................................................................. 21
APPROVAL OF PLANS AND DRAWINGS AND INSPECTION DURING
CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................... 21
6.1 Schedule and Project Management & Scheduling Information.............................. 21
6.2 Progress Reporting ............................................................................................... 22
6.3 Photographs: ........................................................................................................ 22
6.4 Approval of Plans and Drawings .......................................................................... 22
6.5 Appointment of Buyer's Representative ................................................................ 24
6.6 Inspection............................................................................................................. 24
6.7 Facilities............................................................................................................... 25
6.8 Authorized Representative - Division of Liability ................................................. 25
6.9 Responsibility of Buyer ........................................................................................ 26
7 ARTICLE VI ............................................................................................................. 27
MODIFICATIONS AND CHANGES ............................................................................. 27
7.1 Modification of Specifications.............................................................................. 27
7.2 Change in Rules and Regulations ......................................................................... 28
7.3 Substitution of materials: ...................................................................................... 28
7.4 Disputes to modification:...................................................................................... 28
8 ARTICLE VII ........................................................................................................... 29
TEST AND TRIALS ........................................................................................................ 29
8.1 Notice .................................................................................................................. 29
8.2 Weather Conditions for Sea trials ......................................................................... 29

8.3 Conduct of Sea trials ............................................................................................ 29

8.4 Method of Acceptance or Rejection ...................................................................... 30
8.5 Effect of acceptance ............................................................................................. 31
8.6 Protocol of trials ................................................................................................... 31
8.7 Disposal of surplus consumables: ......................................................................... 31
9 ARTICLE VIII .......................................................................................................... 32
DELIVERY DATE AND DELIVERY ............................................................................ 32
9.1 Time and Place ..................................................................................................... 32
9.2 Training of Ships staff .......................................................................................... 32
9.3 When and how effected ........................................................................................ 32
9.4 Documents to be delivered to the Buyer ............................................................... 32
9.5 Title and Risk ....................................................................................................... 33
9.6 Removal of Vessel ............................................................................................... 33
10 ARTICLE IX ......................................................................................................... 34
DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME FOR DELIVERY (FORCE MAJEURE) ..... 34
10.1 Clauses on delay ............................................................................................... 34
10.2 Notice of delay ................................................................................................. 34
10.3 Right to rescind for excessive delay: ................................................................. 35
11 ARTICLE X ........................................................................................................... 36
WARRANTY OF QUALITY .......................................................................................... 36
11.1 Extent of Builder's responsibility ...................................................................... 36
11.2 Guarantee ......................................................................................................... 36
11.3 Rectification of Defects .................................................................................... 37
12 ARTICLE XI ......................................................................................................... 40
OWNERSHIP, RISK AND INSURANCE ...................................................................... 40
12.1 Ownership ........................................................................................................ 40
12.2 Risk and Insurance............................................................................................ 40
12.3 Termination of builder’s obligation to insure: ................................................... 41
13 ARTICLE XII ........................................................................................................ 42
DEFAULT PROVISIONS ............................................................................................... 42
13.1 Builder's Default - delay in delivery .................................................................. 42
13.2 Buyer's Default - Disputes regarding Payment .................................................. 43
13.3 Insolvency ........................................................................................................ 43
13.4 Foreclosure of contract due to abandonment or reduction is scope of work ....... 43
14 ARTICLE XIII ...................................................................................................... 44
ASSIGNMENT ................................................................................................................. 44
15 ARTICLE XIV....................................................................................................... 45
TAXES, DUTIES AND BANK CHARGES .................................................................... 45
16 ARTICLE XV ........................................................................................................ 46
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS ............................................................... 46
17 ARTICLE XVI....................................................................................................... 47
BUYER'S SUPPLIES ....................................................................................................... 47
17.1 Responsibility of Buyer .................................................................................... 47
17.2 Responsibility of Builder .................................................................................. 47
18 ARTICLE XVII ..................................................................................................... 48
NOTICES ......................................................................................................................... 48
18.1 Address ............................................................................................................ 48
18.2 Language .......................................................................................................... 48
19 ARTICLE XVIII.................................................................................................... 49

IDENTIFICATION .......................................................................................................... 49
20 ARTICLE- XIX ..................................................................................................... 50
DISPUTE RESOLUTION, GOBERNING LAW AND FORUM......……………….…..50
21 ARTICLE XX…………………………………….…………………………………51
EXCLUSIVENESS………………..………………….……………………………………51

1 PREAMBLE
THIS CONTRACT is made this..... day of .......,2014 by and between:

........................................................................................................................,a company
organised and existing under the laws of XXX, having its principal office at
.............................................................................................................................., XXX, India,
(hereinafter called the "Builder") and National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT) ,
Government of India, having its principal office at Chennai, India, (hereinafter called the
"Buyer"),
WHEREBY
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the Builder agrees to design,
build, launch, equip, complete, sell and deliver to the Buyer at the Builder’s shipyard the
"Vessel (s)" as hereinafter described; and the Buyer agrees to purchase the "Vessel (s)", take
delivery and pay for it; all in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth.
The following documents shall form part of this contract entered into between the parties
and shall be read together as one document.
(a) This Contract document.
(b) The tender document issued by NIOT for this contract including the technical
specifications set out in the document and all annexure and appendices.
(c) The documents submitted by the bidder substantially in the form set out in the
Tender Document acquired from NIOT, the Appendices and any amendments
thereto;
(d) Management Plans, Time schedules, committed manpower list etc., as submitted by
the bidder, with any changes or variations negotiated and agreed on by both parties;
(e) The letter of intent /, if any issued by NIOT;
(f) The Performance Security.

2 ARTICLE I
Definitions
In this CONTRACT the following words shall have the meaning set out herein below:
"Builder" The company referred to as "Builder" in the preamble, inclusive of

its staff and employees
"Buyer" The organisation referred to as "Buyer" in the preamble, inclusive of

its staff and employees
"Buyer´s Supplies" Any item, equipment, stores or services ordered directly by the
Buyer from the manufacturer or supplier, which shall not be supplied
and/or paid for by the Builder in accordance with the terms of the
Contract
“Class Surveyor” Representative(s) of Classification Society deputed for the purpose

of inspection and / or approval(s)
"Classification The Classification Society referred to in Article II clause 3.3

Society" or "Class"
"Contract" This Standard Form Shipbuilding Contract with its Appendices and
Exhibits including Specifications and Drawings, and any
amendments thereto
"Contract Delivery The date(s) set out in Article VIII clause 9.1
Date"
"Contract Price" The Original Contract Price, as adjusted in accordance with the
terms of the Contract
"Date of Contract" The date of signing the contract by both the parties.
"Delivery and The physical delivery of the Vessel(s) from the Builder to the Buyer
Acceptance"
"Delivery Date" Contract Delivery Date(s), as stipulated in the contract
"Drawings" The plans and drawings listed in Appendix I hereto

"Flag State" The State referred to in Article II clause 3.5
"Force Majeure" Any one or more of the events set out in Article IX clause 10.1
"Force Majeure
Delay" A delay caused by Force Majeure, which according to Article IX
constitutes Permissible Delay
"Guarantee Period" A period of 12 months from the Delivery and Acceptance of each
Vessel, or such other period as may be mutually agreed between the
Buyer and the Builder
"Maker´s List" An agreed list of suppliers approved for delivery of equipment,

machinery or services which shall be included in the Specifications
"Original Contract The price stipulated in Article II clause 3.1

Price"
"Owner" The organisation referred to as "Buyer" in the preamble, inclusive of

its servants and employees
"Permissible Delay" All delays, inclusive of Force Majeure Delay, causing delay in
delivery of the Vessel(s) which according to the terms of the
Contract permit postponement of the Delivery Date
"Regulatory Bodies" The relevant authorities imposing rules and regulations with which
the construction and delivery of the Vessel must comply, which shall
include the authorities of the Flag State together with other
authorities set out in the Specifications
"Representative" A person or persons authorised by the Buyer/Owner as set forth in

Article V clause 6.2
"Specifications" The specifications referred to in Annexure A hereto
"Subcontractor" Any person (not being a servant or employee of the Builder) or

company, with whom the Builder has entered into a contract for the
design, construction, manufacture or supply of any item, equipment,
work or service for the Vessel

"Vessel" The vessel described in Article II.
"Working Day" A day when work is normally performed in the country of the
Builder's yard as referred to in Article II clause 3.1

3 ARTICLE II
VESSEL, DESCRIPTION AND CLASS
3.1 Description and Standard
The Vessel(s) shall be built at the Builder's yard

at.....…………………………………………… and shall have the Builder's Hull No (s)
......……….., and be designed, constructed, equipped, completed and delivered by the
Builder in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and according to the following.
Specification No. -------, dated ---------
General Arrangement Plan No. ---------, dated --------------
Maker List No. ------------, dated -------------
(hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Specifications” or the “Specifications and Plans”)

signed by the parties to this Contract on the above mentioned date (which signatories need
not necessarily correspond to the signatories of this Contract) and attached to this Contract
as an integral part hereof.
In all cases unless otherwise agreed

a) In the event of inconsistency between this Standard Form Shipbuilding Contract and
the Specifications and/or the Drawings, this Standard Form Shipbuilding Contract
shall prevail.
b) In the event of inconsistency between the Specifications and the Drawings, the
Specifications shall prevail.
c) In case of inconsistency between any of the Drawings, the later in date shall prevail.
The Vessel(s) shall be designed and built in accordance with good shipbuilding practice for
new vessels of similar type and characteristics as the Vessel(s) and shall be built according
to the technical specifications and scope of work.
3.2 Main Dimensions and Characteristics
Dimensions(Approx.):
Overall length: m
Length between P.P.: m
Breadth moulded: m
Depth moulded to 1st deck: m
Design Draught m

Scantling Draught m
(to be filled when signing)
Deadweight:
The Vessel's deadweight shall be …… tons (of 1000 kg each) on international summer
freeboard, corresponding to a mean draft in saltwater (specific gravity 1.025) of 2.50 m.
The specified deadweight shall include fuel, provisions, stores, freshwater, crew and
Scientists in addition to spare parts in excess of the requirements of Class.
Propulsion machinery: [to be filled in after successful completion of model tests]
Type:
Max. continuous power kW (Brake/Shaft) at ........................................... revs./min.
Speed: [remaining data to be filled in when signing final contract]
The Vessel's average speed on a sea trial undertaken in both directions over a measured
distance, with clean hull, in calm weather, wind and sea not exceeding Beaufort 3 and 2
respectively and with draft 2.50 m shall be at least 12.5 knots at ------- ( Brake/ Shaft),
corresponding to - 85 % of max. continuous power at approx. ..................................
revolutions per minute.
Fuel consumption: [to be filled in after successful completion of model tests]
The fuel consumption of the main engine on test bed shall not exceed ........................
grams per kW per hour ( ................................................. Brake/Shaft HP per hour) when the
engine develops .................................... kW (................................. Brake/Shaft HP) using
..................................... with an effective calorific value of at least ........................ kcal. per
kilogram.
The further details of the above main particulars, as well as definitions and methods of
measurements and calculation shall be as described in the Specification.
3.3 Classification, Rules and Regulations
The Vessel(s), including its machinery, equipment and out-fittings shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the rules and regulations of Indian Register of Shipping.
IRS class [to be filled in when signing final contract]
The Vessel(s) shall further comply with the applicable rules, regulations and requirements of
the Regulatory Bodies. All such rules, regulations and requirements shall be complied with,
without conditions/recommendations. Where technical specifications / scope of work are

more stringent than classification, rules & regulations and acceptable to class and authority,
the specifications shall prevail over classification and authority rules and regulations.
All fees and charges incidental to and in respect of compliance with Class and the rules,
regulation and requirements of the Class or Regulatory Bodies referred to above shall be for
the account of the Builder.
3.4 Subcontracting
The hull(s) and major sections thereof are to be built by the Builder at the Yard set out in
Article II, clause 3.1, unless the Buyer consents otherwise, such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld. Save as aforesaid, the Builder may, at his responsibility, subcontract
portion of the construction of the Vessel(s) within India. However, sub-contracting of entire
vessel is not permitted. The Builder shall remain fully liable for the due performance of
such work as if done by the Builder at the Builder's yard.
Except as otherwise stipulated in the Specifications and the "Maker's List" or agreed in
writing, the Builder may, without interference from the Buyer, freely choose its
Subcontractors, but the Builder shall in ample time notify the Buyer in writing before
placing major orders for equipment or services with Subcontractors, and shall give
reasonable consideration to Buyer's request. Any opinions or requests made by the Buyer
shall be accepted by the Builder at no extra cost and time.
3.5 Certificates and Registration
The Builder shall provide, deliver and pay for all drawings, plans & certificates necessary
for the approval of the Vessel(s), as further set out in the Contract, together with all
documents reasonably required by the Buyer necessary for the registration of the Vessel(s)
in INDIA, (Flag State). The Vessel(s) shall be registered by the Buyer, at its own cost and
expense and provide necessary logistics support/admin support to get the registration done.
3.6 Interpretation
The quality of construction, testing and trials of the Vessel, its machinery, fittings,
equipment, materials and workmanship shall be in accordance with international
shipbuilding practice and in accordance with the Specifications and Plans.
The Specifications and Plans are intended to explain each other and anything shown in the
Plans but not stipulated in the Specifications or stipulated in the Specifications but not
shown in the Plans, shall be deemed and considered as if included in both.
In the event there should exist any conflict, inconsistencies or contradictions or there should
be any doubt regarding the interpretation between the Plans and Specifications, the
Specifications shall prevail and govern. Likewise, in the event of inconsistencies or

contradictions between Plans or the Specifications and this Contract, the provisions of this
Contract shall prevail and govern.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Contract, the Plans and the Specifications, it
shall be obligatory on the part of the Builder to construct and deliver the Vessel(s) in
accordance with the rules, regulations and requirements of the Classification Society and in
compliance with the requirements of the laws, rules and regulations mentioned in the
Specifications.

4 ARTICLE III
PRICE AND PAYMENT TERMS
4.1 Original Contract Price
The Original Contract Price is INR...............................
The contract price is for vessel(s) ready for delivery at the builders yard The Contract Price
is fixed and not subject to any escalation or adjustment on any ground(s) whatsoever, except
on account of those adjustments, upwards or downwards, as provided for in this Contract.
The Contract Price includes:
A. Base price
(i) Cost of Vessel(s) completed and equipped according to the Specifications and Plans
and otherwise as per this Contract, including Design, model testing, drawings,
documentation and extra spare-parts of the Buyer’s choice of the value of / INR---------------
--- (-------------- only). The Buyer’s choice of extra spare parts shall be made reasonably in
advance of the Vessel’s delivery.
(ii) Cost of all tests, trials and dry-docking, if any, as specified in the Specifications.
(iii) Cost of the Classification Society's fees and all other charges incidental to the
compliance with the rules, regulations and requirements and also the cost for all
Certificates from regulatory bodies to be delivered pursuant to this Contract and the
Specifications.
(iv) Cost of Insurance of the Vessel(s) covering the Builder’s risk, SRCC and war risk,
legal charges and other expenses until its delivery by the Builder and acceptance by
the Buyer.
(v) The placing aboard of all the Buyer’s equipment and supplies, free of expense to the
Buyer. Cost of the Buyer's supplied items shall not be included in the Contract price
and the Buyer shall pay all charges and expenses, including customs clearance fee,
for transporting such Buyer's equipment and supplies into the Shipyard.
B. Taxes & Duties
All taxes, duties, connected with the execution of this Contract, incurred by the
Builder's as per the accepted price quotation (Schedule VII).

4.2 Currency
All payments by the Buyer to the Builder under the Contract shall be made in Indian
Currency.
4.3 Terms and Method of Payment
The Original Contract Price shown in the pro-forma price schedule in Schedule VII shall be
paid in instalments as follows:
(a) 1st Instalment:

The sum of ..............(Representing 10% of the base price) shall be paid within 30
days after the Date of the Contract and against the builder submitting advance bank
guarantee equivalent to the Invoice Value claimed as the first instalment valid upto
the delivery date of the second vessel.
(b) 2nd Instalment:

The sum of ...............................(Representing 20% of the base price) shall be paid
within 30 days of receipt of original Invoice, provided the Builder has received
delivery of Steel and Aluminium as required for construction of both vessels and
placed orders by opening letter of credit and accepted by various suppliers for,
Propulsion plant, Diesel Genset s including related electrical equipment, for both
the vessels and drawings indicated in Batch I & Batch II of Annexure I have been
submitted to the classification society against the builder submitting advance bank
guarantee equivalent to the Invoice Value claimed as the second instalment valid
upto the delivery date of the first vessel.
(c) 3rd Instalment:

The sum of ............................(Representing 10% of the base price) shall be paid
within 30 Days of receipt of original invoice after about 50% of the steel has been
erected for the 1st vessel on the building berth or in workshop, in case of
prefabricated construction and receipt at the yard of Propulsion plant, Diesel Gensets
including related electrical equipment and placement of order by opening letter of
credit for other major main machinery/equipment like , Bow/Azimuth thrusters,
steering gear, Deck machinery, pumps, and all the scientific equipment including the
scientific handling equipment, all navigation, LSA, FFA & outfitting equipment
for both the vessels and against the builder submitting advance bank guarantee
equivalent to the Invoice Value claimed as the third instalment valid upto the
delivery date of the first vessel.

(d) 4th Instalment:

The sum of ..........................................(Representing 10% of the base price) shall be
paid within 30 Days of receipt of original invoice after completion of dock trials
of first vessel and launching of the second vessel against the builder submitting
advance bank guarantee equivalent to the Invoice Value claimed as the fourth
instalment valid upto the delivery date of the first vessel
(e) 5th Instalment:

The sum of ........................... ..............(Representing 20% of the base price) shall be
paid within 30 Days of receipt of original invoice after completion of dock trials
of second vessel and against the builder submitting advance bank guarantee
equivalent to the Invoice Value claimed as the fifth instalment valid upto the
delivery date of the second vessel.
(f) Instalment on Delivery and Acceptance: of 1st vessel
(i) The sum of ........................................... ..............(Representing 15% of the

base price) shall, subject to the other provisions of the Contract, be paid
upon Delivery and Acceptance of the 1st Vessel.
(ii) The purchase price of consumable stores remaining onboard the Vessel at the
time of delivery as provided for in Article VII of this Contract.
(iii) All taxes and duties as applicable for the 1st Vessel in accordance with Article
XIV.
(g) Instalment on Delivery and Acceptance: of 2nd vessel
i) The sum of ........................................... ..............(Representing 15% of the

base price) shall, subject to the other provisions of the Contract, be paid
upon Delivery and Acceptance of the 2nd Vessel.
ii) Net increase over the base Price due to modifications and /or changes, if any,
made after the signing of this Contract and which have been agreed to, in
writing, between the parties as provided in Article VI and
iii) The purchase price of consumable stores remaining onboard the Vessel at the
time of delivery as provided for in Article VII of this Contract.
(iv) All taxes and duties as applicable for the 2nd Vessel in accordance with
Article XIV.
If there is a net decrease in the payment due to modifications and /or changes as set forth in
this Contract, the same shall be deducted from the delivery installment of fifteen per cent
(15%) of the base Price mentioned under item g (i) above.

If the net decrease in the payment mentioned above is in excess of the delivery installment
of fifteen per cent (15%) of the base Price mentioned in g (i) above, the Builder shall pay to
the Buyer the difference at the time of delivery of the Vessel.
It is understood and agreed between the Builder and the Buyer that except for the final
adjustment of the base Price at the time of delivery of the 2nd Vessel, as provided in this
Contract, all payments made by the Buyer under provisions of this Article shall be made
without set-offs or counter-claim of any kind whatsoever and shall not be delayed or
withheld by the Buyer due to any dispute of whatever nature arising between the Buyer and
the Builder.
Should there be any dispute in this connection, the matter shall be dealt with in accordance
with Article XIV (Arbitration and Law Applicable) hereof.
Notice of the instalment payable on Delivery and Acceptance shall include notice of
adjustments, for downward revision, if any.
The Buyer's obligation to pay the first and subsequent instalments, excluding the instalment
payable on Delivery and Acceptance, shall be subject to the Builder providing the Buyer
with Bank Guarantee to the equivalent value of the progressive payments from any
acceptable bank to the Buyer securing the repayment obligation of the Builder if the contract
is lawfully cancelled.
Method of payment:
All instalments shall be remitted to the Builder through electronic mail transfer, as per the
following details:
Name of the Bank with full address

Your Account No.-
Swift Code -
4.4 Submission of invoice and certificates:
The payment of each installment, referred to in Clause 4.3 above, shall be effected only on
the production of :
(a) Invoice in four (4) copies signed by the Builder and to be sent to the Buyer; for
installments (b), (c), (d) and (e) at least thirty (30) days in advance of the date when the
installment is likely to fall due.

(b) Certificate of the stage of building in the case of installments referred to in Clause 4.3
(b) to (g) above in four (4) copies signed by, the Builder, and the Buyer’s Representative
posted at the shipyard or any other representatives so designated by the Buyer for this
purpose. If the Buyer has not designated a Representative or any other representative for this
purpose, then the aforesaid certificates shall be acceptable as signed by the Builder and the
Surveyor of the Classification Society. The aforesaid certificates shall be sent to the Buyer
immediately by telefax and the original within five (5) days of the occurrence of the said
events.
4.5 Bank guarantee to be provided by the builder:
All payments made by the Buyer to the Builder prior to the delivery of the Vessel(s) shall
constitute as advances to the Builder. The Builder shall deliver to the Buyer an
unconditional, irrevocable without demur and assignable Letter of Guarantee issued by ------
---------- in respect of each of the installments of the Contract Price namely, installments (a),
to (e), of Clause 4.3 of this Article plus interest. The Guarantee shall be in the form and
substance as per ANNEXURE “A” to this Contract and shall be released to the Buyer at
least five (5) business days prior to the payment of each installment mentioned above. All
related expenses in issuing and maintaining the Letter of Guarantee by the builder for the
refund to the Buyer, shall be borne by the Builder.
If pursuant to the provisions of this Contract, the Builder is required to refund to the Buyer
the installment(s) paid by the Buyer to the Builder, the Builder shall forthwith return to the
Buyer all of the Buyer’s supplies not incorporated into the Vessel and /or pay to the Buyer
an amount equal to the cost of those supplies already incorporated into the Vessel. Such
refund(s) as provided in this paragraph, by the Builder to the Buyer shall forthwith discharge
all the obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties hereto to the other. Any and all
refunds or payments due to the Buyer, under this Contract, shall be effected by telegraphic
transfer to the account specified by the Buyer.

5 ARTICLE IV
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES – CANCELLATION BY THE BUYER
The Contract Price shall be subject to adjustments, as hereinafter set forth, in any of the
events set out in this Article (it being understood by both parties that any reduction of
Contract Price is by way of liquidated damages and not by way of penalty) and the Builder
shall not in any way be responsible or liable for any other consequences by way of damages
or otherwise as a consequence of any of the matters hereinafter set forth in this Article,
except for the Buyer's right to cancel in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.
The Liquidated Damages shall be computed as set forth below.
5.1 Delayed delivery
After the Contractual Delivery date, subject to Force Majeure and other permissible delays,
the Builder shall have to pay liquidated damages @ 0.5% per week of delay for 5 months of
scheduled date of delivery including any permissible extension granted in accordance with
provisions of this contract, failing which article XII shall apply.
5.2 Insufficient speed
Liquidated Damages shall be payable by the Builder to the Buyer if the speed of each of the
Vessels on trials, as determined in accordance with the Specifications, is less than the
guaranteed speed of the Vessel, provided no liquidated damage shall be deducted if such
deficiency is upto 0.5 Knots below the Guaranteed Speed.
If the deficiency in speed of any of the Vessels exceeds 0.5 Knots of the Guaranteed Speed,
Liquidated Damage in respect of that Vessel shall be calculated at 0.25% of the contract price
for the Deficiency of each 0.1 Knot upto the reduced speed of 1 knot, beyond which the Builder
has to rectify the same at his own cost failing which the Buyer will be free to terminate the
Contract, or penalize the Builder as may be decided by the Buyer.
5.3 Draught
The Liquidated Damage shall be imposed if, the draught of each Vessel, as, is more than the
draught maximum as indicated in the specifications measured amidships at the designed fully
loaded condition, provided that no liquidated damages shall be deducted if such deficiency is
not more than 2% (two percent) above the said guaranteed draught at the aforesaid loading
condition
If the draught exceeds 2% of the guaranteed draught, liquidated damage in respect of that vessel
shall be calculated @ 0.25% of the contract price for excess of each centimetre up to a draught
of 2.60 m beyond which the Builder has to rectify the same at his own cost failing which the

Buyer will be free to terminate the Contract, or penalize the Builder as may be decided by the
Buyer.
5.4 Excess fuel consumption
If the Specific Fuel Consumption of any engine exceeds 3% over and above the guaranteed
specific fuel consumption (entered into this contract after successful model testing), at the
contractual maximum continuous rating, at shop trials of main engine, the liquidated damages
per engine shall be calculated @ 0.20% of the contract price, for every 1% of excess fuel
consumption.
5.5 Reduction in the contract price:
The reduction in the Contract Price envisaged by the clauses herein above in this Article and
deductions permitted there under, are independent of each other and in the event of there
being contingencies, which necessitate the application of two or more Clauses, there shall be
separate deductions in the Contract Price, in respect of each of the contingencies specified in
the said Clauses. The total amount of these reductions and deductions, if any, shall be made
by buyer from the delivery installment payable as per Clause 4.3 (g) of Article III.

6 ARTICLE V
APPROVAL OF PLANS AND DRAWINGS AND INSPECTION DURING

CONSTRUCTION
6.1 Schedule and Project Management & Scheduling Information
Within thirty calendar days after signing of the contract, the Builder shall submit a complete
Master Construction Schedule to the buyer – Level 1 (Milestones) and within 60 days Level
2. (Micro schedule with detailed list of activities to achieve the milestones).The Master
Construction Schedule shall include the Builder’s plan and construction sequence proposed
to accomplish the work within the Contract period. The plan will include details such as
time of placement of orders for all equipment including long lead items along with their
expected date of receipt. The buyer will review this document, comment, return a copy
within fifteen (15) calendar days to the Builder, and then Builder has to review the Master
Construction Schedule, which shall be updated by the Builder within five (5) working days,
and then resubmitted to the owner for final review. When each of the documents is
submitted, it shall be provided in both hard (paper) copy and soft copy usable by the same
scheduling application used by the builder.
The Master Construction Schedule shall sequence and schedule all work detailed in the
Contract, in accordance with the generally accepted practices for project management. The
Master Construction Schedule shall be a time-phased/resource loaded critical path network.
The Master Construction Schedule shall develop and clearly indicate the critical path
through the project.
A project scheduling software MS Project / Primavera or equivalent shall be used for project
scheduling and produce a rolled up progress for tracking in terms of percentage of progress
with graphical representation as Gantt/PERT/CPM.
The critical path network of the Master Construction Schedule shall also have separate
activities for each of engineering, procurement, installation and testing for each system, sub-
system and major component.
Thereafter, prior to the end of each calendar month, the Master Construction Schedule shall
be updated to reflect each appropriate activity’s actual start date and/or actual finish date, as
well as revised start and finish dates for future activities taking into account any and all new
information affecting schedule of prior activities, purchases, deliveries, installations and
testing. Builder shall submit to the owner a copy of such revised schedule in the same
formats as the initial Master Construction Schedule was submitted. The updated Master
Construction Schedule shall reflect opened items, additional work, deleted work, and
modifications, in addition to work progress and completions.
Review of the Master Construction Schedule by the owner’s Representative with or without
comments does not relieve the Builder of his responsibility to adjust his labour force,

equipment resources, or work schedule, as necessary, to anticipate and ensure completion of

the work within the prescribed contract period.
6.2 Progress Reporting
During the course of performance of this Contract the Builder shall submit progress reports
to the Buyer, initially on a quarterly basis, commencing on the date of execution of this
Contract and from keel laying of the first Vessel on a monthly basis until the Scheduled
Delivery Date of each vessel . The format of and the contents to be included in, such
progress reports, will be agreed by the Builder with the Buyer.
The buyer however reserves the right to call for status report at any given instance, which
the Builder has to comply within 24 Hours along with necessary supporting documents.
Without prejudice to the Builder’s obligations under this Contract, whenever the actual
progress or the expected progress is materially different from the Planned Programme most
recently furnished to the Buyer, the Builder shall revise the Planned Programme to reflect all
such changes that have occurred or expected and shall immediately provide copies to the
Buyer both at its address as set out in this Contract and at the Buyer ‘ site office in the
Builder’s yard, together with an explaining the reasons in writing for such revisions.
6.3 Photographs:
The builder shall submit the set of photographs on the progress of the project on monthly
basis after the steel cutting milestone is completed. The Builder shall provide a digital photo
file index describing the date, subject, and location corresponding to each file name. The
Builder shall provide the file index and digital photo files in a CD and also delivered via e-
mail as attachments. The Builder shall clearly label the CD with the date of submission.
6.4 Approval of Plans and Drawings
Within four weeks after placement of LOI (Letter of Intent), Builder shall develop an initial
list of the Detail Design Drawings it anticipates will be needed to accomplish the
construction of the vessels. The list shall be based on a standard numbering system such as
SFI. In case it is in a different structure, equivalence may be provided. The list of Detail
Design Drawings shall be based on the specifications and on Builder’s anticipated methods
of vessel construction. The list shall include the target dates by which each drawing is to
be completed and actual dates of completion. On a monthly basis, if not more frequently,
Builder shall supply to owner’s Representative copies of the most recent version of the
updated list of Detail Design Drawings including its schedule on both hard copy (paper) and
in soft copy.
All Detail Design Drawings shall be submitted to the Buyer/Buyer’s representative for
examination / acceptance and to the Statuary and Regulatory Bodies for review and
approval. Any work started before The Buyer’s examination / acceptance and Regulatory

Body’s review and approval, shall be at the Builder’s risk. Owner’s acceptance of a Detail
Design Drawing does not constitute approval to deviate from the Technical Specification
unless the deviation is specifically pointed out to the Owner and approval has been granted
in accordance with the specifications.
The Builder shall furnish the Buyer with copies of all correspondences sent / received from
Regulatory Bodies regarding drawing approval. Approval or non-approval of any document
or drawing does not relieve the Builder of his obligations to meet the requirements and
specification.
Whenever plans are being furnished to the Owner for approval it shall be obligatory on the
Builder to inform the Owner if these plans contain any departure from the approved
drawings and original specification, or previously agreed changes. If the Builder does not
indicate such departures, and even though the Owner, due to oversight has approved the
plan, the approval shall be considered as invalid. Any approval of the Owner shall not
relieve the Builder of his responsibility for safe and proper operation of the vessel, its
machinery, equipment or any part.
(a) In accordance with the master construction schedule of the Vessels and provisions
in the Specifications, the Builder shall submit to the Buyer 3 copies of the plans and
drawings for its approval. The Builder shall send a notice by telefax (or by such
other electronic means as the parties may agree) to the Buyer giving the date of
despatch of such plans and drawings, and the Buyer shall confirm receipt of such
plans and drawings. The Buyer shall, within 28 calendar Days after receipt thereof,
send to the Builder one of a copy of such plans and/or drawings with Buyer's
approval or comments (if any) written thereon. Such comments shall be as
complete as possible.
(b) If Buyer's comments on the plans and drawings are not clear or unspecified, the
Builder may by fax/e-mail request the Buyer for a clarification, and failure by the
Buyer or its Representative to respond to this request within 5 Working Days of
receipt of such notice shall entitle the Builder to place its own reasonable
interpretation on such remarks, comments or amendments when implementing the
same.
(c) If the Builder and the Buyer fail to agree whether such comments or remarks are of
such a nature or extent as to constitute modification or change under Article VI
hereof, the Builder shall nevertheless proceed with the construction based on the
Buyer's comments if so requested by the Buyer. If it is established by mutual
agreement, that the comments, remarks or amendments constitute a modification or
change under Article VI, the Builder shall be entitled to an appropriate adjustment
of the Contract Price, Delivery Date and/or the characteristics of the Vessel.

(d) In the event that the Buyer fails to return the plans and drawings to the Builder
within the time limit specified in (a) above, the Builder shall by fax to the Buyer
request the return of same within 5 working days, failing which the Builder shall
have the right to consider such plans and drawings as approved by the Buyer.
(e) The Buyer's approval or non approval of drawings shall not affect any of the
Builder's obligations hereunder, including the Builder's obligation to deliver the
Vessel fully approved by the Regulatory Bodies, or the Builder's responsibility
under Article X hereof.
6.5 Appointment of Buyer's Representative
“The Buyer may send to and maintain at the Shipyard, such number of representative(s) as
the Buyer may prescribe (herein called the "Authorized Representatives") who shall be
duly authorized in writing by the Buyer to act on behalf of the Buyer in connection with
approval of the plans and drawings on a case to case basis, supervision and monitoring of
construction, attendance on-site at the Shipyard and such other locations where components
of the vessel’s are being fabricated or tested or trials held, attendance to the tests and
inspections relating to the vessel’s, its hull, its machinery, equipment and outfitting and any
other matters for which they are specifically authorized by the Buyer. The Buyer shall notify
the names of each of its Authorized Representatives to the Builder in writing.
6.6 Inspection
The inspection of the Vessels, its machinery, equipment and outfitting shall be carried out
by the Classification Society, Regulatory Bodies and the Authorized Representative(s) of the
buyer throughout the entire period of construction, in order to ensure that the Vessel is duly
constructed in accordance with the Specifications.
Whilst the Vessels are under construction and until Delivery and Acceptance, Classification
Society, Regulatory Bodies and the Authorized Representative(s) shall during all working
hours be given free access to the vessel’s, its engines and accessories, and to any other place
where work is being done, or materials are being processed or stored in connection with the
construction of the vessel’s, including the yards, workshops and offices of the Builder, and
the premises of the Subcontractors of the Builder who are doing work or storing materials in
connection with the vessel's construction.
The Classification Society, Regulatory Bodies and the Authorized Representative(s) shall,
during the construction of the vessel’s, have the right to attend all tests, trials and inspections
undertaken in respect of the vessel’s, their machinery, equipment and outfitting. The
Builder shall give notices reasonably in advance of any such tests and inspections to the
Authorized Representative to enable him to attend.

The Builder shall seek to arrange with its Subcontractors that the Classification Society,
Regulatory Bodies and the Authorized Representative(s) have a similar right of inspection
and supervision in respect of the work performed by the Subcontractors.
In the event that the Authorized Representative discovers any design, construction or
material or workmanship which in his opinion does not conform to the requirements of the
required Specifications, or any defect is pointed out by the Classification Society and or by
Regulatory Bodies, the Authorized Representative(s) shall as soon as possible advise the
Builder of such non-conformity. The Builder should rectify all such defects at no additional
cost and time.
Inspection as described in this clause shall not constitute any changes in the Builder's
obligation under the Contract.
6.7 Facilities
The Builder shall provide the Authorized Representatives – Up to six at a time, free of
charge, with suitably furnished office at the Shipyard or in the vicinity of the Shipyard
together with facilities such as, telephone/ telefax service, a set of personal computer’s with
e-mail facility and printer etc. to carry out their work under this Contract. This shall be in the
permanent established facility of the yard and not in portacabins. One apartment for the
Authorized Representative with 3 bed rooms, kitchen and a living room from the date of
steel cutting up till the delivery of the vessel’s shall be made available free of cost including
cleaning of the apartment. Everyday transport to and fro from the yard shall be provided by
the yard free of cost.
The Builder shall provide assistance required in obtaining work/entry permits, visas and
other necessary documents for the Buyer’s personnel and Authorized Representatives who
are/will be attending the construction of the Vessels.
6.8 Authorized Representative - Division of Liability
The Authorized Representatives shall at all times be deemed to be the employees of the
Buyer and not of the Builder. The Builder shall be under no liability whatsoever to the
Buyer, for personal injuries, including death or suffer during the time when the Authorized
Representative’s are on the Vessel’s, or within the premises of the Builder or its
Subcontractors or are otherwise engaged in or about the construction of the Vessels, unless,
such personal injuries, including death, were caused by gross negligence of the Builder, or
any of its employees or agents or Subcontractors. Nor shall the Builder be under any liability
whatsoever to the Buyer, for damage to, or loss or destruction of property of the Authorized
Representative’s unless such damage, loss or destruction is caused by gross negligence of
the Builder, or any of its employees or agents or Subcontractors.

The Authorized Representative’s shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Builder, , for
personal injuries, including death, of the Builder's employees or Subcontractors unless such
personal injuries including death were caused by gross negligence of the Authorized
Representative Nor shall the Buyer or his Authorized Representatives be under any liability
whatsoever to the Builder, the Builder's employees or Subcontractors for damage to, or loss
or destruction of property of the Builder, its employees or Subcontractors unless such
damage, loss or destruction were caused by gross negligence of the Authorized
Representative
6.9 Responsibility of Buyer
The Buyer shall undertake and assure that its the Authorized Representative’s shall carry out
their duties hereunder in accordance with normal shipbuilding practice and in such a way as
to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost, delay in the construction of the Vessel,
and/or any disturbance to the construction schedule of the Builder.

7 ARTICLE VI
MODIFICATIONS AND CHANGES
7.1 Modification of Specifications
The work to be performed by the Builder under this Contract can be modified or changed by
request from the Buyer provided that for such modifications or changes the parties shall first
agree to possible adjustment in Contract Price, the Delivery Date and such other terms and
conditions occasioned by or resulting from such modification or change. Such agreement
shall be effected either by way of exchange of letters duly signed by authorised
representatives of the parties, or by signed change order form, or by minutes of meeting
signed by Authorised Representatives of the parties, which shall constitute the necessary
amendments to the Contract. Possible increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be
calculated in accordance with unit prices (inclusive of administration costs) or budget prices
if such prices are available, otherwise as per the Builder's customary price for such work
after obtaining the concurrence of the buyer and / or his Authorized Representatives.
If modifications or changes are made without such written agreement as aforesaid, or if the
Builder fails to notify the Buyer in writing without undue delay that the modifications or
changes will require an increase in the Contract Price, delayed delivery, changes in the
Vessel's characteristics or other changes in the Contract or the specifications, the Builder
will not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price, adjustment of Delivery Date or
other adjustments, and the Contract will remain unchanged.
The Builder is entitled to make minor modifications or changes to the Specifications, if

found necessary to suit the Builder's local conditions or facilities, the availability of
equipment, the introduction of improvement methods or otherwise, provided that the Builder
shall first obtain the Buyer's or his Authorised Representative’s written approval, which
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
Requirement of any additional instruments, tools, consumables (to be provisioned on board

the vessel) if envisaged by the Buyer and conveyed in writing during the currency of the
contract, the list of such items will be submitted to the builder for effecting the supplies and
payment will be reimbursed as per actual.

7.2 Change in Rules and Regulations
If, after Date of signing of this contract, there are any changes in the rules, regulations and
requirements (including officially changed application of the rules) of the Classification
society or Regulatory Bodies, the following shall apply:
(a) The Builder shall as soon as possible notify the Buyer thereof, and the
Builder shall be obliged - except as otherwise agreed - to carry out the required
changes in accordance with the provisions set out below, provided always that any
changes in such rules, regulations or requirements which are published before or
after the date of signing of this Contract, and which apply to the Vessel’s on or
before the Delivery of the vessels shall not give to the Builder a right to claim any
adjustments of the price, delivery date or other contractual terms.
(b) If such change is required necessary for the vessels, the Builder shall incorporate
such alteration or change into the construction of the vessels, unless otherwise
instructed by the Buyer in writting .
(c) If such change is not required for the Vessels, but the Buyer nevertheless desires to
incorporate such change, this shall be considered as a change or modification, as
provided for in clause 7.1 of this Article.
7.3 Substitution of materials:
In the event any of the materials required in the construction of the Vessel under this
Contract and the Specifications and Plans cannot be procured on time to effect delivery or
are in short supply, the Builder may, with prior written approval of the Buyer and after
giving detailed description, supply other available material, (hereinafter called ‘Substitute’)
which shall comply with the requirements of the Class and of the rules and regulations and
the Specifications, with which the construction of the Vessel must comply. The Substitute
shall not be of a lesser standard and quality, in all respects, including maintenance and
availability of spares and repair facilities. This substitution shall not result in any delay in
delivery or increase in the Contract Price and shall not affect any of the Contractual
obligations and guarantee of the Builder.
7.4 Disputes to modification:
If a dispute occurs as to any matter regarding the plans or approvals or modifications, which
cannot be resolved between the Buyer and the Builder, the dispute may be referred to a
surveyor appointed by mutual consent of parties for resolution so as to enable the vessel’s to
be constructed to meet the requirements of this Contract.

8 ARTICLE VII
TEST AND TRIALS
8.1 Notice
The Trials shall be carried out at the entire risk and cost expenses of the Builder and the safe
management, operation and navigation of the vessels during the Trials shall be the sole
responsibility of the Builder.
The Builder shall before delivery, by not less than 30 days written notice to the Buyer,
notify the time and place for the Dock trials and sea trials for each Vessel. The Buyer shall
have its Representative(s) onboard the Vessel to witness the trials.
At least 90 Days prior to the schedule commencement of the trials , the Builder shall submit
to the buyer for its approval a comprehensive programme for the Dock trial and , sea trial, .
8.2 Weather Conditions for Sea trials
The trial runs shall be carried out under weather conditions, which are deemed favourable
enough by the decision of the Builder, it being clearly understood that the weather
conditions of Beaufort Scale 3 or less are deemed to be favourable conditions for this
purpose. In the event of unfavourable weather conditions on the date so specified for the trial
runs, the same shall take place on the first available day thereafter, when weather conditions
are favourable, in which case the actual delay caused in the delivery of the Vessels on this
account shall be considered as permissible delay.
8.3 Conduct of Sea trials
The sea trial shall be carried out in the presence of representative(s) of the BUYER
representatives from the Classification Society and/or Regulatory Bodies, and shall be
conducted in the manner described in the Specifications, and shall be sufficient in scope and
duration to enable all parties to verify and establish that all elements are functioning in
accordance with the specifications.
The Builder shall provide necessary crew to comply with the conditions of safe navigation.
During the trials, the Buyer’s / Classification Society and Regulatory body’s representatives,
will be provided with accommodation and victual ling by the Builder.
The Builder shall provide the Vessels with the required quantities of fuel, lubricating oils
and grease, fresh water and other stores necessary for the trials, as set-forth in the
Specifications.

The grades of lubricant, etc. shall be as prescribed by the main engine and auxiliary
manufacturers and shall be approved by the Buyer. The fuel oil shall be of a quality
acceptable to the Buyer.
The trials shall be conducted in the manner to comply with the Specifications. During the
speed trials, the hull shall be checked for any excessive vibrations which will be defined
mutually (by Buyer and Builder)
Shop tests and on-board tests for Main Engine, Auxiliary Engine, various machineries and
other equipment shall be conducted as provided for in the Specifications. The shop tests /
Factory acceptance tests as may be required shall be witnessed by the Classification Society/
Regulatory bodies as applicable and by not more than two representatives of the Buyer. The
travel and other formalities associated with such trials are at Builder’s account.
After the sea-trials, the working parts of the machinery shall be inspected, in so far as
considered necessary, by the Buyer and the Classification Society.
If the period between launching and delivery of the Vessel exceeds full six (6) months, then
the Vessel shall be dry-docked prior to delivery for underwater hull cleaning and paint touch
up as mentioned in the Specifications.
8.4 Method of Acceptance or Rejection
(a) Upon satisfactory completion of the trials in terms of this Article, the Buyer shall
immediately thereafter confirm in writing his acceptance of such completion of the
trials. In case of non-acceptance the Buyer shall indicate in writing in what respect of
the trials, the Vessels or any part thereof does not conform to the Specifications. The
Builder shall rectify such Non-conformity at its own expense and perform such further
tests as may be deemed necessary and prove to the satisfaction of the Regulatory
Body/Statutory Authority/Classification Society/the Buyer that the requirements of the
Specifications are complied with. The Builder will not be entitled to any extension of
the Date of Delivery or for any increase in cost of the Vessels on this account.
(b) The Buyer shall not be obliged to take delivery of the Vessels if it is not fully in
conformity with the specifications including its agreed amendments, or if there are
any conditions or recommendations made by the Classification Society and/or
Regulatory Bodies or owners authorized representative. However, if the deficiencies
or the conditions/recommendations are of minor importance, and the Builder is
unable to comply the same within a reasonable time, the Builder may nevertheless
require the Buyer to take delivery of the Vessel, provided the Builder undertakes to
make good the deficiency or fulfil the requirement within the guarantee period.

8.5 Effect of acceptance
The Buyer's written notification of acceptance of the sea trials shall be final and binding in so
far as conformity of the vessels to the Specifications and plans are concerned. However, in the
event there shall remain any outstanding work to be done, such work shall be completed before
delivery of the Vessels.
8.6 Protocol of trials
On the trials to be performed as well as all the tests, in accordance with the Specification a
Protocol shall be signed by the authorized representatives of both the parties. The builder to
submit the details of trials to be conducted and the format for recording of the tests to the buyer
for acceptance.
8.7 Disposal of surplus consumables:
Any fuel oil, unused lubricating oil in storage tanks and greases furnished and paid for by
the Builder for the trial runs remaining on board the Vessels, at the time of acceptance of the
Vessels by the Buyer, shall be bought by the Buyer from the Builder at the Builder’s
purchase price (net of all discounts) for such supply and payment by the Buyer thereof
excluding barging cost shall be made at the time of delivery of the Vessels. The Builder
shall furnish to the Buyer the copies of original invoices.

9 ARTICLE VIII
DELIVERY DATE AND DELIVERY
9.1 Time and Place
The Vessels shall be delivered at the Builder’s yard or in the vicinity thereof free and clear
of all liens, claims, mortgages and other encumbrances in a clean and seaworthy condition,
ready for service, on or before ...... , 20xx..... for the first vessel & on or before ...... ,
20xx..... for the second vessel (the Contract Delivery Date), except that the terms of the
Contract permit postponement of the Delivery Date (Permissible Delay), the Delivery Date
shall be postponed accordingly.
9.2 Training of Ships staff
The Builder agrees to provide training on all the vessel’s equipments and systems to the
ships staff / buyers representatives appointed by the Buyer for two weeks prior to delivery of
each vessel.
9.3 When and how effected
Provided that the builder has fulfilled all of its obligations under the Contract, delivery of
the Vessels shall be effected forthwith, upon acceptance thereof by the Buyer, by the
concurrent delivery by each of the parties hereto to the other a Protocol of Delivery and
Acceptance signed by each party. Both parties have the right to make reservations or notes
in the Protocol, or in a separate document signed by the parties "for acknowledgement of
receipt only".
9.4 Documents to be delivered to the Buyer
Upon delivery and acceptance of each Vessel, the Builder shall provide and deliver to the
Buyer at its expense the following documents, which shall accompany the Protocol of
Delivery and Acceptance:
(a) Protocol of Trials made pursuant to the Specifications.
(b) Protocol of Inventory and Equipment of the Vessel, including spare parts and the
like, all as specified in the Specifications.
(c) Protocol of Surplus Consumable Stores referred to under Article VII hereof.
(d) Drawings and Plans pertaining to the Vessel together with all necessary
instruction manuals, as further stipulated in the Specifications.

(e) All Certificates including the Builder's Certificate are required to be furnished
upon Delivery and Acceptance of the Vessel. It is agreed that if, through no fault
on the part of the Builder, the Classification Certificate and/or other required
certificates are not available at the time of delivery, provisional certificates shall be
accepted by the Buyer, provided that the Builder at its expense shall furnish the
Buyer with final certificates as promptly as possible. If final certificates are not
provided or obtained within a reasonable time, the Buyer shall arrange to obtain the
same at the cost of the Builder and the same shall be adjusted against final payment
due, to be paid to the builder.
(f) Declaration of Warranty by the Builder that the Vessel is free and clear of any
liens, claims, charges, mortgages and other encumbrances. The vessel shall be
under performance warranty for a period of 1 year.
(g) Commercial invoice
(h) Bill of Sale or other relevant document that certifies that the title of the Vessel
passes on to the Buyer.
9.5 Title and Risk
Title to and risk of loss or damage to the Vessel shall pass to the Buyer upon Delivery and
Acceptance thereof by the Buyer.
9.6 Removal of Vessel
The Buyer shall take possession of the Vessel immediately upon Delivery and Acceptance
thereof, and shall remove the Vessel from the premises of the Builder within ten (10) days
after the Delivery and Acceptance as aforesaid. If the Buyer does not remove the Vessel
within the said period, the Buyer shall thereafter pay to the Builder reasonable mooring
charges for the Vessel.

10 ARTICLE IX
DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME FOR DELIVERY (FORCE

MAJEURE)
10.1 Clauses on delay
If, at any time, the construction of the vessel’s is delayed, for legitimate reasons beyond the
control of the Builder, such as due to Governmental action, war, civil commotions, riots, all
India/State wise bandhs, strikes, lockouts, acts of God or the public enemy, plague / other
epidemics, flood, earthquakes etc. at the premises of the Builder, , which are not due to
negligence; or by any other similar Force Majeure cause (each of the contingency shall be due
to Force Majeure as used in this Contract) which could not have been reasonably foreseen and
eliminated by the Builder, then in any such case the delivery date of the Vessels under this
Contract shall be postponed by the actual number of days lost to the Builder in completing the
Vessel’s due to such causes. No separate delays shall be counted in respect of two or more of
the above causes occurring concurrently.
Delay on account of Force Majeure as provided in this Article shall be understood to be

permissible delay, and is to be distinguished from non-permissible delay on account of which
the Contract Price of the Vessels is subject to adjustment, or the Vessels may be rejected, as
provided here-in above.
After each delay caused due to Force Majeure the Builder is responsible to negotiate with the
Buyer for its acceptance and for signing a revised schedule of delivery and stage payments.
10.2 Notice of delay
Within Seven (7) days from the date of commencement of any cause of delay which the
Builder claims to be the delay due to the Force Majeure, the Builder shall notify the Buyer in
writing such cause of delay and commencement thereof. Likewise, within Seven (7) days
such cause of the delay ends, the Builder shall advise the Buyer of such cause of delay
ended, and shall also specify the period of time by which the date of delivery is to be
extended by reason of such cause/causes of delay. Failure of the Builder to provide the
aforesaid notices to the Buyer shall be deemed to be a waiver by the Builder of its claim or
extension of delay. The Buyer shall have right to object to any extension claimed by the
Builder, which shall not conform to the provisions of this Article.

10.3 Right to rescind for excessive delay:
If the total cumulated time of all permissible delays, due to Force Majeure causes,
aggregates one hundred fifty (150) days, then, in such an event the Buyer may, at its sole
option, rescind the Contract by serving upon the Builder notice of cancellation by
cable/telefax and confirm in writing. Such cancellation shall be effective from the date of
issue of cancellation and after receipt of letter of rescission , the Builder shall refund to the
Buyer, within fifteen (15) days , the full amount of all sums forthwith paid to the Builder on
account of the Vessel, together with the interest at the rate of seven per cent (7%) per annum
without any deduction whatsoever from the dates the respective instalments / payments were
received by the Builder until the actual date of refund received by the Buyer. Such refund
shall forthwith discharge all obligations, duties and liabilities of the parties hereto to the
other under the Contract.

11 ARTICLE X
WARRANTY OF QUALITY
11.1 Extent of Builder's responsibility
Save as provided for in this article and provided always that the deficiencies have been
rectified within a reasonable time, the Builder shall have no responsibility for defects or the
consequences thereof (including loss of profit and loss of time) discovered after the Delivery
and warrantee period of the Vessels.
Extreme care shall be taken at all times to protect the underwater hull and appendages from
underwater damage. If at any time prior to a vessel’s acceptance there is warrantable reason
for believing that the vessel has been strained, grounded, or in any manner damaged below
the waterline, the Builder shall provide for inspection service and repair as deemed
necessary. A protest or notice filed by the Buyer with any Regulatory Body and sustained by
that agency shall be deemed a ‘warrantable reason.’ Reports written by surveyors or other
inspectors or Authorized Representative advising of damage to the underwater portions of
the vessels, including its coatings, shall also be a ‘warrantable reason.’ The vessels shall be
dry docked and hull cleaned and freshly painted.
11.2 Guarantee
The Builder undertakes to repair and rectify at its own cost and expenses and free of charge
to the Buyer, any defects - including latent defects or deficiencies - concerning the Vessel’s
or parts thereof, which are caused by faulty design, defective material and/or poor
workmanship on the part of the Builder, its servants, employees or subcontractors during the
performance warranty period unconditionally , but excluding defects arising after delivery
due to normal wear and tear or improper handling of the Vessel or caused or aggravated by
omission or improper use or maintenance of the Vessel on the part of the Buyer, its servants
or agents and excluding Buyer's Supplies
The Builder's liability as stated herein shall terminate if the defects as aforesaid have not
been discovered within the Guarantee Period of 12 months unless otherwise provided for in
this Contract.
Any such defects shall be notified to the Builder as soon as possible after discovery and at
the latest within 8 days after expiry of the Guarantee Period. Such notice shall include
particulars of the deficiency in such detail as can reasonably be expected.

If defects could only be discovered on dry docking the vessel, notice of such defect(s) need
not be tendered before the Vessel is in the dock, but must be tendered before the Vessel
leaves the dry-dock.
The Guarantee Period will be extended in the following cases:
(a) After repair and rectification under this Article has been carried out, there will be a
further period of guarantee. The further Guarantee Period shall, however, not be
less than the original Guarantee Period for any such item. Such additional guarantee
period will be granted on all remedial works notified by the Buyer to the Builder in
the Guarantee Period, or any extension thereof.
(b) The warranty period of underwater hull paint should be 30 months after delivery of
each vessel.
(c) The Builder further guarantees the vessel’s against any defects which are due to
defective materials, workmanship, construction, design or any failure to comply
with maker’s recommendations but which could not have been detected by the
Buyer during construction of the vessel’s or during the Warranty Period. The
provisions of this sub-article relating to such latent defects do not apply to painting
or coatings.
(d) In the event of such latent defects being discovered by the Buyer during the
Warranty Period, the said Warranty Period shall be deemed to be extended in
respect of such latent defects subject to the following provisions:
(i) The Buyer must notify the Builder promptly in writing and in any event
within thirty (30) days of such latent defect being discovered giving full
details thereof;
(ii) The onus shall be on the Buyer to establish that the defect is a latent defect
within the meaning hereinabove, failing which the Builder shall be under no
liability in respect thereof.
(iii) The Builder’s liability for such latent defects, other than specified in
Paragraph 11.2(c) of this Article, discovered after expiry of the Warranty
Period and any extended warranty period, shall cease absolutely after the
expiry of the warranty period including any extended warranty period of each
Vessel and the Builder shall be under no obligation in respect of latent
defects unless written of such latent defect is received by the Builder within
such expiry date.
11.3 Rectification of Defects
If the Builder is liable for defects as aforesaid, its obligations shall be as follows:

(a) The Builder shall rectify the defect or cause the defect to be rectified at his own risk
& costs. Provided the defect is remedied within a reasonable time, the Builder shall
have no other liability for any damage or loss caused as a consequence of the
defect, except for repair or renewal of the Vessel's part/parts that have been
damaged as a direct and immediate consequence of the defect without any
intermediate cause, and provided such part or parts can be considered to form a part
of the same equipment or same system.
(b) The repairs, replacements and/or rectifications which could be carried out while the
vessel is afloat, shall be made at the Buyers’ designated home port.
However, the Buyer may, after having notified the Builder in writing, cause the
necessary repairs, replacements and/or rectifications to be carried out elsewhere. In
such case, the Builder shall.
In any case, the Builder shall co-operate with the Buyer to find proper solutions to
rectify the deficiency.
(c) In the event of defects arising which fall within the provisions of this Article and
which require any or both the vessel’s to be dry-docked, the Builder shall also pay
for the costs of dry-docking the vessel’s including any additional direct and
documented costs, which shall be reasonable (including without limitation the cost
of port charge, incurred by the Buyer in making the vessel’s available to the
Builder or to any other yard for the making good of any such defects as aforesaid
and in putting the vessel’s back in service. The Buyer shall make his best
Endeavour to minimize such additional costs.
(d) The Builder shall have the ownership of replaced parts. The Buyer will return such
parts to the Builder at Builder's request and at Builder's expense. If the Builder fails
to present such request within a reasonable time, the Buyer has no responsibility for
the replaced parts.
Upon requests from the Buyer the Builder shall forward to the port or place
designated by the Buyer, necessary parts and/or equipment, at the Builder’s
expense, to replace those which have been found defective, in accordance with
provisions hereof. If the Buyer should reasonably require same to be forwarded by
air-freight, the Builder shall do so, at the Builder’s expense on C & F terms,
provided such parts and/or equipment are essential to and urgently required for the
normal operation of the Vessel.
(e) When it is necessary in view of urgency or otherwise, it is required that the repairs
to a particular equipment be carried out only by the original equipment

manufacturer or their authorized representatives at the port where the Vessel is,
then the Buyer has the right to request such representatives to visit the port at which
they are required and to carry out the repairs with the intimation of the Builder. All
expenses, including travel, lodging and boarding expenses, as well as cost of
replacement or spare parts and labour charges, shall be to the account of the
Builder, provided such defects are covered under the guarantee.
(f) Each vessel is to be dry-docked at the end of its warranty period including any
extended warranty period for inspection of the underwater hull and equipment. If
the Buyer is unable to dry-dock the Vessels within 10 days of completion of such a
guarantee period due to operational commitments, the Builder shall agree to extend
the guarantee period for underwater inspection of the hull and equipment, provided
that this dry-docking is not delayed beyond three (3) months.
(g) As far as twelve (12) months guarantee for the underwater portion of the hull and
equipment is concerned, the parties hereto agree that after the guarantee period is
over, an inspection by a diver may be arranged, at the Buyer’s cost to determine the
defects, if any, to the underwater portion of the hull and equipment during the
guarantee period, if the Buyer opts not to dry-dock the Vessels within three (3)
months of the expiry of the twelve (12) months guarantee period. Should the report
of the diver result in guarantee claims on the Builder, both parties shall mutually
agree on a settlement of these claims. Should it result in a claim of a substantial
nature, the Buyer may ask the Builder to dry-dock the Vessel (at builder’s cost) as
soon as feasible.
(h) Notwithstanding what is stated above, in the event of pressing repairs, when the
safety of the Vessel is involved or when the operational requirements of the Vessels
warrant, such repairs shall be carried out by the Buyer under intimation to the
Builder. The cost of bringing the Vessels to the repair yard for such repairs shall be
borne by the Buyer.
(i) The Builder's warranty hereunder does not extend to the Buyer's Supplies.

12 ARTICLE XI
OWNERSHIP, RISK AND INSURANCE
12.1 Ownership
The Builder may mortgage the Vessel and its materials (excluding Buyer's Supply if any) as
security for the construction financing, including the provision of refund guarantee(s), for
the Vessels. The Buyer shall if necessary give its consent for that purpose. Any such
mortgage shall be cancelled and deleted from the relevant registry at the latest on Delivery
and Acceptance.
The Buyer shall become the owner of the Vessel upon Delivery and Acceptance thereof. The
vessel shall be free of all liens, mortgages upon acceptance of the vessel by the Buyer
12.2 Risk and Insurance
Until Delivery and Acceptance, the Builder bears the risk of loss of or damage to the
Vessel, materials, parts, machinery and equipment.
12.2.1 Extent of insurance coverage:
From the time of steel cutting until delivery and acceptance of the Vessels by the
Buyer, the Builder shall, at its own cost and expense, insure the Vessels and all
machinery, equipments, and outfits, including the Buyer’s Supplies, built into or
installed in or upon the Vessels or in storage in yard against all risks including
War and SRCC risks with a National insurance company or underwriters
acceptable to the Buyer. The amount of such insurance coverage shall not be less
than the aggregate amount of all installments paid by the Buyer to the Builder,
plus the value of the Buyer’s Supplies, if any, in the custody of the Shipyard.
12.2.2 Application of recovered amounts:
In the event any of the Vessels or material, parts, machinery and equipment
pertaining to the Vessels, shall be damaged from insured cause at any time before
delivery and acceptance of the Vessels and in the further event that such damage
shall not constitute an actual or a constructive total loss of the Vessels, the amount
received in respect of the insurance shall be applied by the Builder in repair of
such damage to the satisfaction of the Buyer and the Classification Society and the
Buyer shall accept the Vessels under this Contract and the Specifications.
In the event of any loss suffered due to factors beyond the control of the builder
but covered by the insurance, builder shall on its own make immediate alternate

arrangements restore the vessel in its original condition before such an event
without demanding NIOT to pay for the same (or) wait for settlement of insurance
claims and ensure prompt delivery of vessel meeting the tender specification. The
Builder, however, will not be entitled to a free extension of the period of delivery
of the Vessels.
12.2.3 Treatment of constructive total loss
Should the Vessels, for any cause, become an actual or constructive total loss, the
Builder shall according to the mutual agreement with the Buyer either :
(a) Proceed in accordance with the terms of the Contract, in which case the amount
received in respect of the insurance shall be applied to the construction of
identical vessels, provided the parties hereto shall have first agreed thereto, in
writing, to such reasonable extension of delivery date, as may be necessary, for
the completion of such reconstruction, delays due to such extension being
deemed to be permissible delays, or
(b) Refund promptly to the Buyer the full amount of all sums paid by the Buyer to
the Builder, as installments, in advance of delivery of the Vessels, along with
interest at the rate of seven per cent (7%) per annum accrued from the date of the
payment of the installments to the date of the receipt of refund by the Buyer and
deliver to the Buyer all Buyer’s Supplies (or the insurance proceeds received
with respect thereto), in which case this Contract shall be deemed to be
automatically terminated and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each
of the parties to the other, shall forthwith cease and terminate.
(c) The Performance Security Guarantee given by the Builder shall also be encashed
by the Buyer..
12.3 Termination of builder’s obligation to insure:
The Builder shall be under no obligation to insure the Vessels hereunder after
delivery and acceptance of the Vessels by the Buyer.

13 ARTICLE XII
DEFAULT PROVISIONS
13.1 Builder's Default - delay in delivery
In the event of the Builder fails to deliver to Buyer the Vessels complete in the manner
stipulated in this Contract within 5 months after the time provided in this Contract including
any permissible extension, the Buyer shall be entitled to terminate this Contract and on such
termination the Builder shall refund to the Buyer all amounts they have received as down
payment or otherwise , including interest thereon at the rate of 7% (seven per cent) per
annum from the date of payment till the date of refund. The Builder shall also return Buyer's
Supplies, or if they cannot be returned, the Builder shall pay to the Buyer an amount equal to
the Buyer's costs for such equipment. For this purpose the Bank Guarantee’s provided by the
builder against all advances paid for by the Buyer shall be en-cashed by the buyer without
waiting for the amount to be paid by the builder including the Performance Security
Guarantee given by the Builder.
1. The buyer's right to get refund to the down payment shall not prejudice or effect their
right to make a claim against the Builder for damage for breach of Contract.
2. In the event of Builder having been determined to be in default, pursuant to this

Contract in proceeding with construction of the Vessels, the buyer will be competent for
(but not incumbent upon) the Buyer to take the possession of the Vessels and any
material intended for construction of the vessels into their custody. The Buyer can, in
order to complete the construction of the Vessels, enter into any Contract with other
Builders and use the Builder's yard, workshop machinery and tools of the Builders and
the cost incurred by the exercise of any of the powers of this clause shall be deducted
from the purchase money then unpaid if sufficient and if not sufficient, shall be made
good by the Builder.
3. The Buyer may review the progress made, the justification for such delays in
construction and conduct detailed deliberation probing into the total issue. Based on the
outcome of the above exercise, the Buyer is at liberty to reconsider the Contract for
revival or continuity subject to impose conditions as may be deemed fit.
4. If the Buyer gets any information regarding conduct of the Builder or of an employee or
a representative or an associate of the Builder which constitutes corruption, or if the
Buyer has substantive suspicion in this regard, the Buyer will inform the Vigilance
office.

13.2 Buyer's Default - Disputes regarding Payment
(a) The Buyer shall be deemed to be in default of the performance of its obligations under
this contract, if the Buyer fails to pay any of the Instalments except the last and final
instalment to the Builder within Thirty (30) days after such Instalment becomes due and
payable under the provisions of this Contract. In the event of such default, the
contractual delivery date shall be extended (as permissible delay) of the extent of days
beyond the 45 days, from the date of receipt of Bill by the Buyer and date of dispatch of
the cheque/draft from the Buyer to Builder.
Notwithstanding the above, if there is a dispute in respect of the Buyer's payment obligation,
the Builder has no right to postpone the commencement or stop the work or cancel the
Contract, if the Buyer considers the request and informs in writing that the proposal given
by the builder is under consideration
13.3 Insolvency
If proceedings are commenced by or against the Buyer or Builder for winding up,
dissolution or reorganisation (except in case of merger) or for the appointment of a receiver,
trustee or similar officer, or if bankruptcy is opened, the party who is not subject to such
proceedings shall have the right to cancel this Contract.
Upon such cancellation, the Builder shall refund all sums paid by Buyer to the Builder under
Article II hereof, including interest thereon at the rate of 7% (seven per cent) per annum
from the date of payment to the date of refund. The Builder shall also return Buyers
Supplies, or if they cannot be returned, the Builder shall pay to the Buyer an amount equal to
the Buyer's costs for such equipment. When the builder is failing to discharge their
obligation of refund as above, the Bank Guarantee provided by them against performance
security shall be encashed.
Save as for the Builder's obligation to make refund as set out above, neither the Builder nor
the Buyer shall have any liability for losses suffered by the other party caused by the
cancellation pursuant to this Article.
13.4 Foreclosure of contract due to abandonment or reduction is scope of work
If at any time after acceptance of the tender, Buyer shall decide to abandon or reduce the
scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or ay part of
the works to be carried out, the Buyer shall give notice in writing to that effect to the
contractor and the contractor shall act accordingly in the matter. The contractor shall have no
claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or
advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the works which he did not
derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the works.

14 ARTICLE XIII
ASSIGNMENT
Neither of the parties hereto shall assign the Contract to a third party unless prior consent of
the other party is given in writing. The Contract shall endure to the benefit of and shall be
binding upon the lawful successors or the legitimate assigns of either of the parties hereto.

15 ARTICLE XIV
TAXES, DUTIES AND BANK CHARGES
1. TAXES :
All taxes and charges of any kind incurred in connection with this Contract, arising out of
obligations of the Builder, shall be borne by the Builder and those arising out of obligations
of the Buyer, shall be borne by the Buyer.
2. DUTIES :
The Builder shall hold the Buyer free from any payment of duty imposed upon materials or
supplies, which the Builder may acquire, at its cost, for construction and trial of the Vessels,
including running stores, provisions and supplies necessary to stock on board the Vessel for
trials.
3. VARIATION IN TAXES & DUTIES
Any variation in taxes & duties during the currency of the contract will be accounted for in
the following manner:
a) If the delivery of the vessels is affected within the time frame including
permissible delays as agreed to in the contract then any increase in taxes will be
reimbursed by the buyer. Likewise any decrease in the taxes shall be adjusted against
the final instalment to be paid to the builder.
b) If the delivery date is delayed beyond the agreed delivery date then the builder
cannot claim for any increase in price due to increase in taxes.
c) Any new taxes that are levied during the currency of the contract shall be
reimbursed by the buyer.
4. BANK CHARGES :
All costs and bank charges incurred in connection with remittances by the Builder to the
Buyer shall be borne by the Builder, and all costs and bank charges incurred in connection
with remittances by the Buyer to the Builder shall be borne by the Buyer.

16 ARTICLE XV
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS

The Builder shall defend and hold harmless the Buyer from patent, trade mark, copyright or
other intellectual property liability or claims of any nature or kind, including costs and
expenses for, or on account of any intellectual property rights made or used in the
performance of the Contract, or the Buyer's use of the Vessels, and also including costs and
expenses of litigation, if any.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring any patent or trademark rights or
copyright in equipment covered by this Contract, and all such are hereby expressly reserved
to the true and lawful owners thereof.
The Builder and the Buyer shall have the rights over the hull form independently.

17 ARTICLE XVI
BUYER'S SUPPLIES
17.1 Responsibility of Buyer
(a) The Buyer shall, at its own risk, cost and expense, supply and deliver to the Builder
any item to be fitted on board the vessels. The Buyer shall arrange to deliver such
material, at warehouse or other appropriated storage facility of the Builder in a
proper condition ready for installation in or on the Vessels, in accordance with the
time schedule designated and advised by the Builder to the Buyer as agreed
mutually.
(b) In order to facilitate installation by the Builder of the Buyer's Supplies in or on the
Vessels, the Buyer shall furnish the Builder with necessary specifications, plans,
drawings, instruction books, manuals, test reports and certificates required by all
applicable rules and regulations. If so reasonably requested by the Builder, the
Buyer shall without any charge to the Builder, provided always that such
installation is not Builder's responsibility pursuant to the Specifications, cause the
representatives of the manufacturers of the Buyer's Supplies to assist the Builder in
installation thereof in or on the Vessels and/or to carry out installation thereof by
themselves or to make necessary adjustments at the Builder's yard.
(d) Should the Buyer fail to deliver any of the Buyer's Supplies within the time
designated, the Delivery Date shall be automatically extended for the period by
which the failure actually caused a delay in the delivery of the Vessels.
(e) If delay in delivery of any of the Buyer's Supplies exceeds thirty (30) days, then the
Builder shall be entitled to proceed with construction of the Vessel without
installation thereof in or on the Vessels as hereinabove provided, and the Buyer
shall accept and take delivery of the Vessels so constructed, unless such delay is
caused by Force Majeure in which case the provisions of (d) above shall apply.
17.2 Responsibility of Builder
The Builder shall be responsible for storing and handling with due diligence the
Buyer's Supplies after delivery thereof at the Builder's yard, and shall, at its own
cost and expense, install them in or on the Vessels, unless otherwise provided
herein or agreed by the parties hereto, provided, always, that the Builder shall not
be responsible for the quality, efficiency and/or performance of any of the Buyer's
Supplies.

18 ARTICLE XVII
NOTICES
18.1 Address
Any and all notices and communications in connection with the Contract shall be
addressed as follows:
To the Buyer:
Telephone
Telefax
E-mail
To the Builder:
Telephone
Telefax
E-mail
18.2 Language
Any and all written notices and communications in connection with the Contract shall be
in the English language.

19 ARTICLE XVIII
IDENTIFICATION
Immediately upon the Contract becoming effective, the Builder shall identify all parts,
materials, equipment and machinery, wherever situated, appropriated for the purpose of
performing this Contract, as belonging to the Vessels by marking the Hull No. ----- or any
other appropriate identification on them as per the normal practice of the Shipyard.
The builder guarantees that the parts so identified shall not be used any other purpose/Vessel
under construction in his or any other yard.

20 ARTICLE- XIX
DISPUTE RESOLUTION, GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM

In the event of any dispute, difference, interpretation or application relating to this
agreement arises; the same shall be settled amicably by the parties. In case the dispute or
differences could not be settled amicably, the same shall be referred for adjudication through
Arbitration by an Arbitrator to be appointed by the Director, NIOT.
1. The Arbitration shall be concluded in accordance with the provisions of Arbitration

& Conciliation Act, 1996 or any statutory modifications or re-enactment thereof and the
rules made their under and for the time being tin force shall apply to the arbitration
proceedings. Venue of such arbitration shall be at Chennai in India. The language of
arbitration proceedings shall be English. The Arbitrator shall make a reasoned award (the
“award”), which shall be final and binding on the parties. The cost of the arbitration shall be
shared equally by the parties to the contract. However, expenses incurred by each party in
connection with the preparation, presentation etc., shall be borne by each party.

21 ARTICLE XX
EXCLUSIVENESS
This Contract shall nullify all communications, negotiations, agreements, whether written or
oral of the parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of this Contract, unless
otherwise specifically mentioned in or referred to in this Contract, save and except the
Supplemental Agreements and Addenda, if any, entered into and signed by the parties
simultaneously with this Contract, which shall be deemed as being incorporated in and
forming part of this Contract. Any Agreement, Addendum or Amendment to this Contract
after the date of this Contract shall be valid.

ANNEXURE A
BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT

(To be stamped in accordance with Indian Stamp Act)
Bank Guarantee No. ____________________ Date : ______________

Valid upto_____________________________ Amount : ___________
To
The National institute of Ocean Technology
Velachery-Tambaram Road, Pallikaranai
Chennai – 600 100
Dear Sirs,
In consideration of NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCEAN TECHNOLOGY,

having its office at Velachery-Tambaram Road, Pallikaranai , Chennai – 600 100, herein
after refers to as the “Owner” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or
meaning thereof, include all successors, administrators, executors and assigns having award
to M/s……………………………………….. having its Registered / Head Office at
…………………………. (hereinafter referred to as “Contractor” which expression shall
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators,
executors and assigns) a contract by issue of Owner’s Purchase Order No. …… dated and
the same having been unequivocally accepted by the Contractor, resulting into a contract
valued at Rs…………………………….(Rupees ………………… only) for supply of
………………………………………. (herein after called the “Contract”).
And whereas the Owner has agreed in pursuance of the terms and conditions
of the contract to make an advance payment of …… % ( percent) of the total base value of
the contract to the contractor against Bank Guarantee.
Now, we ………..(name of the Bank, address) having its Head Office at

………….. Bank ……….. (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank” which expression shall unless
repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors
and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the Owner immediately on demand any
or, all monies payable to the contractor to the extent of Rs…………… (Rupees………. Only)
at any time upto ………. without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or protest and/or
without any reference to the contractor. Any such demand made by the Owner on the Bank
shall be conclusive and binding not withstanding any difference between the Owner and the
Contractor or any dispute pending before, any court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority.
We agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be
enforceable till the Owner discharges this Guarantee.
The Owner shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the
liability of the Bank under this Guarantee from time to time to vary the advance or to extend
the time of delivery of the Contract. The Owner shall have the fullest liberty without

affecting this Guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in
them or of any right which they might have against the contractor and to exercise the same at
any time in any manner, and either to enforce or to forebear to enforce any covenants
contained or implied in the contract between the Owner and the Contactor or any other
course or remedy or security available to the Owner. The Bank shall not be released of its
obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Owner of its liberty with reference to
matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of
omission or commission on the part of the Owner or any other indulgence shown by the
Owner or by any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law would but for this
provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
The Bank also agrees that the Owner at its option shall be entitled to enforce
this Guarantee against the Bank as a principal debtor, in first instance without proceeding
against the contractor and notwithstanding any security or other Guarantee that the Owner
may have in relation to the Contractors liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this

guarantee is limited to Rs…………… (Rupees……….only) and it shall remain in force upto
and including ……. and shall be extended from time to time for such periods as may be
desired by …………………… on whose behalf this Guarantee has been given.
Dated this ….. day of ………..at……………..
(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation with Bank Stamp)
Witness
WITNESS No.1
Name in full
Date
(address)
WITNESS No.2
Name in full
Date
(address)

Technical Specifications Rev 5.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONTENTS
1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................. 1
2 HULL STRUCTURE .............................................................................................................. 27
3 DECK EQUIPMENT AND OUTFIT................................................................................... 49
4 ACCOMMODATION ............................................................................................................ 54
5 MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS....................................................................................... 67
6 MACHINERY SYSTEMS ..................................................................................................... 74
7 ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS & NAVIGATION SYSTEMS....................... 100
8 SCIENTIFIC SYSTEMS...................................................................................................... 119
9 AUTOMATION & INSTRUMENTATION ..................................................................... 134
10 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCOMMODATION & PIPING ................ 140
11 ANNEXURE-I (LIST OF DRAWINGS)
12 ANNEXURE-II ( EQUIPMENT LIST)
13 ANNEXURE-III (RECOMMENDED MAKERS LIST)
14 ANNEXURE-IV (SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT LIST)
15 ANNEXURE-V (LIST OF SPARES RECOMMENDED)
National Institute of Ocean technology Coastal Research Vessel

Technical Specification Rev 5.0 Schedule V / 1
1 GENERAL
1.0 Intent
The purpose of this document (hereinafter called the “Specification”) together

with the attached guidance General Arrangement Plan and other drawings and
sketches, Material Specifications and Annexure is to outline the technical and
functional requirements for the design, construction and delivery of two numbers
of Self propelled, Twin screw Coastal Research Vessels (hereinafter referred to as
the "Vessel"), suitable for carrying out scientific activities in coastal regions of
India. The Vessel is intended to be employed in the Indian Coast within the EEZ
along with Andaman & Nicobar Islands as well as Lakshadweep Islands
The specification and other information submitted along with this document are
mentioned for one ship unless or otherwise specified.
The vessel including all its material, equipment, piping, machinery, workmanship,
etc., shall be in accordance with these specifications and other guidance drawings
herewith and to the requirements of the Classification Society and also regulatory
bodies which are mentioned hereinafter and shall be fully documented as required
by these bodies.
The vessel shall be built according to this specification, applicable rules with
amendments up to the date of Delivery date and also subsequent agreements
between the Builder and the Owner to cater for optimum utilization of Ship and
Class/Statutory requirements.
The vessel and equipment are to be designed / selected for a service life of
minimum 20 years with normal maintenance. The vessel is expected to be at sea
for about 270 days a year at different intervals of time.
The Technical specification and General Arrangement plan shall be integral part
of contract. Details mentioned in any of these two documents shall be deemed to
be included in both the documents. The General Arrangement Plan and the
Technical Specifications are complimentary to each other. In the event, of any
contradiction between the General Arrangement Plan and the Technical
Specification, the Technical Specification shall prevail. The Contract and the
Technical Specifications are complimentary to each other. In the event of any
contradiction between the Contract and the Technical Specification, the Contract
shall prevail.
All fittings, arrangements and equipment which are not mentioned in the
specifications/drawings but required under Classification rules and other statutory
requirements shall be provided at no extra cost. Anything not described or left out
of the technical specification, but being considered as normal and necessary for

the intended services for this kind of vessel, shall be supplied and fitted without
extra charge.
The GA may also be subjected to changes during detailed design, with the
approval of NIOT/buyers representative.
The ship shall be completed and tested in all respects and delivered at the
Builder’s yard.
1.0.1 Definitions
"Buyer"
Where the terms "Buyer" is used, it refers to the owner or as defined in the
Contract.
"Builder"
Where the term "Builder", it refers to: As per Contract, the entity, which
undertakes the full responsibility to carry out the complete construction and
delivery of the vessel herein specified and designed.
"Class"
Where the word "Class" is mentioned throughout this specification it refers to the
Classification Society Indian Register of Shipping.
"Approval"
Where such word as "approved" is used herein, the decision of the Buyer's
Representatives is intended. Where a decision is required from the Buyer’s
Representatives, it shall be rendered as promptly as possible so that the Builder
may proceed with its work.
"Equivalent"
It is the intent of these specifications not to limit supply to particular brand names,
but to inform the contractors of the type of equipment preferred in the design.
"Equivalent" solutions shall have comparable ratings and design and shall be
proven in the marine industry.
"Safety Authority"
Where the term "Safety Authority" appears, it refers to: Indian Maritime
Administration or its authorized representative.

1.0.2 Vessel’s Purpose & Mission
The Coastal Research Vessels will be a advanced monohull research ships capable
of integrated, interdisciplinary, oceanographic coastal research in areas from
shallow coastal bays and estuaries. The vessel shall be capable of performing the
following tasks:
• Survey, sampling and data collection of air, surface, midwater and sea floor
parameters using modern scientific instrumentation.
• Launch, towing and recovery of scientific packages, both tethered and
autonomous in shallow waters.
• Handling, monitoring and testing of small remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) and
autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs) upto 500 meters.
• Deployment and recovery of coastal moorings.
• Deployment and recovery of free-floating instruments.
• Shipboard data processing and sample analyses in modern, well-equipped
scientific laboratories.
• Precise navigation, track line maneuvering and station keeping.
1.1 Design Conditions and Basic Requirements
1.1.1 Design Conditions
The following ambient conditions shall be considered for the selection of ship’s
equipment and machinery:-
- Maximum outside air temperature of 450C with 85% relative humidity

- Air temperature of 500C with 90% relative humidity in the Engine room.
- Maximum sea water temperature of 320C
- Atmospheric pressure of 760 mm Hg
- Fuel Oil: High Speed Diesel Oil (HSD) [ISO 8217 DMA/DMZ Grade]
1.1.2 Principal Particulars
Length Overall (approx) : 41.25 m

Length BP : 36.50 m
Breadth Moulded : 9.00 m (max.)
Depth up to Main Deck : 4.00 m
Draft (Moulded) Not Exceeding : 2.50 m
Draft (Scantlings) : 2.65 m
Frame Spacing : 500 mm
GT : < 500
(Above particulars are approximate except for draft and GT and subject to
changes during detailed engineering by shipyard.)

1.1.3 Accommodation
Climate controlled accommodation preferably with attached toilet facilities should

be provided for 8 scientists and 12 Ship’s Staff as indicated below
Scientist : 08 Nos.(2double berths, 1Four berth)

Officers & Crew : 12 Nos. (2single berth cabins,3 double berth, 1 Four
Berth cabin)
The accommodation is also to contain climate controlled laboratories (wet, dry,

chemical, electronics) of approximately 60 square meters preferably arranged on
the main deck with access to open deck for carrying out scientific work .A clear
deck area of about 100 square meters is to be provided aft of laboratories. Labs
shall be arranged and designed to minimize their use as passageways.
1.1.4 Range & Endurance
The Vessel is expected to cover a total distance of about 900 Nautical Miles at a
stretch without refurbishment.
The vessel should have a fuel capacity to self support for a total of 15 days at sea
with a typical mission profile as follows:
a. Cruise at Main propulsion engine loading of about 85% MCR for 7 days
(without scientific operations)
b. Carry out Science Operations at Main Propulsion engine loading of about
15% of MCR for 7 days.
c. Carry out Science Operations at Station (Station Keeping) at main Propulsion
engine loading of about 50% of MCR assisted by Thrusters for 1 day.
d. There should be 10 % fuel oil reserve onboard on completion of 15 days
mission.
Freshwater for a minimum period of 7 days in dedicated fresh water tanks is to be

carried onboard and to be replenished by redundant generation systems onboard.
The dry and refrigerated provisions shall be carried on board for preparation of
food for ships’ compliment and scientists shall be sufficient for 15 days.
1.1.5 Deadweight
The deadweight of the vessel in seawater of density 1025 kg/m3 at a draught of

2.5 m shall be about 100 metric tons (approximately).
The deadweight shall be the difference between the displacement of the vessel at
fully loaded draught based upon density of 1025 kg/m3 of seawater and the
lightweight of the vessel.

The lightship weight shall consist of the following items:
1. Hull steel weight and superstructure Aluminum weight.
2. Weight of all machinery, electrical equipment and outfitting.
3. Permanently Installed Scientific Equipment
4. All stores, spares, inventories and tools as required by equipment

manufacturers/owners as specified in these specifications.
5. Water and oil in machinery and pipes directly related to main propulsion
system, power generating system and Handling equipment.
6. Accommodation and deck outfit
1.1.6 Capacities
Dedicated Fresh Water tank Capacity, approx : 30 m3

Fuel Oil Capacity, approx : 60 m3
Lubricating Oil, approx : 2.3 m3
Hydraulic Oil, approx : 1.2 m3
Adequate ballast water capacity shall be provided to achieve propeller immersion

in all loading conditions.
1.1.7 Speed
Vessel shall achieve a trial Speed of 12.5 knots @ 85 % MCR at fully loaded
draft, in calm and deep seawater, wind speed not exceeding Beaufort Scale 3.0.
1.1.8 Seakeeping
The vessel is to have good motion characteristics and confirm to the following
criterion
At sea state 4
Criterion Value less than or

equal to
Max. Roll Displacement, RMS 3 deg
Max. Pitch Displacement, RMS 3 Deg
Max. Lateral Acceleration at Lab Deck level, RMS 0.05g

Max. Lateral Acceleration at Bridge Deck level, RMS 0.12g
Max. Vertical Acceleration at Bridge Deck level, RMS 0.15g
The vessel shall have the ability to safely heave to and ride out bad weather in at
least Sea State 6.
1.1.9 Station Keeping
The vessel should be fitted with necessary Active thruster devices so as to

maintain station within 20 meters in Sea States up through 4 (1.25 – 2.5 m wave
heights) at best heading under manual control using thrusters and main
propulsion. The bridge layout should be so designed to include a provision for
future up gradation to DP1 without having need to change the thrusters/ main
propulsion. Numerical assessment of capability plots for confirmation of installed
thruster power to be furnish to Owner for approval meeting the above
requirement.
1.1.10 Model Testing
The model testing of the Coastal Research Vessel shall be performed in any
Towing Tank facility which is a member of ITTC for verifying of the design
calculations. The model shall be manufactured to a geometric scale of the full
scale ship including appendages.
The tests that need to be carried out are as follows:
Resistance Tests
 Bare hull and hull with appendages (rudder, skeg, bilge keel and drop keel etc.) at
fully loaded draft and 15% arrival draft with bottom of drop keel flush with hull,
speed range from 2-15 knots; 15 sets
 Bare hull and hull with appendages (rudder, skeg, bilge keel and drop keel etc.) at
fully loaded draft and 15% arrival draft with drop keel lowered, speed range from
2-6 knots; 10 sets.
 Flow visualization by paint flow test; at design draft; design speed with drop keel
flushed and lowered below keel position. Also to investigate the streamline bow
flow in vicinity of the bottom transducers in the fore ship region.
 Video and wave photos of the tests
 Trial and service predictions

Sea Keeping Tests

 Numerical calculation of the motion behaviour of the vessel for a wide range of
encounter angles and ship speeds as well as at least three sea states. Prediction of
root mean square values or single significant amplitudes for ship motions and
accelerations. Prediction of events of deck wetness. Considering of the vessel
with and without anti roll tanks.
 Model tests to investigate motion behavior, crew comfort, speed loss, deck
wetness events in the most unfavorable head sea and beam sea conditions;
minimum three sea states and three ship speeds.
 Tests to document the capability of the proposed anti roll tank arrangement; tests
at zero speed in head quartering, beam and stern quartering seas. Including testing
water flow in U-shaped anti roll tank to optimize cross flow section, reservoir
cross section and reservoir height. To be tested against the highest Meta centric
height in all loading conditions.
A detailed test procedure has to be submitted by the party for all the tests to the
owners for acceptance before conducting the tests.
Any defects pointed out after analysis of results will need to be corrected at no
additional cost. Tests will need to be repeated after correction to confirm
compliance with criteria 1.1.8.
Soft copy in AUTOCADD format and hard copy (4 sets) of drawings and results
of the model test need to be submitted to the owner along with lines plan & offset
table of the model.
1.2 Drawing, Ordering Etc.
1.2.1 General
The Builder shall supply to the owner / his representative with all major drawings
(4 sets of Soft & Hard copies) including Classification/Statutory drawings. An
indicative list of drawings is listed in Annexure– I.
The charges for the approval of the Classification drawings / statutory drawings
shall be borne by the Builder.
Any other drawings or documents required for the vessel shall be made by the
builder and submitted to the Owner’s representative or inspection authorities for
approval. The method of submission and approval of the buyer shall be as per the
respective conditions as set forth in the contract.
The following drawing / sketches are enclosed with this specification and shall be
considered as contractual guide line drawings:
a. [IMUV/P037/001/Rev 0.0] Preliminary General Arrangement

b. [IMUV/P037/ 101] Preliminary Mid Ship Section

c. [IMUV/P037/003] Preliminary Lines plan & offset table
d. [Sketch 01-04] Preliminary Scientific Handling arrangement sketches
e. [Sketch 05] Preliminary Drop keel arrangement
f. [Sketch 06] Preliminary Anti Roll Tank arrangement
1.2.2 Working Drawings
The Builder shall prepare all major construction/working drawings and submit
along with yard standards for Owner’s approval indicating any deviations from
approved drawings and change in weight if any due to deviations. Builder shall also
submit, if any drawing / document requested by the Owner.
When submitting plans for approval, all relevant data of the machinery and
equipment shall also be included.
The Builder under different headings as per shipyard practice may submit the
drawings for owner’s scrutiny. Any other essential drawings within the intent and
spirit of specification, if required, shall be provided.
1.2.3 As fitted Plans
The Builder shall prepare 4 sets of Soft & Hard copies all finished plans (as fitted)
and drawings and submit along with yard standards to Owner’s
All relevant data, manuals, operation & maintenance documents of the machinery
and equipment shall also be supplied along with ‘as fitted’ drawings.
Any other essential drawings within the intent and spirit of specification, if
required, shall be provided.
When the vessel is completed, at least four copies of the finished plans, sounding
tables etc required for essential working of the vessel shall be supplied.
Compact discs containing all as fitted drawings in the latest version of Auto CAD
format shall be submitted.
1.2.4 Reproducible plans
The following finished plans shall also be supplied. In addition soft copies of these
drawings shall be supplied in Compact Discs in AutoCAD format.
1. General arrangement (1 : 100)

2. Lines plan and offset table
3. Cabin arrangement/crew and scientists ( 1:25)
4. Longitudinal section, Profile and Decks [and bottom] plan

5. Double bottom construction [in way of main engine.]

6. Mid-ship section
7. Shell expansion
8. Propeller and shafting
9. Machinery arrangement
10. Ballast piping
11. Booklets of piping diagram in reduced scale, separate for hull and
machinery
12. Electrical wiring diagram pertaining to MSB, ESB & power distribution
13. Diagram of heating and air conditioning system
14. Capacity plan with deadweight scale
15. Hull lines & offset table
16. Hydrostatic curves
17. Trim and stability booklet with loading and ballasting recommendations.
18. Sounding tables with trim calculations
19. Docking plan
20. Safety plan
(The list may change based on the standard builders practice)
1.2.5 Plans for display
The following plans shall be framed and displayed on board at suitable locations:
1. General arrangement plan

2. Capacity plan with deadweight scale
3. Bilge and ballast pumping plan
4. Fire control plan (3 copies)
5. Life saving appliances plan
6. The load line certificates, cargo ship safety construction certificates, etc. to be
mounted in metal photo plate for display as per Regulations.
7. In wheelhouse a sketch showing height of eye level at wheelhouse from keel
and the height of the highest point of the ship from keel shall be exhibited.
8. Maneuvering data as per IMO shall be framed and displayed in the wheelhouse.
9. Life jacket wearing instructions in English and Hindi shall be framed and
displayed at various points in the crew/scientist areas.
10. Any other plan as required by statutory & Classification society
Other operating instructions for equipment shall be displayed as per the Builder’s
standard practice.
1.2.6 Drawings for DG Shipping/MMD
Builder shall submit Final Trim and stability booklet and any other
drawings/booklets as required to MMD/DG shipping for approval and forward
approved copy to the Owner.

1.2.7 Drawings and Documents for Registration
Builder shall supply necessary drawings and documents to the Owner for the
registration of the vessel.
1.2.8 As fitted specification
Builder shall supply 4 copies of “as fitted specification” along with a soft copy in
Compact Disc in MS-Word format.
1.2.9 Units of measurements and language
Metric system shall be adopted for the drawings and documents for the
construction of hull, machinery and equipment unless specifically stated in these
specifications.
All the plans and booklets, nameplates, caution, identification plates and
documents required for implementation of the specification shall be in English.
In the Accommodation areas nameplates and signpost shall be in Hindi and

English.
All drawings shall be produced using Computer Aided Design (CAD) in

AutoCAD. Drawings shall be provided in AutoCAD on CDs and paper copies.
Symbols on drawings shall conform to recognized marine standards. Materials
shown on drawings shall have item numbers and be identified in a material list by
recognized material specifications as appropriate.
1.2.10 Estimating, drawing and offers with regard to change orders
If the Buyer asks for alterations to be done during the building period, the Builder
is to do their outmost to implement the changes with a minimum of consequences
for the building schedule. Any major alternation affecting the price of the vessels
shall be dealt with as provided for in the contract.
1.2.11 Purchase/renting of drawings, patents, licenses, consulting
This specification, drawings and other documents provided to the Builder during
the entire design and construction period shall be the property of the owner and
must neither be used, reproduced nor handed over to a third party without the
written permission. All drawings, specifications, calculations and reports submitted
to the Builder to be treated confidentially.
All software licenses for equipment/instruments installed on board shall be in the

name of the owner. Permission for using nay technology/equipment used which is
patented should be obtained from necessary authorities.

1.3 Instruction Material, Instruction Courses
1.3.1 Manuals & Instruction Books
Four sets of instruction books, operation and maintenance manuals, spares

catalogues given by the original machinery suppliers for all the machinery and
instruments installed shall be handed over to the Owner. Two copies for ship’s use
and two copies for the Owner’s office. Complete list of manuals shall be submitted
for approval. Such instruction manuals shall be specific to this vessel and to the
equipment installed on this vessel. One set of all instruction manuals to be made
available to Buyer’s representative as soon as possible after equipment order. One
copy of Instruction books/ manuals shall be furnished to the owner before
commencement of on board test.
Drawings from original equipment supplier shall include such information as the
capacity, material, dimensions, weight and method of installation and scope of
spares.
Copies of working drawing in addition to those mentioned above, if any, including

production drawings, standard drawings and sketches, schedules, calculations to the
extent applicable, shall also be furnished together with the relevant drawings for
resident representative’s reference and record.
Further four copies of all information plates of machinery containing all data, serial
number, capacities and other particulars as also postal and telegraph address of all
the manufacturers together with their agents all over the world shall be furnished to
the Owner.
Three copies of the list of suppliers of all the fittings and equipment used on board
with their addresses and Phone numbers / Fax numbers shall be supplied to Owner’s
representative. This information also to be delivered on a Microsoft Windows based
file format/CD rom.
The manuals, data booklets, service repair books to be delivered with English
language.
As built weight break-up shall be submitted to the owner. The weight shall be
grouped into steel-hull, steel-superstructure, machinery, piping and engine room
systems, deck outfit and accommodation outfit.
1.3.2 Spare Parts, Inventories and Tools
Spare parts, inventories and tools shall be supplied in accordance with the
Builder’s/manufacturers standard supply, owner requirements and this
specification.

The parts shall be administrated, packed and preserved properly. Suitable racks
shall be provided on board for storage. The owner shall make the storage
arrangement for the spares like Anchor, propellers, shafts.
Stowage of owner supplied spares shall be provided as required by the owner

onboard the vessel, if any.
1.3.3 Maintenance System Software
The vessel is to be fitted out with a PC/Windows-based computer system for

surveillance, spare part ordering and planning of routine maintenance. A database
for maintenance and spare part ordering is to be set up by the Builder. Facilities for
exchanging information with owner’s office via Satcom modem to be provided. In
addition interface to the vessel’s computer Network to be facilitated, as required.
The system will at least include facilities for recording running times for all pumps,
engines and all main winch systems, recommended service intervals, and a register
containing make, capacities, spare parts, serial no. etc. for all machinery equipment
so as to enhance planning of ordering of spare parts, service and maintenance.
1.4 Insurance, fees, certificates, representation
1.4.1 General Insurance
The Builder to be responsible for the ship and all equipment during the construction
period and up to delivery, and shall be completely and fully insured for all such
costs and contingencies as per Contract. Insurance documents are to be submitted
to Owner/Owners’ Representatives for approval prior to commencing construction.
All insurance expenses and other fees, duties etc. in connection with the entire
construction until delivery are to be covered by the Builder as per contract.
1.5 Classification, Regulations and Certificates
1.5.1 Classification and Regulation
The vessel with her hull, equipment and machinery shall be constructed in
accordance with the rules of Indian Register of Shipping (IRS) classed for Notation
+ SUL, + IY Coastal Research Vessel for unrestricted coastal voyages.
The Vessel shall be built under the Classification survey of Indian Register of
Shipping and specification survey of Owner’s representatives/ Inspection
authorities.

The Vessel shall be classified, as a cargo ship and registered under the Indian
Merchant Shipping Act.
The vessel shall be registered in Chennai and shall be built in compliance with
the following rules and regulations as relevant and applicable on the date of
signing the contract. The following list is for guidance only.
1. Rules and regulations of the Classification Society

2. Indian Merchant Shipping Rules and amendments
- Safe Manning Rules as amended
- Crew accommodation rules
- Fire fighting appliances rules
- Life Saving appliances rules
- Rules for the Registration of Indian ships
- Construction and survey of Cargo ships rules
- Pilot ladder rules
- IMS Radio rules
- Indian tonnage rules
- Relevant paragraphs of part viii of Indian merchant shipping act
1958 as amended up to the effective date of contract.
- Any other rules, applicable, which may be promulgated on or
before the effective date of contract.
3. IMO Rules and amendments
4. All relevant IMO resolutions
5. International load line convention, 1966 and all amendments
6. International convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 and all
amendments
7. Act of International telecommunication 1973, radio conference 1979 and
1983 and radio regulation 1982 as amended
8. ISO code for shipboard vibration.
9. IMO/BIS code for noise levels.
10. Indian dock labor board requirements for safety.
11. IEC 92 requirement for electric installations
12. Equipment and arrangement required by MARPOL 73/78 with
amendments.
13. INMARSAT standard specification
14. Other rules and regulations
- Act of international Tele-communication 1973, radio conference
1979 and 1983 and radio Regulation 1982.
- Environment (protection) Act, 1986.
15. Any other rules, which becomes mandatory on or before date of signing
contract.
1.5.2 Certificates
The builder shall also obtain all certificates complying with the requirements of IMO
FAL.2/ CIRC.123 dated 28th September 2011 as amended and any other certificates

as applicable to this class of vessel as required by Statutory and classification

authorities and according to normal shipping practice, and deliver to the owner upon
the ship’s delivery.
The original certificates with three copies shall be handed over prior to delivery or
framed and kept onboard as the case may be.
All certificates normally issued by the Classification Societies / Regulatory /

Statutory Authorities / Manufacturers and others as applicable for this class of
Vessel shall be submitted to the owner at the time of delivery.
All costs and fees for inspection and approval of Classification Societies and
Statutory Bodies for the necessary certificates shall be borne by the Builder.
A tentative list of certificates/records is provided below for reference:
1. Classification certificate (interim & full term certificates from IRS.)

2. Builders certificate.
3. Cargo ship safety construction certificate
4. Load line certificate
5. SOLAS 1974 certificate of compliance incorporating all amendments
6. International tonnage certificate.
7. De-ratisation exemption certificate by port health authority.
8. Potable water certificate by port health authority.
9. Compass adjustment charts.
10. Test certificates of anchor, chains, mooring ropes and other mooring
equipment’s, castings, forgings and sewage treatment plant.
11. Certificates for the life saving and fire fighting appliances including test
certificates for Rescue boats, Rescue boat davits, life rafts and Maker’s
Certificate for lift.
12. Cargo gear certificate/register issued by Classification Society.
13. Letter of compliance for IMO resolutions by Classification
14. Certificates for other equipment on board as applicable.
15. IOPP certificate
16. Certificate and booklet for engine room, lifting gear
17. Intact and damage stability booklets approved by national authority and /
or the Classification Society.
18. Deadweight Certificate
19. Record of safety equipment.
20. Navigational aids certificate.
21. Any other certificates relevant to this type of vessel as on the effective
date of contract.

1.5.3 Fees
All fees towards statutory and Classification and also towards training of Ships
Staff / owners representatives on the vessel and its equipment till the time of
acceptance of the vessel is to be borne by the builder.
1.5.4 Owners Representation during Construction, launching and delivery
The Builder shall offer full co-operation to the Buyer's representatives/ Inspection
Authority in carrying out their duties. The builder shall provide the Buyer's
representatives/ Inspection Authority with appropriate office space within the
Builders premises, transport to and fro from the place of residence of the Inspection
Authority and the yard. Climate controlled office space along with telephone; fax
and internet shall be provided for Buyer representative/Inspection Authority.
The Builder is to arrange a naming ceremony when the completed vessel is

officially handed over to the Buyer. Builder is to cover all expenses in connection
with the ceremony.
1.6 General work, quality assurance, project management
1.6.1 General
All material /equipment used for construction of the vessel shall be new and of marine
quality suitable for the intended service. Hull material shall have good welding
qualities.
1.6.2 QA/QC yard standards for building the ship
The Builder is to provide, a complete set of his detailed shipyard Building

Standards as applicable to this vessel, details of their independently accredited
shipyard QA system which will be subject to audit by BUYER during the
construction.
1.6.3 Materials and Workmanship
All materials used shall conform to the requirements of MMD/IRS and where not
specified by rules and regulations of MMD/IRS, shall conform to BIS or equivalent
or any other reputed international standard and Owner’s approval.
All materials, machinery and equipment shall be selected in such a way that the
service and spares are readily available.
The quality of the construction, testing and trials of the vessel, its machinery,
fittings, equipment, materials and workmanship shall be in accordance with high

standard of good shipbuilding practice and in accordance with the Technical

specifications, construction drawings and plans and suitable for the intended
purpose.
Builder shall submit a list of proposed sub-contractors for owner’s approval. In any
case sub-contracting of complete Ship construction is not acceptable.
Structure, machinery, equipment and outfit shall be arranged keeping in view of

easy access and future maintenance.
Any Equipment supplied by owners will be installed onboard the vessel by the
builder. The builder shall make all necessary electrical/piping connections to
accommodate all owners supply items.
Throughout the entire ship, all spaces, routes, functions, equipment and distribution
boxes in accommodation, corridors, cargo spaces, machinery spaces, emergency
exits, on external decks etc. to be properly labeled in Indian and English language
according to lists approved by the Buyer's Representatives. Type of labels is to be
of good shipbuilding standard and to Buyer's Representatives' satisfaction. All
hidden items are to be marked.
1.6.4 Specification Survey, Construction Supervision and Inspection
The Owners’ representative /inspection authority shall carry out Specification survey
and shall inspect the work at every stage during the construction of the vessel. The
buyer’s representative shall have the right to reject any work and/or materials not
complying with this specification and/or good shipbuilding practice.
The builder shall provide access for inspection during construction without any
restriction and shall provide all necessary information pertaining to the vessel as and
when required.
The Builder shall prepare a detailed build strategy and production progress
planning bar chart. The plan to include start-up and end of all main building
activities, equipment installations, system installations, commissioning of systems,
testing of equipment, etc. The plan is to be maintained and updated by the Builder
as soon as changes occur.
The Buyer's Representatives shall be immediately informed about any deviations

from this plan having impact on the delivery schedule of the vessel, and shall be
informed about the corrective actions which will be taken by the Builder so as to
meet contractual delivery date.
1.6.5 Weight Control

The Builder is responsible to provide weight guarantee by correct selection of
materials, in accordance with the technical specification and approved classification

drawings, to ensure that the lightweight of the vessel remains within the design
tolerance. A proactive strategy with a detailed plan to be developed in order to
avoid excessive deviations from the design weight. This strategy is to cover all
aspect of detailed design and equipment purchasing, as well as selection of
technical solutions. In addition, the plan shall cover strategies to eliminate the use
of oversized materials in the building of hull, piping, cabling and furnishing etc.
During all stages of design and construction, the weight progress of the ship shall
be closely monitored. The builder shall work out and regularly update a complete
record of weight and centre of gravity data of the completed ship. Significant
deviations are to be reported immediately to the Buyer and remedial action is to be
taken by the builder.
As a minimum, comprehensive lists of weights and corresponding centre of gravity

to be regularly summarized and reported to the Designer and Buyer by the Builder
as follows:
A. During the purchasing period, a comprehensive list of all equipment
weights and corresponding centre of gravity.
B. During the development of the NC-data for the hull, a comprehensive list
of weights and centre of gravity of all units and structural outfit items.
C. During the development of the ISO-data for the piping systems, a
comprehensive list of all weights and corresponding centre of gravity for
all piping systems, and system liquids.
D. During the planning of the electrical installation, a comprehensive list of
all weights and corresponding centre of gravity for all electrical systems.
E. During the planning of the installation of furnishing, a comprehensive list
of all weights and corresponding centre of gravity for all furnishing.
F. During the planning of the building of the vessel, a comprehensive list
with weights and corresponding centre of gravity for all other pieces of
equipment, materials and systems, used in the outfitting of the vessel
The builders is also responsible for achieving the hull form as per the lines plan and
ensure that the speed and other performance criterion as predicted by the model test
will not be adversely affected.
1.6.6 Stability, Draught and Trim
The vessel shall have ample stability under all loading condition and operating
conditions. The stability particulars shall also comply with the load line and
requirements of Statutory Bodies.
Maximum trim by stern at any loading condition shall not exceed 1.5% of Length
between perpendiculars. The vessel shall not trim by stem at any loading condition.
Docking condition shall be with minimum aft trim with necessary ballast.

A preliminary trim and stability booklet meeting all requirements of Class &
Statutory Authority will be submitted to the builder prior to beginning of
construction for scrutiny and comments.
All consumables shall be taken at 100% full at departure, 50% full at intermediate,
and 10% full at arrival condition except L.O, which shall be taken 50% full at
arrival.
1.7 Fire Guard, Supervision & Watch keeping.
1.7.1 General
The builder is to ensure that the vessel and its machinery are protected from fire,
theft and pilferage at all time during the construction. Necessary watch keeping
services should be engaged by the builder to ensure compliance.
1.7.2 Health, environment, safety
The Builder is during the building of the vessel fully responsible for the safety for
all persons involved in the process taking part at the Builder or onboard the vessel
until delivery of the vessel has taken place.
The Builder to take precautions as necessary to avoid personnel accidents for all
persons involved in surveys and supervision of the vessel. Safety procedures
describing use of safety equipment, use of protective wearing, as well as fire
protective actions and routines etc. are to be made and presented for Buyer’s
Representative before start of the contractual work.
1.8 Clearing and Cleaning
The vessel to be delivered from the Builder fully equipped as described in this
specification and in seaworthy condition ready for service and in clean condition.
Throughout the construction, the builder is to ensure that all debris, weld material,
consumables etc are removed on a daily basis.
1.9 Transportation
The Builder is responsible for all external and internal transport of all equipment
intended and necessary for this vessel until final delivery has taken place.
1.10 Assistance with Buyer's supply
The Builder will arrange proper storage and handling facilities for all Buyer
supplied items, if any such as gear, loose scientific and research equipment,
container laboratories, storage containers etc.

Buyer supplied items which are intended to be mounted on board the ship shall be
properly installed by the Builder according to supplier’s specific instructions.
Technical spare parts supplied by the Buyer shall be properly installed on board in
locations suitable for the purpose and to Buyer's Representatives' satisfaction.
1.11 Model, albums, photos
1.11.1 Ship Model
Four scaled ship models of about 1:15 ratio painted in the same colour scheme as
the original ship and placed in an illuminated glass box shall be supplied along
with the vessel at the time of delivery.
50 numbers miniature 3D model embossed in glass cuboids are to be separately
supplied. The design need to be approved by owners.
1.11.2 Photographs
The Builder shall take photographs of the vessel at different stages of construction
and shall submit them in duplicate along with the monthly report to the Owner’s
representative/Inspection authority. On completion of the vessel, additional
photographs shall be taken accordingly albums made and supplied to the buyer.
During sea trials, etc. aerial color photographs and video shall be taken. An album
giving the photographs of accommodation and other interesting feature of the
vessel shall be delivered in duplicate.
1.12 Provisional rigging during construction (staging etc).
All provisional rigging and equipment needed during the entire construction period,
external and internal, like provisional roofs, hatches, staging, gangways, ladders
and provisional electric power, lighting, machinery, water, heating, ventilation
plants, gas, oxygen, working air, tarpaulins, lifting and transport equipment to be
supplied by the Builder.
All staging and rigging used during construction to be removed before delivery of
the ship.
Brackets and temporary eye plates to be removed, and the base of these temporary
eye plates to be repaired, primed and painted to the same standard as surrounding
area.
1.13 Work in connection with ways, launching & docking
1.13.1 Keel blocks, pillars, cushions

Precautions are to be taken as necessary to avoid excessive pressure on the bottom

or sides of the vessel from keel blocks and other supporting structures.
1.13.2 Launching arrangement with cradle supports
Builder to ensure that temporary underwater protection is applied before

launching, including cathodic protection.
1.13.3 Crew, pilots, tugs, clearing at launching
Crew, pilots, tugs etc. to be provided by the Builder as necessary during

construction and testing period until official delivery has taken place.
1.13.4 Dry docking, slip docking
The vessel to be dry docked immediately prior to sea trials. During this docking
the underwater part of the hull is to be protected by anti-fouling.
1.13.5 Gas freeing, tank cleaning
The Builder is to gas-free and clean all tanks for final inspection prior to delivery
and prior to filling any of the tanks.
1.13.6 Berthing, anchorage
During the outfitting period the Builder is responsible for the vessel being safely
moored to the quay. During testing period the Builder will ensure proper mooring
and/or anchorage as necessary.
The vessel will be outfitted with sensitive and expensive electronic bottom
equipment distributed all over the bottom area as well as a sensitive, expensive and
unprotected propeller.
The builder is to ensure that the vessel does not sit on the bottom during any stage
of the building/outfitting period.
1.14 INSPECTION, MEASUREMENTS, TESTS & TRIALS
1.14.1 General
All tests and trials required for the vessel and her equipment shall be performed in
compliance with the Statutory/Classification/Owner’s requirements.
The Builder shall prepare and submit a detailed program of the relevant tests and
trials pertaining to all machinery, outfit equipment (e.g. Boat davits, windlass,

mooring fittings etc.), accommodation outfits (e.g. Air-conditioning, Ventilation

etc) to the Owner, and where mandatory, to IRS/statutory authorities for approval.
The Builder at no extra cost shall rectify any defect or short fall pointed out by the
surveyors / owner, during the tests and trials.
All costs involved in conducting the trials shall be borne by the Builder.
1.14.2 Testing of Tanks
All tanks and watertight or oil tight compartments shall be tested in the presence
of the Surveyor and Owner’s representative and shall comply with the rule
requirements. The tests shall be carried out after completion of the construction
and prior to commencement of painting. At the time of testing all welding
surfaces shall be clean and free from primer/paint/oil etc. Immediately after
testing all these weld surfaces which are cleared of any defects shall be coated
with primer/paint.
Chain locker shall be flood tested. Pipes, cable glands etc. which pierce watertight
or oil-tight boundaries shall be welded in place before leak testing.
All tanks in double bottom of main engine room shall be water tested or air tested.
All watertight bulkheads, weather decks and shaft tunnel shall be hose tested.
Deck beneath wet spaces such as toilets, laundries, galleys, pantries etc. shall be
flood tested to check water tightness of all welds.
Watertight doors on main subdivision bulkheads shall be tested as per the

requirements of the Classification Society/Statutory rules.
Fresh water shall be used for testing of fresh water tanks.
1.14.3 Inclining test
Before the sea trials and with the vessel in a condition as complete as possible, an
inclining test shall be conducted to ascertain the lightship displacement and center
of gravity of the ship.
The test shall be carried out as per IMO Intact Stability Code as amended, in the
presence of Owner’s representative, the Classification Society and/or the statutory
authority. The displacement of the vessel based on the measured drafts and water
density during the inclining test and shall be calculated from the Bonjean curves
or using an approved computer program for the actual waterline generated from
these draughts.

The draughts shall be measured at the forward, aft and mid-ship on the port and
starboard side.
Corrections shall be made for water density, weights to be added and deducted
and for hogging or sagging of the vessel.
The inclining test report approved by the Classification Society/Statutory

authority shall be made available to the Owner’s representatives.
Final intact & damage stability booklet, prepared by the shipyard based on the
approved inclining test report, this booklet shall contain all operating conditions
and other necessary information regarding general stability of the vessel. This
shall be duly approved by the statutory authorities shall be supplied in three
copies.
1.14.4 Dock Trials
Dock trials shall be carried out in accordance with a program agreed upon by the
Owners or their authorized representatives to demonstrate the operation and
compliance to the specification of all the machinery. Main engines, Diesel
Generator sets, engine room machinery and other auxiliary machinery shall be
operational during dock trials. A report on the performance of various machinery
during dock trials in the format to be agreed upon shall be submitted to Owner or
their authorized representatives.
1.15 Sea Trials
1.15.1 General
A detailed sea trial schedule and trial program shall be prepared and submitted to
owner for approval. This schedule shall reach the Owner not later than three
month prior to the official sea trials. The trial shall be conducted at fully loaded
draft.
High Speed Diesel oil of maximum viscosity as available in domestic commercial

market shall be chosen as fuel in accordance with the approved testing schedule
and the endurance test shall be carried out with such fuel oil.
The progressive speed trials shall be carried out at full displacement on the
measured mile or using DGPS device. Trial runs shall consist of two runs with the
wind and two runs against the wind.
The progressive speed test shall be executed under the following Main Engine
loads:
- RPM corresponding to about 50% of MCR: one double run
- RPM corresponding to about 75% of MCR: one double run

- RPM corresponding to NCR, (85% of MCR) : 2 x double run

- RPM corresponding to 100% MCR: 2 x double run
1.15.2 Miscellaneous tests during sea trials
Other tests and trials shall be conducted at the Builder’s yard, when the vessel is
complete in all respects as per standard shipbuilding practice and requirements of
classification, statutory and any other owners requirements.
1.15.3 Testing of research equipment
Separate sea trials to be carried out in order to test all installed research, handling
and towing equipment and gear in realistic conditions. Winches, cranes, and other
deck machinery intended to be used for towing or deployment and recovery of
scientific equipment, hull and / or Drop keel mounted acoustic instruments are all
to be tested during these trials.
All necessary adjustments, relocation, etc. to be undertaken and new tests to be

carried out until all equipment and functions are accepted by the Buyer's
representatives.
1.16 Miscellaneous test / inspection at Builder’s premises as applicable

i) Main Propulsion Engines and Bow Thruster performance dock trials/shop test
Shop test:
Results of shop tests shall be submitted for the Owner’s scrutiny.
Dock trials:
1) Starting test for main engine

2) Safety device (simulation tests)
ii) Generators
1. Power measurements
2. Lights shall be switched on automatically, in black out condition.
3. Safety systems.
4. Switchboard operation
5. Paralleling and load sharing
iii) Auxiliary Machineries
1. Pumps
2. Starting air compressor
3. Ventilation fans for engine room
4. Cooler
5. Purifier

iv) General auxiliary
1. Refrigeration machinery for provision rooms

2. Engine room overhead trolley
3. Emergency systems and alarm
v) Deck machinery
1. Anchor windlass
2. Forward and aft mooring equipment
3. Aluminum Gangway ladders
4. Lifeboat/rescue boat davits and winches
5. Pilot ladders
6. Monorails, cranes and davits.
7. Watertight sliding doors – operation, control and alarms
vi) Accommodation & Laboratories

1. General arrangement and layout of furniture
2. Air conditioning machinery, fans and dampers
3. Galley and laundry equipment
4. Fire safety equipment
5. Life saving equipment
6. Stores, provision stores and refrigeration provision stores
7. Supply and exhaust ventilation
8. All sanitary and sewage equipment
9. All communication equipment
10. All identification tags for cabins and spaces
11. Fire fighting arrangement.
The above inspection and tests shall include following as applicable:
1. Performance
2. Capacity measurement
3. Pipe line and electrical cable inspection
4. Equipment inspection after testing
5. Compliance of all Rules, Regulations, etc. as stipulated
6. Inspection for easy access and future maintenance
7. Name plates for equipment, fittings valves, etc.
Further if during the sea trial or dock trials it becomes apparent that there is a
defect, then modifications shall be made in order to make the ship safe and
seaworthy and also satisfactorily meet the intended services within the extent and
spirit of the specifications. The Builder shall at his expense carry out such work.

1.17 Crew training trials
One set of trials shall be conducted in the presence of the crew of the vessel,
appointed by the Owner, at the builder’s yard. All inventories on board shall be
checked before acceptance of the vessel.
1.18 Delivery
The vessel shall be delivered and accepted at the builder’s yard. After the trials and
the approval of the Owner and Classification Society of these trials with reports etc.
the vessel shall be handed over to the Owner in a proper and clean condition. All
relevant documents, certificates, tools, inventories, spare parts etc. shall be on board
at the time of handing over.
1.19 GUARANTEE & MENDING WORK
1.19.1 Repair of damages caused by Builder
Any damages caused to the vessel during construction or testing up to delivery, to

be properly repaired by the Builder to the full satisfaction of Class, Authorities and
Buyer's Representatives.
1.19.2 Corrective work after trials
The Builder is to undertake and correct all necessary items which have been
pointed out by Class, Authorities or Buyer's Representatives during the various sea
trials and to do so without any additional cost. In the event of significant
adjustments, new sea trials are to be arranged as necessary.
1.19.3 Guarantee work
The Builder has the complete responsibility for the construction of the vessel,
quality of all material, components, etc., and shall guarantee the ship and
equipment free of construction defects and faulty material for a period of 12
months from official handover to the Buyer at the Builder's Yard.
The Builder is also responsible for, and shall guarantee equipment and components
delivered from sub suppliers under the same conditions as above.
All additional guarantees for materials and equipment obtained by the Builder in
excess of 12 months to be passed on to the Buyer.
The ship to be dry docked and inspected at the end of the guarantee period at a dry
dock to be mutually agreed between the Buyer’s Representative and the Builder as
defined in the contract.

1.20 GENERAL CONSUMPTION ARTICLES
All consumables such as electrodes, gas, oxygen, oil, tools, jigs, binding and
mending materials, cleaning articles, and other general articles needed during the
construction phase are to be supplied by the Builder.

2 HULL STRUCTURE
2.1 General
The vessel hull shall be of all welded steel construction and superstructure shall be all
welded aluminum construction and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
the Classification Society’s requirements for a sea going vessel.
The vessel shall be transversely framed, in general, at bottom and deck and at sides as per
the approved drawings. All scantlings shall be based on ship’s scantling draught and in
accordance with the latest Class & statutory rule requirements, wherever applicable.
Continuity of structural members in basic hull structure shall be maintained. Where

members are discontinuous, the continuity shall be provided by means of suitable tapers,
overlaps, and/or brackets.
Care shall be taken to obtain a smooth hull as per the lines plan and offset table arrived
after conducting of model tests and proper alignment of important structural members.
2.1.1 Material
Structural steel for hull construction and aluminum for superstructure construction shall
be new and as approved by the Classification Society. The steel and aluminum used for
hull and superstructure construction shall be made by the process approved by the
Classification Society and the quality and mechanical property shall conform to the
requirements of the Classification Society. The steel and aluminum for the part not
specified by the Classification Society may be of ordinary structural quality subject to
Owner’s approval.
All other materials including casting and forging shall be of qualities complying with
the requirements of the Classification Society.
All structural steel and aluminum shall be free from rust, pitting, cracks, laminations
and similar defects. In case of any such defects being noticed, the plates etc. shall be
renewed for the extent necessary to the approved quality standards.
Large size steel and aluminum plates shall be used for the construction of hull as far as
practicable. Where not specified by Classification Society/Statutory Regulations, the
material shall comply with relevant IACS/BIS standards.
2.1.2 Preparation of Materials and Welding
Steel and Aluminum plates deformed during transportation, shall be faired by rolling
before use. For bolts only drilling is allowed.

Doubler plates shall not be allowed in general, and where necessary, locally inserted
thicker plates with well- rounded corners shall be adopted. However pads are allowed in
way of bulwark stays, bilge keel, pipe stanchions, pillars and penetrations.
Before the steel plates and steel rolled sections are used for construction, rust and mill
scale shall be removed by means of grit or sand blasting to surface Sa2.5. Immediately
after the blasting, one coat of inorganic zinc silicate primer shall be applied.
All welding shall be as per the requirements of the Classification Society. Welding
scheme shall be approved by the Classification Society prior to construction. During the
welding operations all necessary precautions shall be taken, so that weld of high
standards is obtained. All surfaces shall be well cleaned and free from rust, grease etc.
prior to commencement of welding. Steel plates shall be cut using automatic gas cutting
as much as possible.
Aluminum plates and extruded section shall be cut using band/circular saw or by plasma
cutting only. A saw-cut edge should be smoothed first by filing, planing, routing,
sanding, polishing, or milling and then using a suitable solvent (Acetone or Toulene)
for degreasing and cleaning prior to welding. The surface of the plate should be cleaned
with the solvent for a distance of at least 75 to 150 mm (3 to 6 inches) to avoid
contaminating the weld or the shielding gas with surface reside. Chemical cleaning and
brushing must be done prior to fit-up of the surfaces to be welded
Overhead welding shall be minimized and therefore necessary provisions shall be taken
for down-hand welding wherever practical. Welding procedure including edge
preparation and welding scheme shall be approved by the Classification Society
wherever necessary.
Burnt out shop primer shall be removed by wire brushing and the surface repainted
immediately after welding operations.
Welding shall be performed only with process & electrodes of approved make and
qualified welders. A regular check on the quality of welding shall be carried out to the
satisfaction of the Classification Society/Owner. Alignment and welding sequence to
reduce uneven surface of hull; deckhouse, decks etc. shall be followed. If considered as
necessary by the Class/Owner additional measures shall be taken to improve the quality
of the weld.
Decks, bulkheads, deckhouses and other constructions which are deformed due to
welding shall be faired to the satisfaction of the Class / Owner.
The joining of steel to the aluminum structure is to be carried out by means of an approved
bimetallic strip (Triclad). Where vertical frames on the house sides or bulkheads meet the
deck, either two strips are used for the web and flange, or a pad slightly larger than the cross
section of the frame is used

On the berth, the hull and sections shall be earthed adequately. Clamps, dogs and other
means to bring material and equipment in the right position, shall be removed in such a
way that no mechanical damages take place and no visual marks are left.
2.1.3 Scantlings
Scantlings of all structure shall be based on ship’s scantling draft of 2.65 m and shall be
to the Rules of the Classification Society and Regulatory Bodies and to owners’
requirements. The shell plating upto main deck shall be atleast 8mm thick. Main deck
in way of the aft working deck region is to be designed for a deck loading of 5 t/m2.
The structural design of the vessel shall be such that the maximum stresses permitted by
the Classification Society and Regulatory Bodies shall not be exceeded in any
anticipated loading conditions of the intended service.
The detailed design shall be most carefully executed so as to avoid any stress
concentration.
Classification stampings on all Class approved materials other than ordinary mild steel
plates and sections shall be carefully preserved so that the Owner’s representatives can
readily identify them
2.2 Hull Form
The hull shall be of round bilge construction suitable for twin screw and twin ruder
arrangement with a transom stern & a bulbous bow. The vessel shall have a raked stem as
shown in the General Arrangement plan. A skeg shall be provided.
2.3 Construction
2.3.1 General
Structural details in general shall be in accordance with the Builder’s standard practice
approved by the Classification Society. IACS guidelines may be followed. A copy of
such standards shall be submitted to Owners/ Inspection authority for approval. The
triclad joining of steel and aluminum shall be carried out as per standards.
Continuity of weld seams and butts shall be ensured by means of rat holes in frames,
floors, beams, bulkhead stiffeners etc. Bracket connections to frames, beams, and
bulkhead stiffeners etc. shall be carefully arranged to keep continuous welding around
ends of brackets as applicable.
Adequate drain holes and air holes shall be provided to the internal structural members
of all tanks, engine room floors and frames to ensure free movement of contents.
Reinforcements for docking shall be carried out where required, as proposed by

Classification Society and with Owner’s approval.

Openings in the shell plating, decks etc. shall have rounded corners and shall be
reinforced where necessary.
Where inter-coastal structural members such as girders, transverse, stiffeners, bulkheads

etc. abut on both sides of plate, care shall be taken to align them on both sides of the
plates.
Structure shall be arranged in such a manner as to allow for easy access and
maintenance. All scallops, drain holes, manholes, lightening holes, plate edges etc shall
be ground smooth.
Where transverse framing system is replaced by a longitudinal system, adequate

arrangements shall be made to avoid abrupt changes. Maximum frame spacing in peak
spaces shall not exceed rule requirements.
Insert plates or carlings shall be provided in way of concentrated loads, discontinuities

or any other area as required.
Decks in way of Diesel Generator sets, Main air compressors, forward mast, radar mast,
mooring and scientific winches, deck gear, steering gear, windlass and boat davits shall
be reinforced appropriately. Decks in way of small fittings shall be suitably reinforced.
Minimum thickness of the structure around bilge wells shall be 12 mm on floors &
girders and 10 mm on shell where ever applicable.
In general, disposition of tanks shall be symmetrical with respect to the centerline of the
vessel. Adequate number of ballast tanks shall be provided in order to achieve propeller
immersion without excessive trim in all loading conditions.
Deck transverses, side transverses and double bottom floors shall be in the same vertical
plane to provide structural continuity.
The vibration properties of the critical structural members and panels shall be
coordinated with eventual excitation caused by the propeller. Main and auxiliary engine
plants shall not generate resonance.
The foundations of all major machinery equipment and instrument shall be suitably
stiffened so that the maximum vibration level allowed by the makers of such machinery
equipment and instrument are not exceeded.
2.3.2 Bottom Construction
The vessel shall have double bottom construction except in way of fore peak, aft peak
and engine room between frames 1-23 with transverse framing system where it shall be
single bottom construction.
Foundation for the machinery shall be strengthened in accordance with the

recommendation of respective manufacturer of the machinery and approval by
classification Society.

Structure under DG sets shall be specially considered and suitably reinforced to keep the
vibrations within the acceptable limits, anti vibration mounting should be installed for
this purpose. Foundation bolts of machinery to be avoided in way of frame as far as
practicable.
Suitable reinforcement shall be provided under heavy concentrated loads on tank top
with brackets or carlings.
Plate thickness in way of sea chests shall be at least 2 mm more than required by rules.
Solid floors shall be fitted on every frame in way of single bottom. Drain and limber
holes shall be provided to drain all water to pump suction. Special attention to be given
to stiffeners and strength under engines to minimize vibration.
Atlesat two numbers bilge wells each shall be provided in all machinery spaces. Bilge
well shall be suitably arranged on the tank top. They shall be located in the port and
starboard and if the compartment is long enough one more shall be provided in the
forward. Bolted type gratings shall also be provided.
2.3.3 Side Shell Plating and Framing
The side shell shall be transversely framed. Deep web frames shall be provided at every
fourth frame in general or as required by class.
Shell plating in way of outlets of hawse pipes and where anchors may come in
contact/rest on the ship’s side shall be of increased thickness, with a minimum of
10mm. A mock-up trial on a scale model may be done to establish the contact area of
anchor flukes and extent of insert plate requirements.
2.3.4 Deck Structure
The vessel shall have a main deck, forecastle deck (A-Deck), Wheel House deck and
W/H top as shown in the General Arrangement plan.
Scantlings of the main deck shall be decided in accordance with the transverse strength
requirements and also as per the requirements of the Classification Society.
The decks shall be transversely stiffened, in general and shall be supported by a

combination of girders, transverse webs and pillars. W/H shall be transversely framed.
The construction, materials, arrangement and fittings in the accommodation spaces shall
comply with the statutory rules applicable to this class of vessel.
Raised Chequered plating / Non-skid arrangement shall be provided around the

windlasses/ mooring capstans for working and control of the machinery, as necessary.

The deck shall be prepared for storage of 20-ft container laboratory modules as shown
in GA plan. Removable container shoes shall be installed.
2.3.5 Bulkheads
The vessel shall be subdivided into watertight compartments by main transverse

watertight bulkheads as shown in the General Arrangement plan. All bulkheads shall be
plane type and vertically stiffened. Where pipes etc., are carried through the watertight
bulkhead they shall be provided with necessary arrangements to the approval of
Classification /MMD surveyors.
Where access doors are required in bulkheads, watertight doors with remote control
shall be provided.
Side Aluminum bulkheads of superstructures and deckhouses shall be transversely

framed. Internal structural arrangement shall be suitable for the layout of cabins and
other compartments. Pillars shall be provided in way of partition bulkheads and at the
corners of openings as necessary for structural rigidity.
Boundary bulkheads of galley, pantry, toilet space, laundry, provision store, stairway,
shall be of Aluminum.
Partial bulkheads shall be provided to prevent racking conforming to the layout of

various compartments in accordance with builder’s practice.
Bulkheads around casing shall be constructed of steel plates with vertical stiffeners and
welded to decks.
2.3.6 Aft end Construction
The vessel shall be built with a plane transom stern. One line of anti-chafing round bar
shall be welded all around transom. Steering gear compartment shall be provided in the
aft peak space.
The hull shall be designed to obtain adequate clearance for the propeller in accordance
with the requirements of the Classification Society.
Aft body shall be suitably stiffened to prevent vibration according to the

recommendations of the Classification Society.
Double plate skeg of adequate size shall be fitted on the centerline as shown in the GA
plan. Weldable cast steel may be used if necessary.
Aft peak bulkhead shall be fitted in accordance with the rules.

2.3.7 Fore end Construction
Forecastle:
A forecastle shall be provided extending forward of the forepeak bulkhead

accommodating paint stores, Bosun’s store and chain lockers.
Fore Peak:
The fore end structure shall be subdivided into bow thruster compartment and fore peak
tank. Chain lockers shall be provided above main deck as shown in the General
Arrangement plan.
Fore Peak Compartment:
Fore peak compartment shall be efficiently stiffened and shall be classified as a ballast
space below the main deck level.
Shell plating in way of anchor stowing and anchor chafing area shall be increased in
thickness. Framing at forward end shall have deep floor; deep web frames and
reinforced with side stringers, breast hooks, panting beams and wash bulkheads as
required by the Classification Society.
The side frames in the fore peak tank shall be arranged transversely. Access hatch shall
be provided within the forecastle to the fore peak spaces.
The collision bulkhead shall be vertically stiffened with horizontal stringer in line with
fore peak stringers.
Chain Locker:
2 nos. of rectangular watertight chain lockers shall be provided. Wall thickness of chain
locker shall be at least of 12mm.
Chain lockers shall be self stowing type with 20% in excess of the required capacity
with bilge well at the bottom and shall be located as shown in the General Arrangement
plan.
Sufficient clearance above the top of stowed chain shall be maintained with
arrangements to fix the end links. The structure in way of bitter ends shall be adequately
stiffened and provided with all necessary fittings and quick release system. Suitable
watertight access from store space to chain locker shall be arranged for inspection of
locker and cables.
Chain pipes with fabricated deck and bell-mouth shall be fitted to lead chain well clear
of deck beams. Chain pipe shall be provided with portable steel cover plate on top at
deck level.

Perforated plating of removable type having a minimum thickness of 20mm shall be

laid above the bottom, adequately supported to take the weight of chain.
A suitable arrangement shall be provided for accessing and clearing the mud at the
chain locker bottom. Adequate clearance shall be provided below the false bottom for
easy access.
Forward thruster compartment:
Forward thruster motor[s] room shall be arranged at the forward part as shown in the
General Arrangement Plan. Access for maintenance shall be provided to the thruster.
2.3.8 Engine Room structure
The engine room shall be transversely framed with floors on every frame except in way
of double bottom tanks.
Main engine foundation shall be well integrated with the bottom construction. Main
engine foundation shall be in accordance with the Engine Manufacturer’s
recommendation and as per class requirements. Sufficient clearance shall be provided
below the engine for easy cleaning and maintenance of sump.
Fuel oil daily service tanks shall be isolated from accommodation bulkheads/
workshops and shall be located as per rules.
Suitable reinforcement shall be provided under heavy concentrated loads with brackets
or carlings.
Necessary Chequered plate flooring, platforms and ladders shall be arranged in order to
give access to machinery, valves etc. in all machinery spaces and steering gear
compartment. Workshop, stores for spares etc. shall be arranged at suitable locations as
shown in the General Arrangement plan.
Special attention shall be paid to minimize structural vibration in the machinery spaces.
The funnel shall be of mild steel construction and shall be adequately stiffened.
2.3.9 Superstructure / deckhouses and Wheelhouse
Superstructures and deckhouses shall be of all welded aluminum construction. All the
decks shall be transversely stiffened. All side and end bulkheads shall be vertically
stiffened. Suitable strengthening shall be provided in way of masts. longitudinal web
frames shall be provided to support transverses as required by class. Corners of
deckhouse shall have radius.
Aluminum partition bulkheads shall be provided in accordance with the relevant fire
safety rules.

The Wheel house deck shall be strengthened where necessary for lifeboats and davits.
Handrails of 1070 mm high shall be arranged as per rules around all open spaces of
superstructure and deckhouse. Wheelhouse shall be arranged as shown in the General
Arrangement plan.
Effective drainage from all decks and top of the wheelhouse shall be arranged.
Doublers plates shall be fitted on decks in way of open drain discharges. Great care
shall be taken to avoid water puddles on exposed decks.
Wheelhouse forward bulkhead shall be provided with inclined windows as required by

rules.
2.4 Others
2.4.1 Camber
The vessel shall be provided with adequate camber on all exposed decks for efficient
drainage of water.
2.4.2 Speed Log and Echo sounder.
Log and Echo sounder shall be arranged to ensure that there is no signal loss due to air
bubble formation during the vessel’s movement. The selection of log/echo sounder
equipment and their location is such that to ensure there is no interference in
performance of one another.
2.4.3 Moonpool for Drop keel
The vessel will be provided with a moonpool arrangement fro drop keel as shown in the
general arrangement. The overall dimensions of the moonpool are approx 3meter length
1meter width will extend up to wheel house deck. The moonpool will be equipped with
guides to enable smooth movement of the drop keel. The moonpool tunnel bulkheads
will have opening at Main deck level extended to wheel house deck for ease access,
removal and fitting of transducers.
The moonpool shall be all of steel construction and stiffened properly.
Bolted deck at the wheelhouse deck level to enable complete withdrawal of the drop
keel while the vessel is afloat using shore crane. The edges of the moonpool at the
bottom and at each deck level have to be rounded off. No openings are to be in the
moonpool tunnel below the Load water line. The moonpool tunnel will have sufficient
opening at main deck level to enable cable to pass through from drop keel to Log room.
The moonpool below waterline is to be painted with anti fouling/other paint scheme and
cathodic protection as applicable to the underwater hull.

2.5 Hull Preservation
2.5.1 General
Painting specification-giving details of painting, surface preparation and method of

application shall be submitted to the owner for approval.
The colours of finish coats shall be in accordance with the Owner’s colour scheme and
those of primer coats shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Alternate coats shall be of different colour s for easy identification. Pipeline shall be
marked with a colour code system as per ISO14726.
Paint shall be applied in accordance with the paint manufacturer’s recommendations,

particularly in respect of mixing and thinning of paint materials, surface preparation,
conditions / method of application and time interval between each coat.
Paint shall not be applied to woodwork in stores and lockers, polished fittings, gaskets,
packings, non-ferrous materials (e.g. Copper, brass, bronze, aluminum alloys and other
non-corrosive metals) and any other surfaces of fittings and equipment where paint
would obstruct their proper functions except as mentioned otherwise.
Tank boundaries and erection butts/seams shall be left uncoated till leak test. Adhesive
tape may be used to protect the fillet joints and erection seams/butts for leak test from
contamination by surrounding painting.
Paint shall not be applied during the periods of rain, fog or mist in the open air and shall
also not be applied, when the weather conditions may cause condensation. I.e., when the
relative humidity is above 85% and the steel temperature is lower than 3 degrees in
centigrade above dew point.
Equipment, purchased by the builder, shall be painted according to each manufacturer’s

standard and the damaged part, after installation shall be touched up with one coat of
finish paint of compatible kind.
Painting work for parts or spaces, which are not specified in this specification, shall be
similar to the surroundings or comparable spaces.
All inspection of painting including each coat and surface preparation shall be carried
out according to the Builder’s practice and the manufacturer’s recommendations to
Owner’s approval.
Weld slag, spatter, gas cutting slag and sharp edges shall be suitably dressed as per
builder’s practice.
Fuel oil tanks lubricating oil tanks and other tanks for oils shall be treated with the oil
carried in them.

Engine rooms and wet spaces shall be zinc sprayed before applying paint scheme.
Full paint scheme shall be applied in way of keel and side blocks.
2.5.2 Surface Preparation
Before processing surfaces of all structural steel plate and steel sections to be used for
fabrication shall be grit blasted to Sa 2.5 and immediately primed with inorganic zinc
silicate type shop primer according to the Builder’s practice.
Dry film thickness of shop primer shall be approximately 15microns.
The steel surface of fittings such as pipe supports, grating supports, auxiliary machinery
seats, etc. shall be grit/shot blasted to Sa2.5 or pickling treated.
Pipes of over 350 mm diameter shall be blasted to Sa2.5 and pipes with 350 mm
diameter and below, small pieces of pipes, seats etc. shall be power cleaned with wire
brush or disc sander to St 3 or pickling.
Prior to the application of main paint system, all weld spatters, rust, grease and other
contaminants shall be removed by wire brushing from the surface.
Prior to the first coating the surface preparation of steel structures shall be as per the
following table:
No Location Standard
1 Bottom and boot top Sa 2.5
2 Topside Sa 2.5
3 Fresh water and Water ballast tanks Sa 2.5
4 Weather deck Sa 2.5
5 Deck house exterior Sa 2.5
6 Cofferdam Sa 2.5
7 Fuel oil and Lubricating oil tanks St 3.0
8 Double bottom spaces and Cofferdams Sa 2.5
9 Void spaces St 3.0
10 Machinery spaces St 3.0
Deck house interior and Accommodation
11 St 3.0
spaces

Prior to subsequent coats damaged areas due to burning and welding and prolonged
exposure during fabrication shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting to Sa 2.5. Other spaces
shall be power tool cleaned to St3.
Immediately after surface preparation one coat of shop primer shall be applied. The
thickness of shop primer shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Shop primer shall be compatible with the succeeding coat.
The surface preparation for Aluminum structures will be as per paint manufacturers
recommendations and would typically include degreasing and washing with fresh water
if not specifically mentioned.
2.5.3 Execution of Painting
Painting work shall be executed in accordance with the Builder’s painting practice and
paint manufacturer’s recommendations. Copper alloy, aluminum, aluminum alloy,
stainless steel, non-ferrous material and galvanized surfaces shall not be painted unless
specifically required. Time intervals between application of coats shall be in accordance
with the paint manufacturer’s instructions. Subsequent coats shall have different colours
for identification. No painting exposed to weather shall be carried out in adverse
weather conditions. Application shall be done as far as possible with the help of airless
spray. Where spraying is not practicable, brush or roller may be employed.
Record of temperature and humidity shall be maintained during the painting work and
submitted to the owner.
Dry film thickness shall be measured by magnetic dry film gauges or equivalent in the
presence of owner and paint manufacturer. Thickness shall be measured after
completion of anti-corrosive coatings and/or the final coating in accordance with
Builder’s practice to Owner’s approval.
On the edges of small holes such as slots, drain holes, scallops, irregular manual weld
beads and corners of flame cut free edges of structures, air holes, etc one additional
stripe coat shall be applied before or after the first coat.
Before launching, the outside hull below the water line shall be painted with sufficient
coats for adequate protection. Non-slip paint shall be applied on the main decks open
areas and passage.
2.5.4 Cathodic Protection
Zinc / aluminum anodes shall be fitted on the stern, skeg, sea chest, rudder, bow thruster
tunnel and other underwater areas to provide protection against corrosion according to
the following design conditions.
Life : 36 months
Mean current density:
- Around propeller/rudder/sea chest : 400 mA/ m2

- Rudder : 35 mA/m2
- Other underwater areas : 35 mA/ m2
- On bilge keel and stern hull : about 10 mA/m2
The anode plan shall be prepared by the builder and approved by the owner. Size of
anodes shall be to the maker’s standard and the anodes shall be arranged as per the
Builder’s practice under the consultation with the manufacturer.
2.5.5 Paint scheme
The painting scheme shall be as recommended by reputed paint manufacturers

international paints (akzo nobel) / jotun or equivalent subject to approval of Owners.
Painting scheme is given below as general guidance. (Painting scheme for parts or
spaces, which are not specified, shall be similar to surrounding space or comparable
space):
LOCATION COATS DFT/ Microns

PAINTING SCHEDULE, HULL OUTSIDE
Bottom
Epoxy shop primer 1 40
Vinyl Tar 3 240
Self polishing (Copolymer) 3 300
Boot Top
Vinyl Tar 3 240
Self polishing (Copolymer) 3 300
Top Side
Chlorinated rubber primer or epoxy 1 30
Chlorinated rubber primer ( High build type) 2 160
or epoxy 2 70
Chlorinated rubber Top side or epoxy
Exposed decks of deckhouses and
Superstructure including Casing top, Airing
space decks.
Inorganic zinc silicate paint 1 75
Mist coat 1 40
Chlorinated rubber Deck paint 2 70
Deck house exterior
Epoxy primer 1 30
Epoxy primer ( High build type) 2 160
Epoxy Top side
2 70
Funnel Outside
Chlorinated rubber primer 1 30

Chlorinated rubber Top side

2 70
Hatch covers – Inside and Outside
Inside - Same as surroundings - -
Outside -Same as surroundings
Wooden outfit items on Exposed deck
( except for Wooden planking) Varnish finish
Hard wood 2 point Chlorinated
Soft wood 2 Rubber
Non-skid Painting
Finish coat to be of non-skid type at top and bottom landing area of each outside ladder,
in walking areas around mooring fittings and safety walkway on weather deck.
PAINTING SCHEDULE, HULL INSIDE
Fore peak tank
Tar Epoxy (High build type) 2 250
Aft peak tank
Water ballast tanks
Void Spaces, Cofferdams. Pipe tunnel
Chain Locker
Vinyl tar 3 250
Fuel oil tank
Rust inhibitive oil - -
Fresh water tank
Pure epoxy 3 300
Lubricating oil tank
Rust inhibitive oil - -
Bilge tank & Bilge well
Waste oil tank
Treatment with oil


Bow thruster tunnel
Inside same as bottom.
Along edge of SUS liner blasting plus epoxy cement
STRUCTURES OUTFIT ON EXPOSED DECK
Bulwark
Inside same as exposed deck
Outside same as topside
Mast and Post
Inside- Black varnish/ asphalt 3 80
Outside:
Chlorinated rubber primer 1 80
Chlorinated rubber Top side
2 70
Ventilator
Fabricated with steel plates 4.5mm thk. or above/ or pipe
Inside - 300mm or above only, (others: No paints)
Same as surroundings
Outside - Same as surroundings
Deck machinery
Maker’s standard
Anchor/ Spare anchor/ Chain
Coal tar/ Black varnish 3 270
Rescue boat & Life boat davits
Boat coloured in laminate/without painting/life boat davits painted as deckhouses
exterior
ACCOMMODATION – INSIDE
Steel behind joiner works and insulation
Reactive primer 1 30
Bituminous compound 1 200
Refrigerating chamber behind floor insulation
Bituminous compound 1 150-200
Refrigerating chamber behind overhead and
side insulation
Bare steel
Alkyd primer 2 70
Alkyd enamel 2 70
Wheelhouse inside shall be finished with colour of mat finish to proven light reflection.
MACHINERY SPACE
Deck and flat of Main &Aux. engine room
Heat and anti-skid oil resistant paint
Alkyd primer
Alkyd deck paint 2 70
2 70


Tank top area below lowest grating floor plate
of and underside floor plating of main engine
room
Tar epoxy (high build) 2 250
Bare steel behind insulation of machinery
room
Engine room vent trunk/ except for galvanized one
Interior - 300mm or above only, (others: No paints)
Exterior - Same as surroundings
Gutterway inside accommodation lining
Bituminous compound 1 150-200
Main engine and Auxiliary
Fully coated by makers and one additional coat of engine enamel paint shall be done by
yard as necessary.
Floor of steering gear room
Alkyd primer 2 60
Steering gear and store room overhead and
side and bow thruster room
Alkyd primer 2 60
Overhead side of main and aux. Engine rooms
and inside of casing
Alkyd primer 2 60
Funnel inside
Alkyd primer 2 60
Heat resistant paint 1 20
Fire retarding paint 2 70
MISCELLANEOUS
Draft and freeboard mark
Same as surroundings 60
Ship’s name etc.
Same as surroundings 60
Rudder
Outside: Same as it’s location of shell outside
Inside : to be filled with bitumen solution, rolled [in all directions]and drained.
Rudder trunk
As per shipyard’s standard subject to Owner’s Approval


Stores etc.
Alkyd primer 2 60
Alkyd enamel 2 70
Fittings in main & aux. engine rooms
Pipe fittings/ strainer, valve, expansion couplings etc.
Maker’s standard
Colour coding for piping
All piping shall be marked with a colour coding system.
The builder may propose alternate painting scheme as recommended by the paint
manufacturer and submit for Owner’s approval.
The exposed superstructure, engine room and wet spaces shall be zinc sprayed before
painting. Inside of Fuel oil tanks, Lubricating oil tanks and other tanks shall be treated
with the oil carried in them.
For Aluminum structures the paint scheme would typically be 1 Coat of 50Microns
DFT of epoxy primer followed by 2 coats of 100 Microns DFT of Epoxy finish paint.
2.5.6 Galvanizing
The galvanizing shall consist of a continuous coat of pure zinc in uniform thickness and
so applied that it adheres firmly to the iron and steel surfaces.
Galvanizing of steel outfits shall be done to the steel works specified in this
Specification by hot dip process to the thickness of about 80 microns except bolts, nuts
and thin material, which shall be done by electric galvanizing.
All burning and welding shall precede galvanizing. All smaller parts, which are
generally exposed to the influence of climate such as sheaves, steel wire ropes, welded
rope blocks; grates etc. shall be galvanized.
Lashing fittings for lifeboats steel fittings for pilot ladder and ladders in water ballast
tanks shall be galvanized. Steel shelves in provision space; sundry space and working
space as specified shall be galvanized.
Miscellaneous small davits, flagstaff and fittings shall be galvanized. All mild steel
bolts and nuts shall be galvanized except for inside oil tanks.
Ladders in tanks except Fresh Water shall be galvanized and painted.
Ladders in oil tanks shall be treated similar as surrounding. Ladders in Fresh water
tanks shall be painted as surrounding.

Ladders/stairs in machinery space, ships store and accommodation area including stores
and lockers for accommodation shall be painted same as surrounding.
Galvanized handrails and fittings shall be etch primed and painted with the same colour
as surrounding.
The damaged parts of galvanized steel surface shall be touched up with one coat of zinc
rich primer.
2.6 Miscellaneous
2.6.1 Bilge Keels
Bilge keels shall be arranged at both sides of the vessel, for about 30% of ship's length
on the bilge strake. Fore and aft ends of the bilge keel shall be smoothly tapered and
shall end near a frame, with necessary overlap.
Bilge keels shall fitted with a round bar along the edge. A pad-plate shall be directly
welded to the shell. Welding connection between pad plate and flat bar shall be double
continuous.
2.6.2 Funnel
The funnel(s) shall have sufficient height above deck to dispose smoke and exhaust
clear of airing space, and shall be designed for good appearance.
The funnel(s) shall be of mild steel construction with proper stiffening.
Suitable painter’s staging lug shall be provided on top part of the funnel. Funnel shall
have top roof with gravity drain.
Funnel flaps with louvers and emergency shut off arrangements shall be provided at the
bottom.
2.6.3 Hull and House Markings
A. Funnel mark
Funnel mark shall be arranged on both sides of the funnel(s). It shall be made of
fiberglass and shall be fitted with stud bolt and nut.
B. Ship’s name and Port of Registry
The ship’s name shall be marked forward port and starboard sides and on transom in the
aft. The port of registry and IMO number also shall be marked below the ship’s name.
The ship’s name in brass letter shall also be fitted on the wheelhouse, port and
starboard.

C. Draft marks
The draft mark shall be marked in meters and decimeters by welded 6mm thick steel
plate figures around forward and aft perpendiculars and amidships on both sides.
D. Freeboard mark
The freeboard mark shall be in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of
the Statutory Body issuing the freeboard certificate.
2.6.4 Sea Chests
Two seawater inlet chests shall be provided, in the engine room, integral with ships
structure, each sufficient for total required seawater capacity. Efficient suction shall be
ensured at all loading conditions. The requirement for the fire pumps shall also be
considered while locating and sizing the sea chests.
An independent sea chest shall be provided for the emergency fire pump. One additional
chest shall be provided to meet the A/c cooling water requirement.
Sea chests shall be covered with hinged/ bolted gratings of stainless steel retained by
stainless steel bolts. The clear opening area of Sea chest shall be at least two times the
area of the Valves mounted. The sea chest plating shall be at least 2 mm more than the
shell plating in that region.
One vertically oriented uncontaminated sea chest in auxiliary machinery room in the
forward for uncontaminated sea water system.
The inlet chests shall be provided with vent pipes to the prescribed height above the
freeboard deck and also compressed air connection to blow off the choking (weed
clearing) in sea chest.
Zinc or aluminum alloy anodes shall be fitted around sea chests.
2.6.5 Drain Plugs
All tanks and cofferdam shall be fitted with one drain plug in the bottom outside the
keel strake. Drain plugs shall be of stainless steel. The drain plug shall be fitted as close
as possible to the lowest point of each tank and shall be kept clear of keel block
locations
Drain plugs shall be of hexagonal head for oil tanks. All water tanks and ballast tanks
shall have square head plugs. Two in number, suitable keys / spanners shall be supplied.
The size and design shall be according to Builder’s standard.
Weld bead identification marks shall be fitted on bottom near the drain plug. The
identification punch mark shall also to be provided on drain plugs.

2.6.6 Hawse Pipes
Welded steel hawse pipe shall be fitted on the bow, port and starboard side and located
to give satisfactory housing of the anchor shank.
The hawse pipes shall be large enough for the anchor shank and shackle and suitably
inclined so that the anchors fit well in the anchor pocket and a free fall is ensured under
normal operating conditions.
The diameter shall be dimensioned so that the longest link of the chain can pass through
crossways. The lower half of the hawse pipe in contact with the chain shall be of 25mm
thickness.
2.6.7 Fenders
Half round steel or D fenders synthetic hard rubber fenders shall be provided at the main
deck level on the side shell as shown in the GA plan. The fenders shall be properly
reinforced. Scuttles below main deck shall be protected with proper steel pipe fender.
Provision shall be made for hanging portable Pneumatic fenders of about 500mm long
on both sides of the vessel. 10 Nos such fenders along with necessary fixtures shall be
supplied per ship set.
2.6.8 Ladders, Bulwark and Railings
In general, all ladders shall comply with the rule requirements. Access ladders/ rungs
shall be placed under each manhole and escape hatch. All ladders shall be fitted in such
a way that they can be removed whenever required.
The ladders shall be hot galvanized after fabrication. All tanks shall be provided with
steel ladders for access for inspection. Ladders in ballast tanks shall be fitted after
blasting work is completed. The ladders in the superstructure shall be aluminum metal.
Stairway casing shall be provided as shown in the GA plan. Number and width of
stairways and area of landing spaces shall be in accordance with rules.
Bulwark of 1100 mm high supported by stays at least at every second frame shall be
fitted as indicated in the GA plan. Scantlings of bulwark plating and stays shall be
provided as required by the rules. Wind deflector shall be provided on front bulwark of
bridge wings on port and starboard side of wheelhouse.
All open decks shall be provided with railings and stanchions. Storm rails shall be
provided inside the alleyways in the accommodation area as required. Storm rails shall
also be fitted on the outside of the superstructure bulkheads, where necessary. Railings
(Portable type) shall be provided on transom in way of A-Frame.
In general, the bulwark and railings shall be provided as per rules and constructed as per
BIS.

Pad plates shall be fitted at the bottom of bulwark stays. Thicker insert plates or
stiffeners shall be fitted in way of mooring fittings.
2.6.9 Hull Openings, Watertight Doors & Hatches
All hull openings wherever provided shall be adequately compensated by means of

increased thickness, corner plates etc. to the satisfaction of IRS, Owner or Owner’s
authorized representatives.
Sills on the main deck for all doors shall satisfy rule requirements.
Watertight doors and hatches shall comply with the rule requirements. All hatches
operable at sea shall be provided with coamings as per load line regulations. Other
hatches shall be made watertight. The scantlings of coamings shall be as per
Classification Society rules.
All hinge pins, toggle bolts, butterfly nuts shall be of stainless steel.
Mosquito doors shall be provided for main entrance to accommodation areas.
2.6.10 Foundations
All auxiliary, deck machinery, electrical equipment etc. shall be erected on foundations.
All deck machinery foundation shall be open type, well accessible for cleaning and
painting work. Suitable reinforcements shall be provided under the machinery, wherever
necessary.
Thicker insert plating shall be provided under all heavy machinery on the deck.
2.6.11 Tanks
The structural members inside the tanks shall be provided in accordance with the rule
requirements. Each tank shall have at least one manhole of adequate size for
maintenance. Large tanks shall be provided with two manholes, preferably at diagonally
opposite corners.
Manholes on inner bottom in way of auxiliary machinery room and engine room shall
be of coamings type.
Manholes in other spaces/ walking spaces shall be flush type. Manhole covers on
exposed decks shall have stainless steel stud bolts and nuts.
All fasteners for manhole covers in way of seawater tanks and exposed deck shall be
stainless steel and packing shall be 5 mm Neoprene Rubber.
Spare packing rings and fasteners (10% of the ships requirement) shall be supplied at
the time of delivery.

Storage tanks, service tanks etc. for fuel oil, diesel oil, lubricating oil, fresh water and
ballast shall be suitably arranged in space below main deck and in double bottom.
Cofferdam shall be provided between oil tanks and fresh water tanks.
2.6.12 Roll stabilization system
A passive roll stabilization device say Anti Roll tank shall be provided to reduce the
ship motions during scientific operation in compliance with criteria. The effectiveness
of the stabilization device shall be such that the ship motions are within the acceptable
limits as defined on section 1.1.8. The preliminary arrangement is shown in the attached
sketch 06. The tanks must be tuned to the ship in order to obtain an optimum
performance. The anti roll tanks shall be integral to the hull and interconnected by
suitable duct / pipes to give necessary damping. The tank damping may be adjusted by
installing an obstruction or a throttle valve in the duct. The tanks should be provided
with proper vent openings.

3 DECK EQUIPMENT AND OUTFIT
3.1 Steering Gear
Twin cylinder ram type, Electro-hydraulic steering gears complying with the rule
requirements of the Classification Society and the Statutory authority shall be
installed in the steering gear compartment. The steering gear shall consist of two
pistons; two sets of hydraulic power unit and integrated hydraulic oil system.
Mechanical stoppers for limiting the rudder movement between 36 deg (P) to 36
deg (S) (allowing 1 deg excess movement than required as per rules) shall be
provided to the satisfaction of class.
Emergency hand operated steering /stand-by arrangements shall be provided in

accordance with the rules. The steering gears shall be actuated normally by one of
the power units while the other unit shall be stand-by. In case of single failure in
piping and/ or power unit the defective circuit shall be isolated and/ or the stand-by
circuit shall be brought into operation immediately.
Each power unit shall consist of a continuous running screw or gear pump, drip
proof type squirrel cage electric motor and expansion hydraulic oil tank. The two
hydraulic systems shall have no hydraulic connection between them. The capacity
of each power unit shall be suitable for supplying the sufficient power for steering
the rudder from 35 0 on either side to 300 on the other side within 28 seconds under
same conditions with the main engines running at MCR at fully loaded draught.
The hydraulic oil expansion tank shall be fitted with a low-level alarm switch to
give audible and visual alarm in the wheelhouse and in the Engine room.
An electric rudder position indicator shall be mounted in the wheelhouse and in the
local control desk in engine room. One gyro repeater shall be provided in the
steering gear compartment & in the laboratory.
Necessary controls/Alarm panels shall be provided in the steering gear room,

engine room and the wheelhouse as applicable.
3.2 Rudder & Rudder Stock
Twin rudders of double plate NACA profile construction shall be provided. Fins
may be incorporated as necessary.
The rudderstock shall be made of high tensile steel. The diameter, material and
arrangement shall be in accordance with classification requirements. Adequate
sealing arrangement shall be provided. Accessibility for greasing and packing
renewal shall be provided. One set of rudder stock bushes shall be supplied as
owner’s spare.

3.3 Mooring Equipment
3.3.1 Mooring Lines
Polypropylene mooring lines of required breaking strength and length should be

provided as per rules. Additionally three sets of ropes per ship set to be supplied
as spare.
3.3.2 Bollards
Adequate number of double bollards in the port and starboard sides shall be
provided conforming to the latest Bureau of Indian Standard Specifications. The
owner shall approve the final layout.
3.3.3 Fairleads and Mooring Eyes
Sufficient number of bulwark fairleads and roller fairleads shall be fitted on the
Forecastle deck forward and aft main deck for passing mooring ropes.
The exact location, type, size and quantity of these and other fittings shall be as
per the mooring arrangement drawing, which shall be prepared by the Builder and
approved by the Owner.
3.3.4 Warping drums
Two warping drums shall be provided on anchor windlass.
3.4 Anchor, Anchor Chain and Windlass
3.4.1 Anchors
Two numbers stockless bower anchors of standard design of approved make shall
be provided as per the rule requirements. One identical spare anchor also shall be
provided in total for both the vessels.
3.4.2 Chain cable and shackle
The stud link chain cables for the anchors shall be as required by the Rules of the
Classification Society. The chains shall be of CC2 grade.
Anchor chain shall be fitted with Kenter shackles for each 27.5-m length, and
properly marked as per standards and swivels fitted at each anchor. The bitter end
of the chain in the chain locker shall be adequately strengthened and shall be so
arranged such that the chain can be released for maintenance and repair.

Chain pipes shall be fitted at the top of the chain lockers, chain pipe cover of steel
plate shall be provided at the top of each chain pipe.
Cable shall be arranged to pass through cast steel bar type chain stopper between
hawse pipe and windlass. Care shall be taken to site stopper in correct position to
ensure proper engagement of stopper bar on chain. Devils claw shall be provided.
Accessories and spare parts for anchor chain shall be supplied and shall be stowed
in the Bosun’s store.
3.4.3 Windlass
One electrically operated windlass of adequate capacity in accordance with the

rules shall be provided on the forecastle deck on a sound foundation. The
windlass shall be of approved make and shall be provided with two warping
drums.
The cable lifters shall be capable of operating either independently or both

together. Hauling speed and pull shall be as per Classification Society
requirements. Positive securing arrangements shall be made for the cables when
the anchors are in housed position, to prevent load on the brakes. Chain stoppers
shall be provided.
3.4.4 Mooring capstan
Two nos. of mooring capstan of adequate capacity shall be provided in

accordance to the rules in the aft working deck area with sound foundation. The
capstan shall be of approved make.
3.5 Hoisting Gear
3.5.1 Monorail/Pulley block
Monorails of adequate capacity suitable for travelling pulley blocks as

recommended by the engine manufacturer shall be mounted above the main and
auxiliary engines. Additional rails and pulley blocks of adequate capacity shall be
provided for general use in the engine room and auxiliary engine room. The exact
location, type, size and quantity of these fittings shall be as per the lifting
appliances drawing, which shall be prepared by the Builder and approved by the
Owner.
3.6 Mast
Two numbers combined radar and signal mast of fabricated aluminium

construction of D-section is to be provided one forward and other in the middle.
They shall be located as shown in the General Arrangement. Wire stays with

rigging screws shall be fitted to reduce vibration. The masts shall be provided
with suitable ladders and guards, platforms for installation/maintenance of
navigational lights, air / electric whistle, radar’s, antennae etc. The height and
location of the light masts shall comply with relevant rules.
3.7 Life Saving Appliances
3.7.1 General
Life saving appliances shall be supplied and installed in accordance with the IMS
rules for Class IX vessels. The equipment, arrangement, installation and other
provision shall be in compliance with the requirements of SOLAS and the
requirements of the National Authority.
3.7.2 Rescue boat and davits
One Rescue boat shall meet the requirements of SOLAS and the national statutory
requirements. The Rescue boats shall be equipped with full equipment and rations
required by the Regulation.
The Rescue boat davits shall be approved type and shall be operated by hand
(dead man) brake for lowering and by an electric winch for hoisting. Hand
hoisting arrangement shall also be provided. The slewing arrangement shall be
hand operated and shall confirm to the requirement of rules and regulations.
Design of boat davits shall fulfill the requirements of the national authority and
Regulatory Bodies.
3.7.3 Life rafts
Adequate number of inflatable type life rafts equipped with hydrostatic release
mechanism shall be provided aft of the lifeboats as shown in the General
Arrangement. Life rafts shall be properly stowed and secured for ease of handling.
Life rafts shall be equipped with all accessories as required by the relevant rules.
3.7.4 Life buoys
Life buoys shall be provided as required by the rules. One extra life buoy with
lifeline and self-igniting light shall be provided on either side of bridge / main
deck aft.
The life buoys shall be made of rigid polyurethane foam and shall be covered with
plastic. Each life buoy shall be marked with the name and port of registry of the
ship in block letters and shall be fitted with a grab line.

3.7.5 Lifejackets, Immersion suits and breathing apparatus.
Lifejackets, breathing apparatus & Compressor for SCUBA, Emergency Escape

Breathing Devices (EEBD) shall be provided as applicable by the relevant rules
and suitably located and secured.
Additional life jackets shall be provided at the lifeboat stations / muster stations as
per rules.
3.7.6 Semi Rigid Boat (Aluminium)
One 4 person Semi-rigid Aluminium boat with a 25 hp outboard motor shall be

provided for buoy handling purposes. The boat shall be lowered and hoisted using
the crane. Air connection shall be provided for filling the boat. Repair kits shall be
provided for maintenance. The boat shall be located on main deck aft when
required for operations.
3.8 Fire Fighting Appliances
Fire fighting equipment applicable to this type of vessel as recommended by IMS

rules for Class IX vessels shall be provided. Relevant fire fighting appliance rules
of statutory authorities shall also be followed.
Adequate number of fire control plans approved by the statutory authorities shall
be installed at appropriate places including fire control station, engine room
entrance, accommodation alley ways, wheel house etc. Fire control plan of
folding type shall be provided as per SOLAS.
3.9 Aluminium Gangway Ladder.
One aluminium gangway ladder of suitable length shall be provided on main deck
aft. And shall be operable with any deck crane.
The aluminium gangway ladder shall be of seawater resistant aluminum alloy fitted
with fixed curved steps of non-skid type, and shall bestowed on main deck.
Width of the ladder shall be about 600mm and height of the handrail to be about
915mm. The ladder arrangement shall be submitted to owner for approval. The
ladder shall be designed to the rules and in accordance with standard practice.
Manual lashing device shall be provided for sea going condition.

4 ACCOMMODATION
4.1 General
The superstructure shall consist of two tiers of accommodation decks above main
deck including the wheelhouse as shown in the GA plan. Accommodation for 8
scientists, 5 Officers and 7 Crew shall be provided.
The relevant MS rules regarding construction, material, space and fire resistant
partitioning shall be complied with. All furnishings shall be of fire resistant
material in accordance with rules. The entire accommodation areas shall be
designed fitted out and furnished as per applicable rules and shall meet functional
requirements. The detailed layouts shall be made by the builder and submitted for
owner’s approval.
All accommodation spaces, single tier, two tier sleeping accommodation spaces
shall be designed to have a clear height of 2100mm. All beds to have a clear length
of at least 2000mm and a clear width of at least 800 mm. . Mattresses shall be
150mm thick Polyurethane foam of self extinguishing quality.
4.2 Living Spaces
4.2.1 Complement and Scientists
Accommodation shall be arranged for the complement and scientists according

the table below.
Dept.
Deck Engine Catering Scientists Sum
Rank
Captain 1 – Master 1- Chief Engineer - 2-Senior 4
Scientist
Officer 1 – Officer In 1-Second Engineer - 2- 6
charge Navigation 1-Class IV Scientists
Watch 1- Electrician
Sum 2 4 0 4 10
PO Class 4-Scientists 4
Rating 2- Rating 2- Rating 1-Cook 6

Class 1-Steward
Sum 2 2 2 4 10
Total 4 6 2 8 20
National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research vessel

Minimum floor area of each cabin shall be as shown below:
1. Sr. Scientists, Captain & Chief engineer : about 11.0 m2 (including toilet)
2. Officers : about 11.0 m2 (including toilet)
3. Jr. Scientists : about 10.0 m2 (including toilet)
4. Crew : about 10.0 m2 for two berth cabins
4.2.2 Accommodation
Accommodation for 06 crew shall be provided in 1 no. 4 – berth cabin, and 1 no.
2- berth cabin as shown in the GA plan. Bunks shall be provided as shown in the
GA plan. Mattresses shall have high quality fabric covers. All crew
accommodation should be provided with attached toilets with shower not less
than 1:4 ratio.
Accommodation for 4 Scientists accompanying scientific cruises shall be

provided in a single 4-berth cabin with attached toilet. Bunks of shall be provided
as shown in the GA plan
Accommodation for 4 scientists shall be provided in 2-berth cabins with attached

toilets. Bunks shall be provided as shown in the GA plan.
Accommodation for 6officers shall be provided in 2 nos single-berth cabins and 2

nos 2- berth cabin with attached toilets. Bunks shall be provided as shown in the
GA plan.
The Captain, chief Engineer, senior scientists, senior officers cabins and scientist
lab, accommodation area shall be fitted with good interior decors. Wall to wall
carpets of pure wool of 1000 gm/cm3 density material shall be provided.
Each cabin shall be provided with adequate number of lockers /cupboards, bed
lamps, etc., in accordance with the rule requirements.
The furnishings in all cabins shall be of best quality and décor. All furnishings
and fittings shall meet applicable rules, material specifications and shall be
submitted for approval of Owner’s representative. Builder shall submit samples of
furnishings and fittings for owner’s approval before ordering of material.
The entire accommodation areas shall be air-conditioned.

4.3 Utility spaces
4.3.1 Galley:
One common galley shall be provided to cater to the requirements of Scientists,

officers and crew. The galley shall be arranged on the tank top as shown in the
GA plan. Galley shall be equipped with one complete set of galley equipment.
The wash and waste drains shall be led to a comminuter or grinder (macerator)
before being led overboard. Such waste is to be capable of passing through a
screen no greater than 25 mm.
The quantity of cutlery and crockery shall be adequate for the total number of
crew and scientists with 10% excess as reserve. The list and samples of crockery
and cutlery shall be submitted to owner for approval.
Adequate number of cooking utensils of suitable size shall be provided. A wash

area shall be provided as shown in the GA plan. All drains shall be fitted with a
drain trap and a galvanized perforated top plate. Galley tabletops, water taps sinks
and other fittings shall be of stainless steel.
Paneling inside galley shall be provided with stainless steel lining.
The following equipment shall be provided:
1. Electric cooking ranges with hotplates and oven underneath. Exhaust hood
and fan above.
2. Stainless steel double sink with cupboard underneath and hot and cold-
water faucets.
3. Rice cooker
4. Wet grinder
5. Coffee machine
6. Dish washer
7. 200litre refrigerator.
8. Deep freezer of 400 liters capacity
9. Sufficient stainless steel cupboards
10. 4 spare power points
11. Macerator
12. 3 sets of spare heating elements of hot plates shall be provided.
The entire list of galley equipment shall be submitted for owner’s approval.
4.3.2 Mess cum Recreation rooms:
Mess and recreation rooms shall be provided as follows:
1. Officers, crew& Scientists

The rooms shall be air-conditioned and shall be equipped with sufficient number
of cushioned wooden chairs and wooden tables as shown in the general
arrangement plan. Mess room shall be provided with wash basins of vitreous
china, rugged push type liquid soap dispenser, and towel rail, mirror and soap
tray.
Big size flat screen color televisions shall be provided in recreation spaces. A
DVD player shall be provided for each recreation room. A refrigerator shall be
provided in each mess.
The Owner shall approve the design and material of all furniture.
4.4 Toilets
All water closets are to be of EVAC type. All the toilets shall be furnished in
accordance with the Owner’s satisfaction. All cabins with attached toilets shall
preferrrably be pre-fabricated modular type units. The toilets shall be provided with
running hot and cold water. Sufficient number of toilets shall be provided for crew
as per rule requirements.
Western type W/Cs shall be provided for all cabins with attached toilets. The
Owner shall approve all the toilet fittings. All toilets shall be provided with flush
valves. Toilets shall have mirrors fitted over the wash basin with lockable
cupboards, cloth rails / hooks and towel rails.
One common toilet is to be provided in the main deck and in the wheel house as
shown in the GA plan. The common toilet need not be fitted with a shower
4.5 Stores
The storerooms shall be provided as shown in the General Arrangement plan.
Bosun’s store shall be provided as shown in the Guidance General Arrangement

plan. The store shall also have provision to store paints. The store shall be
ventilated and fire protected as required by rules.
All stores shall be provided with suitable two tier wooden/metal racks fitted with
removable retaining battens.
Provision stores shall be located as shown in the Guidance General Arrangement

plan. The store shall be arranged with sufficient scuppers and outfitted with
stainless steel or aluminum racks, stainless steel hooks and other fittings necessary
for proper storage of provisions. Two tier shelves with tubular supports and
portable retaining battens shall be fitted.

Separate freezers shall be provided for meat/ fish and vegetables and dairy The
provision store shall have racks/cupboard for storage of dry provisions. The
provision store shall be well ventilated.
The volumes of these rooms shall be adequate to stock refrigerated provision for
the endurance of the vessel.
4.6 Laundry and Linen stores
A common ship’s laundry with one fully automatic marine rated washing machine
with hydro extractor and dryer shall be provided. A separate twin tub domestic
washing machine to be provided. One stainless steel wash basin with hot and cold
water faucets shall be provided in the laundry. Linen stores with separate racks for
clean and dirty linen shall be provided under the stairs in the under main deck
accommodation region as shown in the GA plan.
One ironing board and four electric hand irons shall be provided.
4.7 Wheelhouse
The wheelhouse shall be of all welded aluminium construction. Clear view shall be
provided by means of large windows. Visibility from the coning position shall be in
accordance with IMO guidelines. The wheel house may be raised with false floor if
necessary to achieve light of sight. Adequate visibility to be provided to enable
operators with a clear view of the operating deck area by means of CCTV system.
Adequate number of removable sunscreens shall be provided for the front and rear
windows as required by the owner. Two nos. of Clear view screen shall be fitted on
the forward windows.
Adequate number of straight-line wipers shall be provided. At least two wall-

mounted fans shall be provided.
The wheelhouse arrangement shall be as per IMO guidelines on ergonomic criteria

for bridge equipment and layout.
The wheelhouse shall be provided with a chart table of standard size and a GMDSS
console as shown in the GA plan. The wheelhouse console shall be adequate in size
to accommodate all controls and provision for access shall be provided for easy
maintenance. Integrate bridge control system is to be provided. Adequate number
of lockable cupboards, bookracks, chairs and tables shall be provided. A filing
Cabinet and a coffee table with overhead racks shall be provided. One 90/165-liter
refrigerator and an electric Kettle shall be provided. The wheelhouse shall be air-
conditioned.

Separate consoles shall be provided for ventilation and fire control panel. The
wheel house console should be capable of being up graded to DP 1 system in
future.
The ceiling shall be of non-reflection type. A separate toilet shall be provided

inside the wheelhouse. A First Aid Kit shall be provided.
4.8 Flooring & Deck Covering
Leveling of the deck plating shall be done to correct any undulations in all
accommodation cabins, mess rooms, passages and wheelhouse prior to applying the
underlay. Leveling shall be done with due diligence as to keep the material required
to a minimum.
The steel decks shall be covered with lightweight deck compound of approved
type. The thickness shall not exceed as recommended by the manufacturer.
In the accommodation spaces, wheelhouse, passageways and the mess rooms, vinyl
tiles shall be laid over the deck compound. Captain, Chief Engineer, senior
scientist, Sr. Officers cabins shall be provided with approved carpeting laid on top
of the vinyl flooring. The colour of the tiles shall be of Owner’s choice. The
Galley, toilets and other wet spaces shall be cemented and tiled with non-skid tiles
on the floor and matching glazed tiles on the walls up to a height of 6 inches. All
decks shall have provisions for drainage of water through scupper pipes.
Wooden gratings shall be provided in the following spaces:
1. Machinery Spaces in the vicinity of hydraulic equipment.

2. Thruster /steering gear compartment
3. Laundry/ Linen locker
4. Under all shelves in locker and store
5. Rope store
6. Dry provision store. (under shelves only)
7. Refrigerated stores.
8. Storage of lifeboat embarkation ladder and pilot rope ladder
Checked plate flooring in the Engine room shall be provided as required. Floating
floors in the labs and living spaces in the main deck shall be provided.
4.9 Partition Bulkheads, Lining & Ceiling
The ceiling, paneling and partitions shall be applied as per rules.
The accommodation spaces shall be insulated against heat and cold. All
accommodation spaces, public spaces, offices, alleyways, stairways, mess rooms,

wheelhouse shall be lined on the sides with panels with removable beading all-
round. The material shall be type approved. The colour of the ceilings and paneling
shall be of Owner’s choice.
Fire and insulation shall be provided where necessary and as per rules.
The accommodation and the walls between the engine casing and the engine room
shall be well insulated with fire retardant materials.
4.10 Air-conditioning
4.10.1 General
All accommodation areas including crew and passenger accommodation, mess,

lobby, office spaces, recreation spaces and wheelhouse shall be air-conditioned.
The air conditioning systems shall be of HVAC type & of marine standards to suit
the humid atmosphere of tropical climate (RH 95-100%). The system shall
comply with relevant rules, regarding air pollution, prevailing at the time of
signing the contract.
The accommodation shall be fully air-conditioned by cooling equipment to the

following requirements:
Ambient Inside
Temperature 45 0C 25 0C
Humidity 95% RH 75% RH
Sea water inlet temperature 32 0C
The design of Air condition plant shall be as per ISO 7547 for Scientists and
Officers accommodation and BIS 8649 for Crew Accommodation. The system
shall also meet the statutory requirements.
A Direct refrigeration system with a single air-handling unit shall be adopted for
air conditioning of accommodation spaces. The laboratory spaces shall be covered
by a second air handling unit. A single duct system shall be provided. The entire
A/c system and spares shall be supplied and guaranteed by the same party. The
condensers for the refrigerating gas shall be cooled by seawater.
The Engine control room should provided with a separate seawater cooled
package type air conditioned unit of required capacity.
4.10.2 Main Air conditioning Plant

The AHU’s shall be installed in the AHU room’s as shown in the General
Arrangement plan and Compressor / Condenser plants shall be installed in the
Machinery space provided for the same.
Capacity of A/c plant shall be based upon that the conditioned air is re-circulated
meeting fresh air requirements as per ISO/BIS standards.
The filters shall be of removable and re-usable type. Cooling coil of copper tube
and aluminum fins shall be provided.
The supply duct shall be insulated by 25mm thick mineral wool or equivalent and
protected by a vapour barrier. Rat and insect screen shall be provided at the inlets.
The re-circulation air shall be drawn from the spaces through door louvers or door
undercuts and controlled by means of manual adjustment of airflow rate at the
grilles located in passageways.
The supplied conditioned air to galley, pantry, laundry, wheelhouse and chart
room shall not be re-circulated. Fire dampers shall be provided as required by the
rules.
Three electric driven compressors, two running (one for accommodation & one
for Labs) & one standby which can be brought into use for any of the AHU’s shall
be provided in the machinery room. The compressors shall be fitted with an oil
separator and auto-unloading function shall be provided. Isolating valves, as
necessary shall be provided. Automatic control of load sharing of individual units
and shifting of load from one unit to other shall be possible basing on total load
requirement.
Each compressor is to have its own seawater cooled, shell and tube type
condenser with zinc anodes and safety devices.
Permanent arrangement shall be made for refilling of refrigerant by means of

hook points and hooks arranged near the condensers. A suspended weighing scale
shall be provided for weighing the refrigerant gas bottles.
All refrigerant piping shall be of copper. Cooling shall be controlled by

compressor unloading mechanism, thermostatic-expansion valve, sensing suction
gas pressure and solenoid valve on liquid line.
4.10.3 Testing
The A/c plant equipment shall be tested at the manufacturer’s shop in accordance
with the manufacturer’s standard practice.

After completion of air conditioning system, following tests to be performed in

accordance with builder’s practice
Pressure test
Vacuum test
Cooling test
Air change rate test
Airflow test
Air conditioning test to be carried out to the satisfaction of Owners, Classification

and MMD surveyors.
4.11 Ventilation
In general all enclosed spaces shall be provided with necessary arrangements for
ventilation.
Ventilation ducting shall be fitted according to rules and regulations. Engine room
natural exhaust in funnel shall be fitted with balanced fire flaps. Flaps shall be
easily operated from outside the machinery space and “open” - “shut” nameplates
shall be fitted at all operating handles. Other Fire dampers shall be provided as
required by the rules. Wire nets shall be installed at all intakes and delivery
trunking and mosquito nets shall be provided at the intakes of accommodation air-
conditioning units.
Emergency stop switch for Engine Room, accommodation and other fans shall be
arranged as required by the Classification / statutory regulations.
The mechanical ventilation system shall be of low-pressure system. Air changes

shall be based on the gross volume of each space.. The ventilation heads shall be
mushroom or bulkhead mounted louvers depending on the final design and layout.
Separate mechanical supply and Natural exhaust shall be provided for engine
room, auxiliary engine room and other machinery spaces. The capacity of fans
shall be selected in accordance with relevant BIS standards.
Galley and sanitary spaces shall be fitted with mechanical exhaust. A centralized
toilet exhaust system shall be installed for toilet spaces. Independent ducts shall
be provided for each fire zone as per rules.
Steering gear compartment, Bosun’s & paint store, provision stores, etc. shall
have mechanical supply with gooseneck / mush room heads and trunking.
The ventilators shall be of fabricated mild steel plate with sufficient cross
sectional area and shall be weather tight. Coaming height and thickness shall be

decided in accordance with the requirements of Rules and Regulation concerned.

The size and type of ventilators shall be determined according to the Builder’s
standard and the requirements of Rules and Regulation concerned.
Weather tight closing appliances shall be fitted on all ventilators where required
by Class and Regulatory Bodies. Open/shut indication to be provided for closing
appliance. All external vent openings shall be fitted with stainless steel wire-
mesh.
All external ventilation hoods shall be correctly and clearly identified with a
nameplate showing the area served and weather supply or exhaust.
Mush room vents shall be of the Builder’s standard type with screw down heads.
Special attention shall be paid to the lubrication of the fittings. Spindles shall be
of stainless steel.
4.11.1 Ventilation fans:
Marine type low noise type axial flow fans shall be provided. Impeller and
electric motors shall be incorporated inside fan casing. The impeller of the fan
shall be dynamically balanced.
The fans shall be mounted on coaming with mushroom ventilator.
Capacity and static pressure of fan (s) shall be sufficient to cover the specified air
change rate for the respective compartment. Remote stops for all ventilation fans
shall be provided as per rules.
4.12 Insulation
The portion of the compartment facing weather shall be insulated in accordance

with the following table or as required by statutory rules.
Compartment Overhead deck Deck beam Side shell Stiffener

Accommodation 50 MFMB 25 MFMB 50 MFMB 25 MFMB
spaces
Mess 50 MFMB 25 MFMB 50 MFMB 25 MFMB
Wheel house 50 MFMB 25 MFMB 50 MFMB 25 MFMB
Passages 50 MFMB 25 MFMB Bare 25 MFMB
Galley and Pantry 50 MFMB + SS 25 MFMB 50 MFMB + 25MFMB +
+ SS SS SS
Toilets 50 MFMB 25 MFMB 50 MFMB 25 MFMB
Provision stores 50 MFMB + GS 25 MFMB 50 MFMB + 25 MFMB +
+ GS GS GS

Note:
MFMB :Mineral Fibre Marine Board
GS : Galvanized Steel (22 gauge)
SS : Stainless steel (22 gauge)
In places where rules for insulation against fire, heat and sound shall be applied at
the same time, only the highest insulation thickness need be applied.
Fire class insulation shall be provided as per SOLAS. All exhaust piping and
silencers shall be insulated adequately.
4.13 Doors, Windows and Scuttles
All doors shall be of such construction, finish and operation so as to suit their
location and purpose.
The sill height of doors shall be in accordance with the requirements of

Classification Society/Statutory as applicable and the clear heights of door
openings for all cabins and public spaces shall be 1900 mm from the steel deck to
top of the opening.
All doors shall be provided with suitable Door closures / doorstoppers and
securing arrangements. Door eyebrow shall be provided over exposed weather
doors, Scuttles and windows.
Mosquito doors shall be fitted at the main entrances to accommodation spaces.
All accommodation spaces below main deck and first tier on main deck shall be
provided with scuttles as per rules.
Windows and scuttles shall be provided as per BIS where applicable. Where steel
plate is cut to fit the windows / scuttles adequate compensation shall be provided.
The type, size, location and number of doors, windows and scuttles shall be as per
approved plans.
4.14 Furniture
All furniture shall be constructed of the best quality marine plywood, teak or
equivalent and shall comply with the relevant rules. The external surfaces shall be
polished and applied with approved protective coatings.
The inner material of wooden furniture shall be of lightwood.

4.14.1 Fittings in One man cabin.
The One –man accommodation is arranged as shown in the general arrangement

drawing. The cabins are fitted with the following furniture:
1. 1 Built In berth with drawers under.
2. 1 Built in Settee
3. 1 Knee hole desk with drawers
4. 1 Desk Chair
5. 1 Wardrobe.
6. 1 Book Rack
7. 1 Small Safe (for Captain cabin only)
8. 1 90-110 liters refrigerator
9. 1 Coffee Table with over head racks
10. 1 Music system with DVD player & colour TV
11. 1 Filing Cabinet
12. Ashtray and waste bins.
13. Water flask and holder for flask and drinking glasses.
14. Coat hooks and towel rails.
4.14.2 Fittings in Double Bunk cabins
The Scientists accommodation is arranged as shown in the general arrangement

1. 1 Built In Wooden Double berth with drawers under.
4. 1 Desk Chair
5. 2 Wardrobe.
6. Music System with DVD player& colour TV
4.14.3 Fittings in 4 Scientist cabin
The Scientists accommodation is arranged as shown in the general arrangement


4. 1 Book Case
5. 2 Desk Chair
6. 4 Wardrobe.
7. Music System with DVD player & colour TV.

8. 1 Filing Cabinet
12.
4.14.4 Fittings in 4 Crew cabin
The crew accommodation is arranged as shown in the general arrangement

drawing. The cabins shall be fitted with furniture and fittings confirming to rules
and regulations.

3. 1 Book Case
4. 1 Desk Chair
5. 2 Wardrobe.
9. Music system with DVD player & Colour TV.
4.15 Miscellaneous
Water taps shall be of chromium plated brass.
Signs, symbols and markings shall be provided in the accommodation spaces as

per standard practice, MMD / Owners’ requirements.
All cabins/stores/utility spaces shall be provided with engraved nameplates of

approved quality.
All open air spaces shall be provided with adequate lighting arrangements.

5 MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS
5.1 General
All the engine room units shall be of marine grade and the installation shall be in
accordance with Classification Society and other statutory requirements. Diesel
Engines for Main Propulsion & main generating sets shall be preferably of the
same make.
The machinery and arrangement of equipment in the machinery spaces shall be

arranged in such a way as to facilitate ease of operation and maintenance. The
machinery shall be equipped with adequate instrumentation and control system
such that operation and monitoring is effectively carried out from the engine room
and wheelhouse. The engine room controls shall override in case of emergency.
The engine room and other machinery rooms shall be mechanically ventilated.
All main and auxiliary machinery shall be rated for continuous maximum output
under ambient conditions specified in section 10.1.1.
5.2 Propulsion Machinery
Main propulsion are to be provided by two Uni – direction marine diesel engines
arranged to supply power independently via reverse reduction gearboxes through
propeller shafts to fixed pitch propellers. For compatibility reasons and to have
single point responsibility and operational convenience, it is compulsory that main
engines/generators/gear boxes/propeller shafting/stern gear/bushes &
bearings/propellers & etc., shall be supplied by engine manufacturer/OEM
authorized agency.
5.2.1 Main Engines
Two marine grade, turbo charged, four stroke, fuel efficient, Diesel Medium
Speed main engines of approved make shall be provided. The rated rpm of the
engines shall not exceed 1200. Each engine shall be capable of developing about
575 kW ±5% in the ambient conditions as specified using High Speed Diesel and
shall be suitable for un-restricted continuous operation at rated power. The
shipyard/builder shall provide SFC data of main engines/generators.
The engine shall be as compact as possible and shall be generally maintenance

free. Necessary spares and after sales service for the engine shall be easily
available in all major ports in India.

The engine shall be complete with standard accessories, tools, alarms and
instrumentation meeting class requirements.
Besides others, the engines standard accessories shall include the following:
1. Silencers with spark arrestor.
2. Closed circuit lubricating oil system with engine driven pump.
3. Engine driven Sea Water, Fresh water, Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil
pumps
4. Pressure Gauges, thermometers & Pyrometers, tachometers, hour
meter, etc.,
5. Heat exchangers for main engines and gear box preferably mounted.
Shall be designed for a 25% margin above rated capacity
6. Standby / Spare pumps are to be provided as per rules and
regulations and approved drawings.
The following items, common for both main propulsion and DG set engines, to be
provided.
a) Sets of Standard and Special tool and gauges for servicing, including tools
for turbo-chargers, as recommended by manufacturer of engines.
b) Crankshaft deflection gauge.
The shop test of the propulsion diesel engines shall be carried out as per the
requirements of the Classification Society. The engines shall be tested in the
presence of the Surveyor and Owner/ Owner’s representative in the following
manner:
1. 4 hours continuously running at 100% load at rated speed.

2. 1/2 hour running at 110% load.
3. 1/2 hour running at 75% and 50% each of the rated speed with a load
according to the propeller law.
4. 1/2 hour running at idling speed
5. Specific fuel consumption to be charted for each of the above running
ranges.
6. Noise (sound) levels shall be monitored at one meter from engine and
recorded in dB at 1/3 octave frequency bands at full load and 110% load.
7. NOX emission levels shall comply with latest IMO regulations.
Governor tests and safety functions shall also be performed. Gearboxes shall be
tested with the main engines if possible. Shop test data and certificates shall be
supplied. While testing the engines at shop floor, all fittings constituting the total
supply of the engine Builders shall be actually installed and subject to satisfactory
tests, to be numbered and stamped.

The propulsion systems shall be free from all vibrations throughout the entire
working range. Electrical & Mechanical over speed trips shall be provided.
In case the shipyard offers more than one option for Main Engines & Auxiliary
engines, the final selection shall be made with concurrence of the buyer.
5.2.2 Gear Box
The gearboxes shall be marine grade reversible hydraulically operated with

desired reduction ratio to achieve the appropriate propeller rpm and flexibly
connected with the main engine through approved type of flexible coupling. Each
gearbox will be provided with required instrumentation, alarms and safety devices
in accordance with rules and regulations. The Gearboxes are to be equipped with
suitable mechanism/ technology to achieve low propeller speed for better
maneuverability during scientific operations
Gearboxes will undergo shop test independently for full load and no load
conditions as per rules and regulations, which will be witnessed by owner/owner’s
representative. The gearboxes shall be provided with independent oil system for
clutch control and lubrication. The lubrication system shall ensure adequate
lubrication of the gears in any running condition. Each gearbox shall be provided
with independent oil cooler is operated by seawater/freshwater delivered from the
main engine circuit or as per Engine maker recommendations.
The gearboxes shall be capable of transmitting 100% power of engine in Ahead

and Astern directions.
5.2.3 Main Propulsion Control System.
Suitable Electro-pneumatic or electronic remote control system shall be provided

for operation from wheelhouse and ECR. Emergency operation shall be provided
at side of gearbox in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
5.2.4 Propellers & Propeller Shafts
The propellers shall be of Ni-Al-Bronze, high efficiency, and fixed pitch and have
suitable diameter, pitch and other characteristics conforming to the vessel. The
propellers shall be designed to achieve a speed of 12.5knots @ 85%MCR in trial
condition.
The Main Engine and Gearbox arrangement shall be such that both propellers
turning shall be outboard in ahead direction when looking from aft.

Propeller cap of Ni-Al- Bronze shall be bolted to the hub and its interior shall be
filled with suitable rust preventive materials. Rope guards of approved make shall
be provided.
Propellers shall be removable without disturbing the rudder. Each propeller shaft
shall be properly supported and the propellers shall have adequate hull clearances.
Two spare propellers, one for each shaft shall be provided in total for both the
vessels. The propellers shall be optimized for minimum hull vibration. Propeller
blades shall have adequate strength in accordance with the rules.
Two identical propeller shafts of forged steel shall be provided. The propeller shafts
shall be supported by oil lubricated bearings at suitable intervals as required by class.
The propeller shafts shall be fitted with rope guards of approved design. Shaft
stoppers shall be provided. Earthing shall be provided for the shafting system.
The diameter of the propeller shaft shall be as per the requirements of the
Classification Society. The propeller shaft shall be sized 5mm in excess of
classification minimum requirements. On the forward end, suitable couplings
shall be provided for connecting the shaft to the gearbox. A hydraulic sleeve
coupling may be proposed between the tail shaft and the intermediate shaft. As
far as possible, use of intermediate shaft be avoided. If used, with propeller shaft
the shaft coupling shall be of the approved split coupling type. All couplings shall
be provided in such a way as to enable easy dismantling and assembling of the
propeller shaft.
Two spare propeller shaft to suit 2nos.spare propellers (1L.H + 1R.H) shall be
provided in total for both the vessels as part of owner’s spares.
5.2.5 Torsional vibration analysis of propulsion system
Between the gear box and main engine suitable flexible coupling of Vulcan make
or equivalent shall be introduced. The final size selection will be based on the
torsional vibration calculations for the propulsion system which shall be
completed by the main engine supplier within 6 week of placement of order on to
them by the builder and not more than 4 months of the award of ship building
contract by the owner.
The builder through the main engine supplier will ensure that the torsional
vibration analysis shall not impose any critical speed in the throughout operating
range of the main engine. If any critical speed is noted in the operating range the
main propulsion system to be suitably modified by providing suitable dampers
and no barred range of engine operation should be forced to the owner.
The engine and gear box should be installed with anti vibration mountings.

5.2.6 Stern Tube and Bush Bearing
Oil lubricated stern tube bearing shall be installed as per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Outer and inner stern tube seals shall be of oil resistant material.
Aft stern tube bearings shall be provided with temperature sensors having remote
indicators at the local control desk.
5.3 Diesel Generator Sets
Three auxiliary engines, four stroke, fuel efficient, Diesel Engines, operating on
High Speed Diesel (HSD) Oil, coupled with alternator sets shall be provided.
Each Generator set shall be capable of delivering about 150 eKW with HSD as
fuel under ambient conditions as specified in section 1.1.1. of technical
specification. One main generating set shall be capable of supplying power catering
to full normal harbour load. Two generating sets shall be capable of supplying
power catering to full normal sea going load and scientific load at all loading
conditions under tropical conditions with 20% margin capacity on each set.
The starting of the engines shall be from engine side. The generators shall be
arranged in such a way that all three generators can be synchronized for use at any
time. Continuous parallel operation with automatic load sharing shall be provided
for operation of generating sets. All necessary controls for synchronization shall be
placed on the MSB. All alarms and instrumentation shall be provided in the ECR
for all generator sets.
The alternators shall produce electricity at AC 415 V, 3 Phase and 50 Hz.
Engines and alternators shall be shop tested as per Classification rule requirements.
During shop trials and during load test of generator after installation on board,
governor tests shall be carried and instantaneous change in speed/frequency shall
be noted. The test shall be done for sudden changes in loads from 0-50%,
50%-100% and 100%-0. Observations shall also be made regarding the initial
speed and the final speed of the DG set. Electrical & Mechanical over speed trips
shall be provided.
The engine shall be equipped with standard and special tools and accessories as per
manufacturer’s recommendations/Class requirements. Fresh water, seawater,
lubricating oil, fuel booster pumps if required, and heat exchangers shall be engine
mounted preferably. The engines and alternators are to be installed with anti
vibration mountings.

5.4 Emergency Batteries
Accumulator batteries provided shall be capable of carrying the emergency

electrical load without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery
throughout the discharge period within 12% above or below its nominal voltage.
Emergency Source shall supply electrical power using Emergency Switch
Board/DB’s. Essential services to which emergency supply shall be as per rules and
regulations.
5.5 Thrusters.
One electric-hydraulic motor driven, Z-drive retractable azimuth and combination

thruster is provided in the bow to satisfy the station keeping requirement. The
input power of the thrusters shall be approx. 170 KW.
The thruster is to be designed in such a way that the thrust may be available in
either direction through a tunnel when the thruster is retracted. A suitable cover is
to attached to the thruster at the bottom so that it is flush and follows the contour
of the hull. The thrusters shall be designed and installed so that the motors may
be removed without dry-docking. Lifting arrangements for motors shall be
provided. Thruster shall be installed near the centerline of the ship as far as
practicable.
The thruster shall be electrically controlled from the wheelhouse. Local control in
the thruster compartment shall be provided as per manufacturer recommendations.
An interlock should be provided such that the thruster could be started two or
more generators are in parallel operations.
Construction, material, control system etc. shall be in accordance with the

requirements of the Classification Society and the maker’s standards. All alarms
for the thruster system shall be made available in the wheelhouse with indications
in the thruster compartment. A malfunction alarm for thruster shall be provided in
the Engine Room Local Control Desk.
A flexible coupling shall be provided between the motor and the thruster shaft.
The materials of the thruster and that of propeller shall be of robust make and in
accordance with maker’s standard and subjected to owner’s approval.
The thruster compartments shall be designed according to the thruster

manufacturer’s recommendations. Protection grids shall be arranged on the
thruster inlet / outlets in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
Adequate means of lifting / lowering arrangements shall be provided for the

thrusters in accordance with the maker’s recommendations.

Local control of steering shall be installed. One number thrust angle indicator
shall be installed locally, Engine room & in wheelhouse. A Gyro Repeater shall
be installed thruster compartment.
5.6 ECR
Local control desks for main propulsion systems and auxiliaries shall be suitably
located in the Engine room.
Local Control Desk shall cater for

- Main propulsion machinery
- DG sets
- Bow thruster
- Engine room machinery
The ECR shall be supplied with a package type self contained air conditioning
unit.
5.7 Workshop space
Electrical and Mechanical workshop spaces with racks for tools, consumables and
spares shall be provided as shown in the General Arrangement plan & owners
approved workshop layout drawing. Suitable workbench fitted with a vice and a
double-ended bench grinder shall be provided inside the workshop. Other tools
such as drilling machine, welding and gas cutting sets shall be provided.
Electrical portable grinding / drilling machine shall be provided along with a
complete set of drilling and grinding tools.
A portable high-pressure compressed air gun (with 2 nozzles, 1 for air and 1 for
chemical) and ultrasonic filters cleaning apparatus shall be provided.
A heavy-duty marine grade welding set shall be provided in the workshop.

Complete set of welding tools shall be provided. A Electric heater cum electrode
storage box shall be provided. A permanently installed welding cable shall be laid
to connect welding cable for welding on the main deck. The main deck junction
box shall be made watertight

6 MACHINERY SYSTEMS
6.1 General
All piping systems shall be installed such that satisfactory functioning of the
installations shall be possible in accordance with the rules of the Classification
societies, Statutory bodies and relevant standards. They shall be installed together
with all fittings such as flow control valves, cocks, filters, pressure gauges,
thermometers, etc. according to the material specifications, and approved by the
owner.
All ship service piping systems shall be installed and tested in accordance with the
requirements of the Class/Statutory bodies.
All galvanized steel pipes shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication has been
completed. Minor damages during installation shall be touched up by zinc paint to
the owner’s satisfaction. Piping in oil tanks shall not be galvanized.
Steel pipes for compressed air, oil and exhaust shall not be galvanized.
The pipes and pipe ends on the machinery shall be blanked prior to final
installation.
After completion of fabrication work all lubricating oil pipe-lines and fuel oil pipe-
lines from daily service tanks to the consumers are to be pickled, oiled and blanked
prior to final installation. After completion of fabrication work the hydraulic pipe
work will be cleaned internally, oiled and blanked prior to final installation.
The pipes shall be carefully supplied and clamped and where necessary fitted with
suitable draining arrangements for locations where the liquid is likely to stagnate.
Clean plugs shall be provided in domestic and sanitary pipes, which are likely to be
choked.
Where required for their duty flexible pipe connections shall be used.
Where it is found absolutely necessary, piping may pierce girders or any structural
members provided that these structures are sufficiently compensated in accordance
to classification requirements.
Non-pressurized pipes such as sounding, vent, scupper etc. shall be inspected by fill
up and/or flow test.

6.2 Marking
All piping in machinery spaces shall be marked with a color code, to an approved
color scheme, to denote the nature of fluid or gas passing through it. Flow direction
shall also be marked at suitable intervals.
Provision shall be made to keep all compressed air piping free from oil.
Remote controls from wheelhouse for valves/ pumps shall be fitted as necessary.
All valves, pumps, vent/sounding pipes, manifolds, tanks and machinery shall be
fitted with engraved brass/ aluminum nameplates in respect of their duty. All valves
shall be provided with engraved plate strips showing OPEN/CLOSE directions.
6.3 Exhaust System
All diesel engines exhaust pipes shall be made of MS ERW, fitted with Stainless
steel expansion bellows and shall be rigidly secured with brackets. Stainless steel
flanges shall be provided. All exhaust gas pipes shall be led to the top of funnel.
All precautions shall be taken to eliminate heat radiation from exhaust gas pipes to
the surrounding areas and exhaust fumes shall be led away from the
accommodation.
Necessary drains from exhaust gas pipes shall be arranged. Maximum total
resistance in exhaust pipes shall not exceed the requirements of engine
manufacturer. Funnel shall accommodate all exhaust pipes and silencers.
Exhaust gas pipes from all the engines shall be led individually to atmosphere
through the silencers and spark arrestors. Exhaust pipes from all the engines shall
be insulated by rock wool with adequate thickness and fastened by galvanized steel
wire and enclosed with galvanized steel wire and finished with galvanized steel
sheet.
Access hand hole shall be provided near the bottom end for cleaning soot. The
silencers shall be insulated. Exhaust gas pipes in funnel shall be insulated up to the
top of funnel.
The exhaust gas uptakes shall be adequately supported from the Ship’s structure.
Provision shall be made for fitment of Manometer on all exhaust pipes of diesel
engines
Provision shall be made to keep exhaust gases and soot from contaminating the
ventilation air intakes, along with the working deck areas, container locations, other
exterior deck areas, ventilation system intakes and exterior doorways during normal

conditions of operation. The vessel’s stacks shall be provided with an efficient

exhaust system that encloses all diesel exhaust gas systems. Internal insulation and
sheathing shall be provided as required. Ladder access and lighting shall be
provided inside stack(s).
6.4 Fuel Oil System
6.4.1 General
Fuel oil system, with all its pipes, pumps, valves, etc., shall comply with the
requirements of Class rules/Statutory regulations applicable to the vessel &
MARPOL Regulations.
Fuel oil / Lubricating oil bunkering lines shall be provided with manifold on the
port and starboard side of the ship. Drip tray / Coaming shall be provided to
contain spillage.
6.4.2 Fuels
All systems shall be designed and installed for High-speed diesel oil (HSD).
6.4.3 Bunker Tanks
Total capacity of diesel oil shall be about 60m3
Bunker tanks for HSD shall be arranged in the double bottom tanks as shown in
the General Arrangement plan. All bunker tanks shall have air venting and
sounding arrangement as per Classification Society requirements. The air vent
pipes for oil tanks shall be provided with a raised save all drip trays and a drain
line to one bunker tank. The air vent pipes shall be provided with flame arrestors.
6.4.4 Bunkering System
Two Shore connections with standard flanges with a valve and a blank flange
shall be provided in the bunkering stations provided on the port and starboard side
of the ship for bunkering of fuel oil. Bunkering stations shall be provided with
communication facilities with the Engine Room. The bunker lines shall be led to
the machinery spaces and further distributed to tanks through group of valves on a
manifold.
Screwed bosses shall be provided on each bunker line suitable for fitting a
pressure gauge (0-10 Kg/cm2) and a temperature gauge (0-70 C) after the
manifold valve at both the bunker manifolds. Sampling arrangements as per the
recommendations approving authorities shall be provided at each manifold.
Coarse filters shall be provided in each bunker line. The filter cover shall be
provided with an air vent cock. The filter body shall be provided with a drain

plug. A raised type save all drip trays with suitable drain arrangement shall be
provided under the filters. Two reducers (8”- 4” and 6”- 4”) shall be supplied.
6.4.5 Fuel Oil Transfer System
Two numbers gear/screw type electric driven Diesel oil transfer pumps of
adequate capacity with suction and delivery connections shall be provided for
transferring fuel oil from bunker tanks to the daily service tanks. One pump shall
be in operation and the other shall act as stand-by. The piping shall be designed to
facilitate inter tank transfer via the bunker line. Discharge pressure gauge shall be
provided for each pump.
The overflow from the service tank shall be led to the largest bunker tank via a
sight glass.
Isolating valves shall be provided at the pump manifold to prevent any inadvertent
transfer. The pumps are started and stopped manually. The pumps shall be
provided with a coarse suction filter.
6.4.6 Fuel Oil Drain System
All dirty fuel oil drains from the following equipment shall be led to a dirty fuel
oil drain tank located in the machinery space.
1. Pump trays
2. Filter trays
3. Tank drains
4. Engine trays
5. Any other depending on the manufacturer’s / owner’s recommendations
The piping shall be laid such that the drains flow freely into the tank. All drains
from trays shall be fitted with SS filter mesh to remove any coarse particles.
Clean leak fuel draining from fuel injection pumps of each engine shall be drained
to a leakage fuel tank of suitable capacity as recommended by engine
manufacturers. The leakage fuel tank shall be located near each engine. Each
leakage fuel tank shall be fitted with a high level alarm with visual indication in
the Engine console. Drain from the leakage fuel tanks shall be led to a bunker
tank with an isolating valve at the tank. The piping shall be laid such that the
drains flow freely into the tank. Alternatively the ‘leak-off’s may be lead to
source tank subject to manufacturers approval.
A Dirty oil transfer pump of adequate capacity shall be provided to take suction
from the dirty oil tank. The fuel oil transfer pumps shall also be connected to take
suction from the dirty oil tank. The pumps shall be capable of transferring the
dirty oil to the MARPOL flange on either side on main deck for shore discharge.

6.4.7 Fuel oil Day Tanks
In addition to the double bottom tanks 2Nos service tank of adequate capacity
shall be provided in the engine room as shown in the general arrangement plan.
The capacity of the service tanks shall be sufficient for a minimum of 8 hours of
operation at full load. The service tanks shall be of welded steel construction.
Adequate number of manholes shall be provided to facilitate cleaning.
The tanks shall be equipped with a float & wire type local level indicating device
and a calibrated scale for determining the quantity in the tank. The scale shall be
fitted to the tank and shall be made of brass. Alternative sounding arrangements
with sounding pipes and calibrated tables shall be provided. Sounding pipes if
fitted must be accessible and confirm to rules and regulations of the Classification
Society.
The tanks shall be fitted with adequate venting arrangements.
The tanks shall be fitted with baffle plates extending from top to one fourth of the
depth of the tank from top in order to reduce agitation of the fuel in the tank in
rough sea. Adequate number of air holes shall be provided to prevent air pockets.
The fuel supply pipes shall not be led to sludge space. One or more sludge drain
valves depending on the slant of the tank bottom (preferably 100) shall be
provided at the lowest point. The drains shall be led to a waste tray and then on to
the dirty oil tank.
The service tank shall be provided with an overflow pipe, which leads to the
largest bunker tank via a sight glass. The service tank shall be fitted with a low-
level alarm. The low-level alarm shall be fitted above the sludge drainpipe.
6.4.8 Main Propulsion Engines Fuel Oil System
The fuel oil supply system shall be in accordance with manufacturers’

recommendations and shall confirm to requirements of Classification Society and
Statutory authorities.
Filters and other accessories shall be provided as per manufacturer’s

recommendations. Where automatic filters are provided, a manual bypass for the
automatic filter shall be provided. Provision for manual cleaning of filter elements
with the system in service shall be provided. Where filters with manual cleaning
are provided on the discharge side of the pumps, they shall be of duplex type. The
filter shall be so sized that while one is in operation the other is stand by.
Points for withdrawal of fuel oil samples shall be provided upstream and
downstream of the filters.

Each engine shall be equipped with an engine driven fuel oil feed pump as per the
recommendations of the manufacturer. The supply to the pump shall be led from
the service tank. The fuel supply line shall be equipped with filters as per the
manufacturer recommendations. Provision shall be made to fit flow meter in the
FO supply line to each engine with proper identification.
6.4.9 Auxiliary Engines Fuel Oil System
Each auxiliary engine shall be equipped with an independent fuel oil supply
system. Engine driven fuel oil supply pumps shall be installed. The suction piping
to the supply pump shall be led from the service tank, independently for each
generator set as per approved drawing. Provision shall be made to fit flow meter
in the FO supply line to each engine with proper identification.
The fuel oil supply system shall be in accordance with manufacturers’

recommendations and shall conform to requirements of Classification Society and
Statutory authorities.
Filters and other accessories shall be provided as per manufacturer’s

recommendations. Where filters with manual cleaning are provided on the
discharge side of the pumps, they shall be of duplex type. The filter shall be so
sized that while one is in operation the other is stand by.
Points for withdrawal of fuel oil samples shall be provided upstream and
6.5 Lubricating Oil System
6.5.1 General
Lubricating oil system, with all its pipes, pumps, valves, purifiers etc., shall
comply the requirements of Classification rules / Statutory regulations applicable
to this type of vessel and MARPOL Regulations.
Provision for adequate lubrication for all machinery shall be provided as per the
makers’ recommendations. The grades of lubricating oils shall be as per makers’
standard. Equivalent grades of lubricating oils may be used upon confirmation
from equipment manufacturers. Adequate bunkering and storage capacity shall be
provided for lube-oil. In exceptional cases, lubricating oil shall be stored in
drums, provided individual drum capacity does not exceed [200] liters, and are
located in a convenient place in the machinery spaces for ease of handling.
The capacity of storage tanks shall be determined based on the following:

Main Engine Lube Oil; 1 Full Charge of one engine+ Endurance of

15 Days
A/E Lube Oil: 1 Full Charge of one engine + Endurance of
15 days.
Gearbox oil: 1 full charge of one gear box
Air. Compressor oil: 1 full charge of one compressor + endurance
of 15 days.
Refrigeration machinery oil: 1 full charge of one compressor (may be
stored in drums).
Hydraulic oil: 1 full charge. (may be stored in drums)
Steering gear Hydraulic Oil: 1 Full charge. (may be stored in drums)
Stern Tube Oil Storage System: 1 Full Charge for 2 shafts
For Diesel Engines Lube oil grade shall SAE 40 with TBN of 20-40 mg KOH/g
or as recommended by Engine Builders. Storage of oils for equipment having
common grades of oil shall be provided with a common tank. The grades of oil
shall be freely available in any Indian port.
Each Main Engine, Gear Box, Stern tube, Intermediate bearings, auxiliary engine,
A/C & Refrigeration machinery, Air Compressors shall have its own independent
lubricating oil system as specified below, in general.
Storage tanks of adequate capacity shall be provided in the engine room to cater
to the requirements. The tanks shall be provided as loose tanks as required. The
loose tanks shall be equipped with vent pipe, gauge glass and waste tray. The
contents in the waste tray shall be drained to dirty oil tank. Lubricating oil storage
tanks shall be provided with filling line from the deck.
6.5.2 Lube Oil System Piping
For all machinery, filters, etc shall be installed with isolating valves to enable
repairs. Dimensions/Sizes of LO System Pipes, Valves, flanges and fittings shall
comply the Class requirements & statutory regulations.
Materials of piping, flanges, valves and fittings in the engine room shall be as
indicated in material specifications, except in case equipment manufacturer
recommends any material. The materials of automatic control valves and safety
valve shall be in accordance with the applicable international standards.
Pipe lines for lube oil shall be arranged as required for the plants onboard the
vessel along with adequate venting arrangements as necessary and as per
manufacturer’s recommendations. Drain valves and plugs shall be provided for
emptying completely. Relief valves shall be installed on the discharge side of oil
pumps and oil heaters / coolers.

All piping spools of Lubricating oil system after fabrication shall be cleaned by
pickling before installation. Necessary care shall be taken to protect inside surface
of the pipe-spools (during handling) before erection. After erection the piping
system shall be flushed completely. The pickling method & Flushing shall be
approved by owners & executed to the satisfaction of Owner’s representative.
6.5.3 Lube Oil Transfer & Drain Systems
Lube Oil Storage tanks for each grade of oil of adequate capacity as indicated /
recommended by equipment manufacturers shall be provided. Oil transfer from
the storage tanks to the respective machinery shall be by means of gravity flow
with isolating valves at either end (i.e. on the tank as well as inlet to the machine).
The storage tanks shall be welded steel construction. Adequate number of

manholes shall be provided to facilitate cleaning. The tanks shall be equipped
with a gauge glass with self closing shut off cocks and a calibrated scale for
determining the quantity in the tank The scale shall be fitted to the tank along the
gauge glass and shall be made of brass. Alternative sounding arrangements with
sounding pipes and calibrated tables shall be provided. Sounding pipes if fitted
shall be accessible and conform to rules and regulations of the Classification
Society. The tanks shall be fitted with adequate venting and drain arrangements.
L.O. required for Main engines & DG set engines shall be bunkered through flush
deck fittings on main deck lead through a pipe to storage tanks. L.O.Requirement
for other equipment shall be stored in suitable containers, which are appropriately
stored.
A portable pneumatic drum transfer pump shall be provided to enable transfer of

oil from drums to tanks. Service air connection shall be available in the vicinity of
the bunker manifold.
Dirty lubricating oil tank of adequate capacity shall be provided. The capacity of
the tank shall be enough to accommodate the oil drain from both main engines.
All dirty lube oil drains shall be led to a dirty oil tank located in the machinery
space. The lube oil drains from the following equipment shall be led to the dirty
oil tank:
1. Pump trays
2. Filter trays
3. Tank drains
4. Engine crank case vent drains
5. Any other depending on the manufacturer’s recommendations
The piping shall be laid such that the drains flow freely into the tank. All drains
from trays shall be fitted with SS filter mesh to remove any coarse particles.

All equipment shall be fitted with suitable draining arrangement to drain the lube
oil into the dirty oil tank.
One number hand operated lube oil transfer pump of adequate capacity shall be
provided to transfer lube oil from each Diesel Engine sump to the dirty oil tank.
The dirty oil transfer pump shall take suction from the dirty oil tank and shall be
discharged to the MARPOL flange on main deck for suitable discharge to shore
reception facility.
6.5.4 Main Engine Lube Oil System
For each main engine a sump integral with the engine shall be adapted. The
design of the sump shall be in accordance to engine maker’s recommendations
and according to Classification Society. The oil drain from the engines shall be
designed so as to allow free drainage of oil from the engine to sump in all trim
conditions. Suitable sounding arrangement shall be provided to check the quantity
of oil level in the sump with the engine in service.
The main engines crank case to have ventilation to casing. The pipe shall have
gooseneck with wire-mesh for flame arresting. Approved type closing devices
shall be provided if required by class.
Each engine to be provided with an engine driven Lube oil supply pump as per
maker’s recommendations. The pump is to be provided with a suction filter as
recommended by engine manufacturer. The pump is to be equipped with a relief
valve, which relieves excess system pressure.
The supply pumps shall discharge to a lubricating oil cooler of sufficient capacity
as per maker’s recommendations. The cooler shall be installed near to the engine
and should be easily accessible for maintenance. For shell & tube coolers
sufficient space is to be provided for cleaning and tube renewal. The coolers are
to be equipped with an automatic temperature control by-pass valve in the
lubricating oil circuit. The by-pass valve may be of wax filled type, or as
recommended by engine manufacturers. The control valve is to regulate the
temperature at inlet of the engine at about 55 0C or as recommended by the engine
manufacturer. The lubricating oil side of the cooler is to be fitted with venting and
draining fittings. The lubricating oil coolers are to be seawater cooled.
Temperature gauges to be fitted at the inlet and outlet of the coolers.
Protection for the engine from any residues in the lube oil system is to be
provided by a system of integrated filters as per manufacturer recommendations.
A duplex fine filter (filter mesh of 15 microns or as recommended by engine

manufacturer) is to be installed upstream of the lubricating oil cooler automatic

filter for each engine. The filter is to be so sized that one is in operation while the
other is stand by. Manual change over and cleaning of the filters is to be made
possible with the system in operation. A differential pressure gauge to be installed
to indicate the cleanliness level of the filter element in use.
Points for withdrawal of lube oil samples are to be provided upstream and
In addition to the full flow filters, the engines shall be equipped with centrifugal
filters with filtering properties of up to 1 micron or as recommended by engine
manufacturer. The filters shall be located such that cleaning / disposal of dirt is
permissible with the engine in operation.
A separate lube oil spare pump is to be provided as per rules and regulations of
classification societies.
The following audiovisual alarms to be provided at local control desk in the

Engine room & on the Bridge console for each engine:
1. Low lube oil pressure

2. Low lube oil pressure cut outs & alarm
3. High lube oil temperature.
Cylinder and rocker arm lubricating oil system is to be achieved by the integral
lube oil system. Additional pumps and control systems, if necessary, is to be
installed as per the recommendations of engine manufacturer.
The main engine turbo chargers shall be equipped with an integral lubricating oil
system as recommended by the engine manufacturers.
6.5.5 Gearbox Lube Oil System
Each main engine reverse reduction gearbox shall be lubricated by an

independent, integral lube oil system as recommended by the gearbox
manufacturer. Each gearbox shall be equipped with its own sump, level
indicating device, oil filters, cooler, and an instrumentation and alarm system. The
filling of oil into the sump shall be provided by gravity flow from the storage tank
through a hose and valve. Suitable means of draining the gearbox oil into the dirty
oil tank shall be provided. The cooler shall be cooled by seawater cooling system.
The cooler is shall be equipped with a vent and drain system. The following
indications for each gearbox shall be provided in the Engine room and
wheelhouse.
1. System lube oil pressure.

2. Lube oil temperature at the inlet to the gearbox.

The following audiovisual alarms shall be provided in the Engine room and
bridge consoles for each gearbox.
1. System lube oil low pressure

2. Lube oil high temperature at the inlet to the gearbox.
Other alarms and control system are shall be as per the manufacturers’
recommendations.
A separate lube oil spare pump for gear boxes is to be provided.
6.5.6 Intermediate bearings
Intermediate bearings for the shafting shall be self lubricated roller bearings of
appropriate type as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
6.5.7 Stern tube:
Oil Lubricated type Stern tube bearing system shall be provided. The oil to be
used shall be standardized with any of the lubricating oil used in other machinery.
Each stern tube shall have independent L.O system. Each lubrication system shall
have a gravity tank located above the load water line and shall be arranged such
that positive pressure is available for stern tube bearings under all loading
conditions. The gravity tank shall be provided with a sight glass and a filling
connection from the storage tank. Suitable openings for cleaning and draining of
the tank shall be provided. “DEEP SEA Seal” type sealing shall be provided at the
both ends of the stern tube to enable lubricating the bearing part of the propeller
shaft. Forward end of the stern tube seal shall be split type. The stern tube and the
sealing shall be filled with lubricating oil. The gravity tank shall be fitted with a
low-level alarm with a visual indication in the bridge console. Each stern tube oil
system shall be provided with a means of reading the temperature of the oil in the
stern tube.
High temperature alarm shall be provided in the bridge console. Suitable sampling
points shall be provided for withdrawal of oil sample from the stern tube.
Adequate arrangements shall be provided for lubrication of the seals as

recommended by the seal manufacturer.
6.5.8 Auxiliary Engine Lube Oil system
Each engine shall be equipped with a separate lubricating oil system. An engine
driven lube oil supply pump shall be provided. The pump shall be provided with a
suction strainer as recommended by the engine manufacturer. Lube oil from the

storage tank shall be gravity fed to the sump with isolating valves. Arrangement
for measuring the oil content in the sump via a dipstick shall be provided. The
Engine sump shall be adequately vented via a flame arrestor.
Each engine shall be equipped with a lube oil cooler as recommended by the
engine manufacturer. The cooler shall be installed near to the engine and should
be easily accessible for maintenance. For shell & tube coolers sufficient space
shall be provided for cleaning and tube renewal. The coolers shall be equipped
with a by-pass temperature control valve in the lube oil circuit. The by-pass valve
shall be of wax filled type, or as recommended by engine manufacturers. The
control valve shall regulate the temperature at inlet of the engine at about 55 0C or
as recommended by the engine manufacturer. The lube oil side of the cooler shall
be fitted with venting and draining fittings.
The lube oil coolers shall be cooled by seawater. Temperature gauges shall be
fitted at the inlet and outlet of the coolers.
Each engine shall be equipped with a set of full flow duplex filters of 15 microns
or as recommended by engine manufacturer, upstream of the coolers such that
only one filter is in operation at a time. The filters shall be capable of being
changed over and cleaned while the engine is in service. In addition to the full
flow filters, the engines shall be equipped with centrifugal filters with filtering
properties of up to 1 micron or as recommended by engine manufacturer. The
filters shall be located such that cleaning / disposal of dirt is permissible with the
engine in operation.
The following Audiovisual alarms shall be provided at local control desk in the
Engine room & wheelhouse.
1. Low lube oil pressure

2. Low lube oil pressure cut out.
3. High lube oil temperature.
6.5.9 Air compressors:
Air compressor shall be fitted with an integral lube oil system as recommended by
the manufacturer. The lube oil sump shall be integral with the equipment. Lube
oil pressure gauge and low lube oil pressure cut out shall be provided in the local
panel.
6.5.10 Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Machinery:
Each refrigerating compressor shall have a built in lubricating oil system as per
the manufacturer recommendations. Provision for viewing the oil level shall be
made via sight glasses. Lube oil pressure gauge shall be provided in the local

panel of each compressor. Low lube oil cut out shall be provided along with a
differential pressure cut out as per the manufacturer recommendations. Means of
charging the lube oil using a dedicated hand pump shall be provided.
6.5.11 Deck Machinery:
Lubrication of all deck machinery shall be as per manufacturer recommendation

and Class requirements. Oil level gauges/systems shall be located for maximum
operator accessibility. Adequate filling and drain arrangements shall be provided.
Drip trays shall be provided for collecting leakage oil from seals, drains etc.
6.6 Cooling Water System
6.6.1 General
Design conditions for cooling systems shall be based on a cooling sea water
temperature of 32 0C and an engine room temperature of 45 0C with RH of 80%
without incorporation of any waste heat recovery systems unless other wise
specified. Cooling systems, with all its pipes, pumps, valves, coolers etc. shall
comply with the requirements of Classification rules/ statutory regulations
applicable to the vessel.
Provision shall be made for all Machinery to be adequately cooled as per the
maker’s recommendations. Heat balance calculations and cooling systems
arrangement shall be submitted for owners’ approval. All heat exchangers shall be
provided with replaceable Zinc anodes.
All sea water pumps shall have bronze casing and impeller. Necessary precautions
shall be taken to prevent bio fouling in the sea water system. An active
electrolytic / chemical injection type bio-fouling prevention system shall be
incorporated.
The cooling systems are categorized into
1. Sea cooling water systems

2. Fresh cooling water systems.
6.6.2 Pumps
All electrical motor driven water pumps of 5 kW and above shall be vertical axis-
pumps with split casing. The impeller & shaft shall be capable of being
withdrawn without removing the inlet / outlet pipe connections and electric motor
taken off. All pumps shall be fitted with mechanical seals. Lubrication of
mechanical seals shall be as specified by pump manufacturer. All centrifugal
pumps shall have constantly rising head capacity characteristics from rated

capacity to zero discharge and non-overloading power characteristics as far as

practicable. All vertical pumps shall have a bottom bearing immersed in the
handling liquid. Discharge pressure gauges shall be fitted for each pump.
6.6.3 Sea Water Cooling System
Sea chest header of suitable size shall be installed in the Main engine Room.
Suction for the seawater cooling pumps and other auxiliary services shall be
arranged from the common header pipe connecting the sea chests. Independent
suctions from the header pipe shall be given to fire, bilge and ballast pumps.
Sea chest in main Engine Room shall cater to:

1. All Engines
2. Seawater cooling for Air conditioning, Refrigeration Equipment.
3. Fire Water Service
4. Ballast Water Service
6.6.3.1 Engine Sea Water Cooling Systems
Each Main Engine shall be provided with an engine driven seawater pump of
adequate capacity. The sea water pump shall supply water to Lubricating oil,
Charge Air and fresh water coolers of the engine as well as to the gear box and
intermediate bearings of the engine shafting system. One complete seawater pump
with all its accessories shall be provided as spare.
Each Auxiliary Engine shall be provided with an engine driven seawater pump of
adequate capacity. The sea water pump shall supply water to Lubricating oil,
Charge Air and fresh water coolers of the engine and also supply cooling water to
gear boxes and shaft bearings as applicable. One complete seawater pump with all
its accessories shall be provided as spare.
Arrangements shall be made to isolate and drain the seawater from each heat
exchanger/Equipment in the circuit. Independent venting arrangements shall be
made from each heat exchanger in the circuit. Seawater shall be led independently
overboard from each engine.
6.6.3.2 Sea Water Cooling System for Other Auxiliaries:
Two Nos. motor driven seawater pumps (one running & one stand by) of adequate
capacity shall be provided for cooling the heat exchangers of air conditioning
units for accommodation, laboratory and ECR.

Arrangements shall be made to isolate and drain the heat exchangers for
maintenance. Temperature gauges shall be provided at the inlet and outlet of all
heat exchangers.
Adequate arrangements shall be made for providing seawater cooling from shore
connection in dry-dock and during repairs. A permanent manifold shall be
provided on the main deck to supply seawater for cooling air conditioning and
refrigeration plants.
6.6.3.3 Engine Fresh Water Cooling Systems
Each engine shall be equipped with an external / integral fresh water expansion
tank. The tanks shall be equipped with a level indicating device and a filling
connection from fresh water Hydrophore system. Drain and vent valves shall be
provided as per manufacturer recommendations. Each engine shall be provided
with an engine driven fresh water cooling pump. One complete pump with all its
accessories shall be provided as spare for each type of engine. Suitable
arrangements shall be provided for measuring the fresh water inlet and outlet
temperatures for each engine.
Remote indication of fresh water temperature at the outlet of the main engines
shall be provided in the wheelhouse. High temperature cut outs with alarms shall
be provided for each engine.
6.7 Bilge/Ballast/General Service/Fire Fighting System
6.7.1 General
Two nos. centrifugal, self-priming, electric driven Bilge/Ballast/GS/Fire pumps of

adequate capacity in accordance with rules shall be provided. Bilge system shall be
equipped with necessary mud boxes. An auxiliary bilge system equipped with
manually operated pumps shall be provided for Thruster room.
The system shall comply with the Classification Society / statutory authority
requirements. Where necessary the pipelines shall be equipped with expansion
joints. Provision for drain or venting shall be arranged where this is necessary.
All bilge pipes shall be of seamless / ERW mild steel pipes and connected by slip-
on-flange joints as required Class. Pipe thickness shall be in accordance with
rules.
Clamps shall be welded in general and bolted if necessary. MS Pipes used for sea
water system shall have thickness as per Class requirements.

6.7.2 Ballast System
Ballast suction shall be arranged to all water ballast tanks including fore peak
tank. Ballast main line shall be led above double bottom with valves located close
to respective ballast tanks.
The bilge and ballast systems shall be independent. The ballast system shall be
arranged with valve chest or manifold with valves appropriately located.
Ballast valve for fore peak tank shall be manual remote operated gate type, with
operating stand on the upper deck.
6.7.3 Bilge System
One bilge main line and one oily bilge line having diameter in accordance with
the rules shall be provided for the handling the bilge in the ship.
A bilge holding tank of adequate capacity shall be provided.
Emergency bilge suction of engine room shall be arranged as per rules.
Each watertight compartment shall have bilge suction through suitable valve
chests. Bilge valve chests shall be located suitably meeting all requirements.
Bilge eductors with the driving water from fire and wash deck line shall be
provided to discharge bilges for Chain Lockers. Bilge suction from the steering
gear room shall be given to the valve chest for pumping out the bilges from the
steering gear. High level alarms shall be provided for
1. Steering compartment.
2. Thruster compartments
3. Auxiliary Machinery room
4. STP & Tool Store
5. Compartments below Main deck
The bilge alarms shall have independent indications in Engine Room.
One Oily Bilge separator of adequate capacity shall be provided in Main Engine
room. The bilge water from main machinery spaces shall be discharged overboard
through oily bilge water separator and other spaces directly. An oil content meter
with recorder shall be provided. The arrangements shall be such that the oil
content in the discharge does not exceed rule requirements and a high oil content
alarm and auto diversion to bilge holding tank to be provided.
A built on oily bilge pump of suitable capacity shall be supplied along with the
separator. Oil level controller with detector and solenoid valve, which has been

approved by National Authority of supplier, shall be provided. The oily bilge

separator shall have washable elements with auto wash back flush system.
In order to ensure that normal bilge discharges do not effect any water sampling
operations for scientific studies, such discharges shall be led overboard on the
opposite side of the ship from the sampling position.
6.7.4 Fire fighting and deck wash System
One combined fire main which shall serve also deck wash system shall be
provided. Fire fighting connections shall be arranged on deck and engine room
satisfying Classification / Statutory regulations.
Fire detection, extinguishing and fire fighting apparatus shall be provided in

compliance with relevant SOLAS, Classification society rules and National
statutory regulations.
Fire line shall be colour coded red. All valves shall have brass engraved plates
tagged and shall have flow indication where applicable.
The system shall comply with the Classification Society / statutory authority
requirements.
The material of piping, thickness and the materials for valves and fittings shall be
as per owner’s specification and satisfy the rule requirements.
Accumulation shall be avoided and drains shall be provided as necessary.
Branch lines from the main line also to be led to following:
a. Bilge eductor for chain locker & forepeak

b. Anchor chain-washing nozzle
Adequate number of pressure relief valves and pressure gauges with gauge cocks
shall be provided as per rule requirements in main line.
Adequate numbers of isolation valves shall be provided in the system as required

by regulatory bodies.
Two international shore connections along with gaskets, bolts and washers shall
be provided in compliance with statutory requirements.
Fire main valves and cocks to be MMD approved type.

Fire hydrants and hoses with approved type quick coupling of bronze and of shall
be provided. Fire hose shall be of 18m length complete with a coupling and a
combined jet and water fog nozzle of bronze.
The arrangement of fire hydrants and storage of hoses and nozzles shall be in
accordance with the rules. Fire hoses shall be stowed on racks or reels and shall
be arranged for easy access. Adjustable spanners / wrenches shall be secured with
clamps or clips.
Hose racks or reels stored on exposed decks shall be enclosed in red coloured
steel cabinets.
Hose racks and hydrants inside accommodation shall be recessed in the wall
panel. Scuppers shall be fitted inside the recesses. Hose rack doors shall be red in
colour.
6.8 Compressed Air System
6.8.1 General
The material, manufacturing, commissioning and testing of compressed air

system with all equipment and piping shall comply all the Class rules and
Statutory authority regulations as applicable.
The capacity of air receivers shall be as required by rules.
Safety valves, pressure gauges and automatic water drains shall be provided for
air receivers. The compressors shall have automatic sequential start/stop. Suitable
number of working air outlets shall be provided.
The system shall comply with class & statutory approved drawings and
specification.
The Compressed Air system shall cater to meet but not confined to the following
requirements on board the vessel.
1. Main Engine & Auxiliary Engine starting systems. if applicable

2. Hydrophore system
3. General air system services.
4. Control & Instrumentation air
For engines provided with starting air system, adequate number of air
compressors and air receivers shall be provided in the engine room as per class
requirements and engine manufacturer’s recommendations. The engines shall be
capable of being started and stopped from Engine side.

Alarms and cutouts shall be provided as per manufacturer’s recommendation and

classification requirements. Alarms shall have visual indication as to the type in
the Engine room.
The material for piping shall be approved by class and statutory authorities and to
owner’s specifications. Pipes shall be to schedule 80 for high pressure lines and
schedule 40 for working air lines.
6.8.2 Main Air compressor:
The system shall consist of two Nos. multi stage, in-line, reciprocating, inter-
cooled, Air-cooled type compressors of adequate capacity. All built-in safety
features such as relief valves / bursting discs / fusible plugs, high temperature
gauges, cut-outs etc. as required by Class & Statutory authorities shall be
provided.
The system shall have auto draining and auto loading/unloading systems, besides
alarm for LO pressure, overload etc.
The compressors shall have gauge board with pressure gauges for stage pressures
& LO pressure. Pressure gauges shall have isolation valves. The compressors
shall have manual drain cocks, relief valves & fusible plugs for stage coolers. LO
Sump dipstick / gauge glass shall be provided
The Compressors shall be driven by drip proof, damp proof and air-cooled motor.
The Compressors shall be able to operate on standard branded lube oils. The
compressors shall be mounted on resilient mountings in the Engine Room.
The compressors shall be arranged to start and stop automatically depending on

the pressure in the air receivers. The compressor starting shall be arranged in a
lead lag fashion such that the lead compressor starts first followed by the second
one in case the system pressure falls to lower level than that of the starting
pressure for the lead compressor.
6.8.3 Main Air Receivers / Bottles:
Two main air receivers of adequate capacity taking into consideration the
recommendations of the engine manufacturer shall be provided. The capacity
shall meet all the class & statutory regulations. The receivers shall have all fittings
for filling, discharge, relief valves, pressure gauges etc. as required per rules.
Necessary arrangements shall be provided for draining the condensate water and
oil.

6.8.4 Main Engine starting Air System:
The Main Engines shall be started using compressed air (direct injection / air
motor) as per the manufacturer recommendations and class requirements. The
system shall be designed to ensure that filtered, lubricated clean air is available at
the required pressure for operating the air motors. One complete spare air motor,
gearing, if applicable and required accessories shall be supplied. The main Engine
starting mechanism shall be provided with interlocks to prevent inadvertent
starting of the engine when
1. Turning gear is engaged
2. Gearbox clutch is engaged.
Visible indications for the above conditions shall be made available in the
wheelhouse and at local control desk in Engine room.
6.8.5 Auxiliary Engine Starting Air System
Main generators shall be started by compressed air from main air receiver using
direct injection or an air motor as per the manufacturer recommendations and
class requirements. The system shall be designed to ensure that filtered, lubricated
clean air is available at the required pressure for operating the air motors. One
complete spare air motor if applicable, gearing and required accessories shall be
supplied.
6.8.6 Control Air System
The compressed air from main air receivers shall pass through a redundant system
for 8 bar or pressure as per main engine makers recommendations of Reducing
valves, filters and oil separators and a refrigerant type air dryer before fed to the
pneumatic control systems/air motors. The dryer shall be provided with a manual
bypass arrangement. The dryer shall be fitted with necessary drain and control
arrangement for complete unattended and automatic operation.
All main propulsion controls shall be of pneumatic or Electro-pneumatic type and

shall confirm to manufacturer and class requirements.
6.8.7 General Services ( Working Air system)
Service air is taken from the main air receivers via a redundant reducing station
for the following services:
1. Air horn
2. Main engine room
3. Auxiliary engine room
4. Main deck
5. Wheel house deck (4 points)

6. Steering gear compartment

7. Thruster room
8. FW hydrophore tank
9. STP
10. Galley
11. Sea inlet chests
12. AHU Rooms
13. Laboratory
14. Inside funnel
15. Utility spaces
The material for piping shall be approved by class and statutory authorities and to
owner’s specifications. The pipes shall be to schedule 40. Valves of Class
approved material fitted with quick release couplings shall be provided.
6.9 Sewage System
One vacuum sewage treatment plant of adequate capacity complying with the
requirements of IMO regulations is provided to treat and discharge the sewage
into the sea.
Discharge from all Water Closets in toilets (WC) shall be led to the plant. Sewage
bypass lines for direct overboard discharge shall be provided.
All discharge shall be arranged with sufficient slope towards the main sewage
drain and connected to the sewage treatment plant.
Waste from water closets and scuppers shall be led separately from the floor
scupper line and water closets line. All wastewater originating from galley,
laundry, crews mess, officers & scientist mess, bath spaces in toilets, etc. shall be
led to the overboard.
A grey water holding tank shall be provided to cater to the needs of wash spaces
in the accommodation below main deck. The tank shall be fitted with vent and
sounding arrangements according to rules. One additional self- priming grey
water discharge pump shall be provided to discharge the contents of the holding
tank overboard.
Approved type of storm valves shall be provided at the overboard discharge ends
as per the rules.
In order to ensure that sewage discharges do not effect any water sampling
operations for scientific studies, all discharges of Black and Grey water shall be
discharged to sea on the opposite side of the ship from the sampling position.
Sanitary system shall be EVAC type with two sets of B&D spares.

6.10 Domestic Fresh Water System
6.10.1 General
The domestic and sanitary water service system shall consist of fresh water
system and hot water system.
The fresh water hydrophore shall be located as shown in the General Arrangement
plan.
The hydrophore pumps shall be controlled by a pressure switch, which is
switched on when pressure in tank drops and cut – out when pressure is
established.
6.10.2 Fresh water system
Fresh water storage tanks of adequate capacity shall be provided to cater the
requirements of scientists and crew. A redundant system of fresh water generator
(RO plant) shall be provided to cater for any additional fresh water requirements
on board the vessel. The fresh water system should also be connected to Anti Roll
Tanks for use in case of emergency.
One fresh water hydrophore tank and two pumps (one working and one standby)
shall be provided.
Two filling stations shall be provided on each side of the vessel for fresh water
tanks filling.
In general, pipes containing fluids other than fresh water shall not to pass through
fresh water tanks.
Fresh water shall be supplied to galleys, pantries, provision stores, wash basins,
showers/bath rooms, bathtubs, laundry equipment, wash places near water closets
through faucets, drinking water coolers, laboratory etc.
Pumps shall take suction from fresh water bunker tank and supply to the
hydrophore tank and the system.
The fresh water hydrophore unit shall be arranged to supply fresh water to
expansion tanks of M/E & A/E and hot water calorifier.
The galley shall be supplied with at least two fresh water connections. One fresh
water connection shall be led through a suitable sterilizing unit.
Isolating valves shall be provided to each deck for maintenance purposes.

6.10.3 Hot water system
An electric calorifier with hot water circulating pump shall be provided.

Temperature cut off for heater shall be provided at 60 0C .
Hot water shall be supplied to galleys, pantries, provisions handling spaces and
sanitary spaces, wash basins, showers, laundry equipment, Laboratory etc.
Fresh water shall be supplied to calorifier from fresh water system. One hot water
circulating pumps shall be installed in return line from loop system and
discharged back to the calorifier. Manual By-pass line shall be fitted for the
pump. Isolating valves shall be provided for individual toilets and to each deck for
maintenance purposes.
6.11 Drain Water System
6.11.1 Internal
Drain from rooms below main deck shall be gathered and led suitably in order to
ensure efficient drainage. Scupper and drain other than those mentioned above
shall be gathered into main line and discharged overboard.
Floor scuppers shall be provided for commissary space, sanitary space, and
corridor space. Scuppers from galley shall be of water seal type.
Soil, scupper and drainpipe from accommodation spaces shall be led clear of fuel
oil and other tank as far as practicable
The galley shall have gutterways and minimum of 4 Nos. floor scuppers. Suitable
number of cleaning plugs/strainers shall be provided.
Diameter of scuppers shall be adequate for their intended service.
Drain from funnel top shall be connected to the weather scupper and led
overboard.
6.11.2 External Scuppers
Drainpipe lines shall be of ERW galvanized steel pipes of adequate thickness.
Scuppers on the weather deck shall be placed at the lowest point when the vessel is
even keel, and adequate to give efficient drainage. All exposed decks shall be
provided with scupper pipes. Rose plates of galvanized steel grid shall be fitted for
scupper pipes 150mm below the deck.

Deck scuppers shall be led clear of the free board marks and shall not be led
immediately above side lights, windows, ship’s name etc.
No scupper shall be located in way of life boats, accommodation ladders and pilot
ladders, if this is unavoidable, the scupper shall be led 400mm below light water
line. All superstructure decks shall be efficiently drained by scupper lead down to
the waterway fitted on the deck below. 10-mm thick doubler plate shall be fitted
on deck, at discharge point for all drains.
Arrangement of scuppers shall be in such a way that no water remains un-drained.
Exposed deck scuppers in way of bunker stations shall be fitted with wooden
plugs
Drain plugs shall be fitted to all stores situated on weather decks (on Bulkheads)
with double plate.
The scientific drains shall be provided in the opposite side of the sample
collection.
6.12 Refrigerators & Drinking Water Coolers
One floor mounted drinking water cooler shall be provided for each
accommodation deck. The water supply to the cooler shall be from the
hydrophore system via an isolating valve. A suitable sterilizing unit shall be
installed on the supply line. A manual bypass shall be provided for the sterilizing
unit. The material of construction for the cooler and the sterilizing unit shall be
stainless steel. The cooler shall be operated by hand push knob as well as a foot
pedal. Adequate draining arrangements shall be provided in the vicinity of the
water coolers. Coamings shall be fitted on the deck around the machine. Each
drinking water cooler shall have a capacity of 20 liters/hour water of 12 0C and at
an ambient temperature of 32 0C.
Refrigerators of adequate capacity shall be provided in Galley and mess rooms.
6.13 Tank Vent, Sounding and Filling
6.13.1 Air Pipes
Air pipes shall be provided to all tanks and void spaces as required by the
Classification Society. All pipes in water tanks and dry compartments shall be of
galvanized steel. For pipes on oil tanks only the parts above open decks shall be of
galvanized steel. Upper ends of pipes shall be clearly labeled.
All built in and loose tanks shall be provided with a vent pipe, connected to the
highest point of the tank.

Vent pipes of fuel tanks shall be fitted with flame preventing gauze as per rules.
Vent pipes of oil tanks shall be with air filters. Upper ends of vent pipes from
ballast tanks shall be provided with a with vent cap with floating ball.
Air vent hood for fresh water tank shall be provided with insect proof net.
6.13.2 Sounding
All built in tanks, bow thruster compartment and void spaces shall be provided
with sounding pipes with upper ends shut off with a screwed bronze cap, attached
to a chain. Filch proof self-closing type sounding caps shall be provided on the
upper deck. Sleeve joints shall be used for pipes passing through decks. Sounding
pipes shall be led as vertical as practicable. Inclination of sounding pipes where
unavoidable shall be less than 30 degrees from the vertical line. Sounding pipe
shall be provided as close as possible to the suction and shall be well supported.
A strike protector steel plate shall be fitted directly under each sounding pipe.
Thickness of the sounding pipe shall meet the requirements of the Classification
Society.
All oil tanks in the machinery spaces shall be provided with a short sounding pipe
with a self-closing sounding valve with test cock.
6.13.3 Filling
Filling connections to various tanks shall be arranged at least 300 mm above main
deck. They shall be suitable for coupling to standard supply hoses. Shut off by
brass caps with chains shall be provided. Filling connections for fuel oil tanks shall
be arranged together with a drip tray.
Air and sounding pipes shall be arranged near bulkheads and behind stiffeners
wherever possible.
6.14 Miscellaneous
6.14.1 Piping and Valves
Classification and Statutory Authorities shall approve all piping schematic

drawings. Pipes wherever necessary shall have suitable expansion arrangements
and pipe material shall be suitable for the fluid that it will carry and shall comply
with rule requirements.
All valves shall be of approved type. Valves fitted to the hull shall be of Cast
steel body with internals of bronze/Stainless steel.

6.14.2 Insulation
In general, the surface of pipes and tanks whose surface temperature is more than
500 C shall be insulated.
Pipes shall be tested and painted (when necessary), before insulation is applied.
The insulating materials shall be fire resistant and shall be arranged in such a way
that operation and maintenance are not hindered.
6.14.3 Nameplates
Engraved Al/ Brass nameplates shall be provided on each pump, engine, valve,
loose tanks etc., and where necessary for safety and control, the function and the
medium used in that respective place shall be indicated on nameplates.
All vent / sounding / filling pipes shall be provided with nameplates for
identification above main deck.
The nameplates fitted on weather decks and on aluminum parts shall be of

stainless steel. The lettering on nameplates shall be black, however on safety and
emergency valves red colored lettering shall be adopted.
6.14.4 Instruments
The scales of instruments for pressures, temperatures etc., shall be such that the
working range is not more than 70% to 80% of the full scales. The maximum
allowed value shall be marked with a red line on the scale. Instruments shall have
a minimum scale length of at least 8cm.
The pressure gauges shall be marked in Bars. The temperature gauges shall be
provided with scales marked in degrees centigrade. Gauges for temperatures over
300 0 C shall be of the pyrometer type.

7 ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS & NAVIGATION SYSTEM
7.1 General
The complete electrical installation and workmanship shall be in accordance with

the rules and regulations of the Classification societies and statutory authorities
applicable to this type of vessel.
The electrical rotating machinery, transformers and other electrical equipment shall
work satisfactorily at an ambient temperature of 45 0C. All the electrical equipment
shall be arranged for easy accessibility for repair and replacement.
The equipment installed shall work satisfactorily at voltage and frequency

variations as specified by classification society.
Each control panel shall be provided with relevant drawing, wherein the fuse
ratings of feeders shall be clearly mentioned.
All the relevant electrical drawings and plans including load chart, as amended by
the builder, shall be submitted to Owner for approval prior to placement of orders
for equipment/installations.
The whole electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with this specification
and good shipbuilding practice.
If any items in the machinery or hull specification necessitate the installation of

electrical equipment not mentioned in this specification, such equipment shall be
provided by builder in accordance with similar equipment's mentioned in this
specification.
The types and construction of electric equipment's incorporated or packed with the
appliance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standards unless specially
described, and may be changed by their manufacturer’s type or model changes.
In general cable terminals shall be of solderless type, caution plates and nameplates
of the electric equipment's to be written in English and metric system.
All electrical systems and equipment shall be easily accessible and installed in
well-ventilated positions, clear of inflammable materials. All wireless,
communication and navigation equipment shall be of MMD/Relevant Maritime
Authority type approved.

In general, voltage and frequency to be as follows:
- Generators 415V, 50Hz, 3 Phase.

- Power Equipment 415V, 50Hz, 3 Phase.
- Heaters 415V, 50Hz, 3 Phase.
220V, 50Hz, 3 Phase or 1 Phase
- Galley and Laundry Equipment's 415V, 50Hz, 3 Phase
220V, 50Hz, 3 Phase or 1 phase
- Main Lighting 220V, 50Hz, 1 phase
- Emergency Lighting 220V, 50Hz, 1 phase / 24V DC
- Navigation and Radio
Equipment's 220V, 50 Hz, 1 Phase/ 24VDC.
- Control and Monitoring 220V, 50Hz, 1 Phase/ 24VDC
- Intercommunication System 220V, 50Hz, 1 Phase / 24 VDC
7.1.2. Basic requirements and General regulations
Electric machines are to have protections made of IP22 in general. For above
deck “IP 55” shall be provided. In special cases, wherever specified “IP44”
protection is to be made.
The mechanical layout of all electrical machineries shall meet the special
purposes for this type of vessel.
Wherever possible standard equipment shall be installed.
7.2 Power Supply
7.2.1 Normal Supply
A 415 Volts A.C 3- phase, 50 Hz electrical system shall be used for feeding the
main bus bar and through transformed power 220V AC, 1 phase,50 Hz electrical
system shall be used for lighting and low power supplies.
7.2.2 Shore supply
Provision for shore supply connection shall be made for powering the 415 volts,
100 Amps while the vessel is at harbour.
7.2.3 24V DC Supply
(a) The 24V D.C. main supply is to be obtained from two (2) banks of 2 x 12V
main batteries of adequate capacity via the main battery charger. Batteries are
to be sized for ship’s transitional power supply for emergency duties.

In the event of failure of the main (or emergency) source of power, the
emergency batteries (transitional power supply) shall automatically supply
power to the emergency lighting communications and navigation aids, etc for
a period of at least 30 minutes.
(b) The equipment maker shall supply the radio batteries and charger.
7.2.4 Alternators
Three numbers, synchronous main alternators with automatic voltage regulator in

brushless design, 415V, 3 – phase, 150KW, 50 Hz with nominal speed of
1500rpm with power factor of 0.8 shall be provided. The alternators are driven by
Diesel engines. Both are coupled with shaft in longitudinal direction.
Three main generators are installed in main engine room on Anti-vibration

mountings.
The cooling air inlet and outlet are at the upper side of the alternator. The
exciting accessory is placed at the alternator.
The generators shall be continuously rated and shall have class ‘F’ insulation,
suitably tropicalized and shall be designed for a temperature rise, after continuous
full load working, not exceeding the temperature limits specified by the
Classification Society.
Any two or all three generators shall be capable of running in parallel. The third
generator will serve as stand by. The three engines and alternators shall be
identical and shall have automatic voltage regulators to maintain constant voltage
within the permissible limits specified by Classification rules, and shall have drip
proof enclosures. They shall be fitted with all necessary alarms and protections.
The main characteristics of the generators are as follows:

Rated power output approx. : 150eKW
Rated voltage : 415V, 3 phase, star connected with
Isolated neutral.
Rated frequency : 50 Hz
Power factor : 0.8
Number of revolution : 1500 RPM
Type : Self excited and self regulated.
Insulation : Class ‘F’
Protection mode : IP 22
Overload factor : 1.1 times rated current at rated voltage
For 1 hour.
1.2 times rated current for 2 minutes.
At these loads no injuries heating, no
Deformation or damage may occur.

The control conditions are valid for the warm generator. It shall be possible to
suddenly increase the load by 50% or decrease the load by 100%
During the load tests the frequency, voltage may change which should be within
the following limits.
Permanent frequency deviation for + or – 5%

Transient frequency deviation + or – 10 % with 5 sec recovery time.
Permanent voltage variation +6% to –10%.

Transient voltage variation + or – 20%. With 1.5 seconds recovery time.
The necessary control devices should be of simple layout with high reliability.
7.2.5 Accumulators
For emergency supply of lighting, monitoring, interior communications and other
misc. services, Lead acid batteries of adequate capacity are to be provided
The battery for general service to supply the power for interior communication
equipment, alarm device, emergency light and miscellaneous other loads.
The batteries shall be placed on a raised platform, in a well ventilated box fitted
with non absorbent insulating supports and shall be secured properly to avoid any
movement during sailing.
An adequate space shall be provided above the cells for maintenance of the same.
Battery compartment shall be well ventilated.
Battery chargers shall be provided with necessary meters for reading the battery
charging voltage, charging current and load current. The charger shall have
necessary protective circuits for over current and reverse current and shall have
position for distribution of 24 Volt D.C circuits.
7.2.6 Shore supply
Provision shall be made to connect 415 Volt; 100 Amps; 3 phase, 50 Hz supply of
adequate capacity from shore to the main switchboard with four core supply cable
100m length.
A drip proof supply switch fuse box with male type plug receptacle shall be fitted
on the main deck in a convenient position and be permanently wired via a isolator
switch and phase sequence indicator to feed the main switchboard.
The system shall be arranged so that it is not possible to parallel ship’s alternators
with shore supply.

The connection box shall be complete with circuit breaker, phase sequence
indicator, pilot lamps and socket or connection terminals.
7.3 Supply and Distribution
7.3.1 Main Switch Board
One main switch Board of metal clad, drip proof, dead front type, mounted on
resilient mountings shall be fitted in the engine control room. The switchboard
shall be completely closed at the rear and is to be serviceable from the front.
Handrails shall be provided. It shall protect all alternators.
The alternator panels shall have meters for the measurement of voltage, current,
power factor, and power and earth leakage. The alternators shall be protected
through, circuit breakers of adequate capacity and shall have necessary protective
circuits for under voltage, over current, reverse power and short circuit. All the
out going feeders and the shore supply shall be protected through suitable circuit
breakers.
Feeders are to be provided with MCCB/MCBs with inverse time thermal trip and
instantaneous magnetic trip features.
The switchboards shall have necessary circuit for parallel operation of the
alternators. All the alternators shall be provided with remote speed control from
MSB for the purpose of parallel operation.
The switchboard shall be designed and installed with ample space for repairs and
maintenance.
A remote stop push for stopping the ventilation fans from wheel house and
necessary electrical circuitry, for the operation shall be incorporated in the switch
board.
The construction and installation of switchboards shall be as per rules and they
shall be fitted with all necessary alarms and fuse and switch gear.
Switch boards and all enclosed gear must be accessible for maintenance. All the
emergency loads shall be powered from emergency supply from the battery
banks. During normal operation the emergency switchboard shall be powered
from the main switchboard (MSB) through a tiebreaker. In the event of a failure
of MSB, the tiebreaker shall trip and battery bank caters to the emergency loads.
All meters mounted on the front panel of the main switchboard to be of the semi
flush type and of dimensions 144 x 144mm/96 x 96mm. Square type. The
accuracy of the meter shall be within 1.5 percent of the full-scale range.

The indicating range is at least 10% higher than the rated voltage and the rated
currents. Rated value has a red sign on the scale.
Switchboard and distributions are provided with cable glands and double cones
for connecting the cable screens.
The main switchboard is provided with instruments and synchronizing device for
parallel running of the generators.
The following minimum instruments are to be installed on the switchboard.

Space heater, if provided for generator shall be interlocked with main supply.
The main switchboard shall have:
1. On each generator panel:
1 set - Circuit Breaker with close – open indicating lamp

Each 1 - Space heater switch and indicating lamp for generator
Each 1 - AC voltmeter with selector switch
Each 1 - AC ammeter with selector switch
Each 1 - Frequency meter
Each 1 - Indicating wattmeter
Each 1 - Over current & reverse power relay
Each 1 - Fuse link
Each 1 - Governor motor control switch
Each 1 - Generator running lamp
2. 1 set - Synchronizing lamp and meter.
3. 415/220V Feeder Panel:
MCCB/MCBS for all feeder circuits
4. 1 set - Ground detecting lamps test switch

5. 1 set - Pilot lamp for shore connection
6. 1 set - Insulation meter fro 440 & 220 Volt.
7.3.2 Switchboard – 24V D.C
The 24volt D.C. switchboard shall be provided for battery charging and
distribution of DC sources. It shall be equipped with all necessary voltmeters,
ammeters, isolation, changeover and selector switches for battery charging and
circuit breakers as required.

One set of charging and discharging panel 220V AC/24V DC for general service
batteries are to be provided. The panel is used for simultaneously feeding the 24
volts circuit such as propulsion emergency controls and alarms, communication
system, emergency lighting, navigation and signaling light and float charging the
batteries. An automatic feeding from battery is provided for the 24V DC in case
of main power failure.
The above panels are provided with ammeters and voltmeters.
A Test push button switch to simulate power failure shall be incorporated.
7.3.3 Distribution Boards
Suitable number of lighting distribution boards and power distribution boards

shall be provided. All the panels shall be drip proof type; sheet metal enclosed
and shall be provided with suitable schematic drawings. Separate distribution
boards shall be provided for Laboratory and Container laboratory power supply.
7.3.4 Circuit protection
MCCB/MCBs shall be used entirely for protection of circuits. Fuses shall be used
only for control circuits and signal lamp circuits and DC circuits. Only HRC fuses
with blow off indication shall be used. The circuit breakers used shall be of
approved type and shall have adequate capacity and rating suitable for the
application.
7.3.5 Switches
All switches in the accommodation are to be flush / surface mounted type and
switches in the engine room and other machinery and watertight compartments
are to be watertight and metal mound (marine type)
Control switches shall be suitably sized to circuit requirements.
7.3.6 Sockets and Terminals
Cable sockets and connecting terminals shall be of such dimensions that the
maximum current likely to flow through them shall not produce heat, which
would be injurious to the installation.
Where soldering is adopted for securing cable sockets and connecting terminals,
corrosive solid or liquid flukes shall not be used.
Non watertight 220/1/50, 10 amp, 3 pin switch sockets, flush or surface mounted
type shall be fitted throughout the accommodation spaces.

Watertight 220/1/50, 10 or 15 amp, 3 pin switch sockets, marine surface mounted

shall be fitted throughout the engine room, galley, in the container, deck area and
store space, labs.
Power supply to container laboratory of adequate capacity shall be provided.
One welding socket of adequate capacity shall be provided to serve the working
deck area. The connection shall be permanently wired and suitable protected to
the welding transformer.
7.3.7 Transformers
Supply to lighting loads and small power loads shall be 220V single phase
through 415 V/220 V transformers. The system shall consist of two transformers.
The transformers shall be provided with (+/-) 5% tap changing facility.
Transformers shall be suitably located in the engine room area.
All transformers are air –cooled with separate primary winding and enclosure is
of IP 22 type.
7.3.8 Motors
All main motors are to be of the standard squirrel cage induction type, suitable for
415 volts, 50 Hz, 3-phase supply.
The type of motor selected shall be of minimum weight and size and the types of
enclosures shall comply with the location requirements.
Local start/stop control and a hand reset for the overload are to be provided on
each starter for motors with provisions for remote start/stop as required.
Adjustable over current trips and running light indicators are to be provided on all
vital auxiliaries.
Remote stop facility at suitable location shall be provided for following systems:
- Engine room ventilation fans

- F.O. Transfer pumps.
- Accommodation fans
A starter shall be provided for all electric motor 0.5 HP and above.
All motors of 15 HP and above shall be started by star delta starter while those
below 15 HP shall be by direct on line starter.

Motors above 60HP shall be started by means of an “AUTO- TRANSFORMER”

/ SOFT START type starter.
7.4 Cables
7.4.1 Type
All cables shall be flame retardant and comply with rules of IRS. The voltage
rating of the cables shall be as per the specific requirement of the installation and
in accordance with the rules of IRS. All the power and control cables shall be of
ethylene propylene rubber insulated, PCP/ PVC inner sheathed, copper wire
braided and overall PVC sheathed. Cabin wiring cables shall be E.P rubber
insulated and PVC sheathed and flexible cables to be of VIR insulated tough
rubber sheathed. Size, cross section and voltage rating of each cable shall be
printed on the outer surface at regular intervals. Communication and control
cables of multi-core / coaxial type of minimum cross section 0.5 sq.m shall be
provided.
Extra coaxial data cable connecting scientific equipments in lab spaces and wheel
houses as per owners approved arrangement.
Insulation of cables installed in high temperature spaces where ambient

temperature exceeds 70 Deg C to be of silicon rubber.
Cable for a transducer of echo sounder & Speed log to be of Makers standard
For portable appliances such as portable hand lamps, cables to be of flexible

ethylene-propylene rubber PVC insulated and polychloroprene sheathed and for
table lamps to be of flexible vinyl cord.
Special cables such as coaxial cables, FR cables, compensating cable, shielded

cables etc to be used where necessary as per maker recommendations.
Type, size etc of cables supplied by makers together with electric equipment to be
in accordance with makers standard.
All the electric systems are installed fully insulated.
Three phase systems are provided with 3 insulated cores, single phase provided
with 2 cores.
All lighting systems are installed with an insulated protection wire.
All conductive cases of electric equipment are provided with earth connection on
the shortest way to the ship’s hull. This connection has a minimum cross section

of 2.5-sq m.m. standard copper; it is not allowed to use the hull as a current
carrying conductor.
All wires for power communications and control shall be stranded and shall have
a minimum cross section of 1.0 sq.m.m.
Shore connection cables will be 100 meters screened cables. Cables for local area
network are CAT 5 (separate screen per pair core) and it should be routed
separately from power cables.
7.4.2 Installation
All the cable runs shall be straight and accessible as far as practicable. Cables
shall be installed on galvanized perforated steel trays and shall be secured
properly. Cables passing above main deck and wherever there is a risk of
mechanical damage shall be led through galvanized pipes.
Flat bars shall be used in locations where there are only a small bunch of cables.
The cable bunches shall be fastened with Brass/Stainless steel/Rubber band of
approved type. The distance of the clamps shall be 250 to 350mm according to
the width of the bunch.
Cables passing through decks and bulkheads shall be led through suitable
coamings or individual glands appropriate to the type/class of decks and
bulkheads. The piercing shall be filled with epoxy /MCT or any approved filling
material for water tightness.
Vinyl bushes shall be used for penetrations through ‘B’ Class bulkheads. Where
cables pass through non-watertight bulkhead or structural steel the holes shall be
bushed with lead or approved material.
Cables passing close to radio and navigation equipment shall be properly

screened. As far as possible cables for automation and instrumentation shall be
laid in separate trays or when laid on same channel the distance between them
shall be as per the rules. In accommodation spaces, cables shall be run behind
paneling in horizontal or vertical run in an orderly manner and clipped to straps
welded to frames. Where it is not practical to run cable behind paneling the cable
shall be covered with battens.
Cables subject to weather or mechanical damage shall be run suitably supported

in conduit pipe with welded unions. Pipe shall be smooth on the interior and not
subject to deterioration from the effects of moisture. The pipes shall have their
ends shaped or bushed in such a way as not to damage the cable. The pipes shall
be mechanically and electrically connected to terminating boxes.

7.4.3 Bus Bar colours
Vessel current carrying parts of different polarity shall be clearly marked with
distinguishing colours as follows: -
RED : PHASE ONE

YELLOW : PHASE TWO
BLUE : PHASE THREE
7.5 Lighting and Cabin fans
7.5.1 Basic Requirements and General Regulations
The lighting installation consists of one network of 220 V A.C system.
In general all the light fittings shall be weather proof, drip proof or non watertight
as required by the location and shall be suitable for marine application.
In general 2x20 Watts fluorescent fittings shall be used in exposed areas. However,
weather deck lighting may be incandescent type. In Engine room and auxiliary
engine room 2 x 20 watts each watertight (IP22) and guarded florescent fittings
shall be used. Fitting LED lighting in accommodation spaces should be considered.
Illumination levels in various areas shall comply with IACS recommendation

No.132 relevant statutory authorities as applicable to this class of vessel. The
owner shall approve the respective plans.
The fittings shall be of good quality and installed for easy maintenance as far as
practicable.
In addition to the above 24V DC lighting shall be provided in all passages, engine
room, wheelhouse etc. as per rules.
All the cabin and passage lights shall be of LED type. Switches and sockets in
accommodation shall be of flush /surface type. Watertight fittings shall be used in
the toilets and galley. The chart table shall be fitted with an incandescent type lamp
with hinged arms and dimmer.
Watertight fluorescent light fittings shall be used in the engine room for general
illumination. All the switches and sockets used shall be of watertight type.
Four number 40 Watts, 220 V portable hand lamps shall be provided with
watertight socket and 8 m flexible cable.
Two number 40 Watts, 220 V portable hand lamps shall be provided with
watertight socket and 30 m flexible cable.

7 no.s Rechargeable battery lights operating on 220 V A.C shall be fitted in the
following areas
1. Wheelhouse
2. Engine room
3. Captain room
4. Chief Engineer room
5. Laboratory
6. Officers & scientists mess cum Rec. room
All watertight and cabin type sockets / plug shall be of two pin earth type. For
portable lamps and for locations in exposed decks watertight type switch sockets
shall be provided.
Adequate number of floodlights shall be provided for the general illumination of

open decks.
7.5.2 Cabin fans
At least one wall mounted oscillating fan with regulator shall be provided in each
cabin or as shown in GA. Adequate number of wall mounted oscillating fans with
regulators shall be provided in the utility spaces and laboratory.
7.6 Earthing & Electromagnetic Interference Suppression
In general all the electrical motors, control panels and generators, unless specified
by the supplier, shall be earthed as per the rules. Suitable size of conductor shall be
used for earthing purpose depending upon the current capacity of the appliance.
The conductor shall be properly crimped at both the ends and one end shall be
connected to the earth bolt provided on the equipment, while the other end to an
earth bolt welded to the steel structure. Suitable washers and conductor terminals
shall be used so that a reliable contact is made.
Independent direct earthing shall be provided for radio transmitter at the nearest
possible location.
Similarly an additional independent earthing shall be provided for lab as per

owner’s approval.
The aspects of EMC, EMI are to be taken care by the builder for laboratory
instrumentation, navigation and communication systems.
7.7 Internal communication system.
7.7.1 Basic requirements and General Regulations

The reliability and safe operation under all conditions shall be the design criteria
for all communication systems. Normally, the feeding voltage is 24 V DC and in
some cases 220 V AC. The different ambient temperature shall have no influence
on the operation.
The feeding switches shall be of double pole type. Easy maintenance and simple
layout for these systems shall be ensured.
The internal communication consists of the following systems
- Common battery (Sound powered) telephone

- Marine auto telephone exchange (220V with 3 hr built in battery backup
- Public address / entertainment system
- Galley Call Bell system
- General Alarm system
- Talk Back System
- Communal Ariel system.
7.7.2 Common Battery (Sound powered) Telephone
One set of common battery telephone system of reputed make as approved shall
be supplied and located as follows:
Wall mounted type telephone Wheelhouse, Main Deck

Officers and crew mess &
Laboratory
1 – each desk type Master, Chief Engineer,

and Sr. Scientist cabin
1 – Drip and noise proof wall mounted Steering gear room

Type with sub receiver and bell
1 – Wall mounted telephone in sound- ECR, STP, tool store &

proof enclosure Unit. Auxiliary m/c Room
1 – each rotary lamps ECR, Auxiliary engine

Room
1- Set of standard accessories.
Power supply 24V DC

7.7.3 Marine Auto Telephone Exchange
One set of auto telephone exchange with paging facilities shall be installed in the
following locations:
1 each wall mounted telephone All cabins and utility spaces,

Laboratory & Container lab.
Container lab unit to be of portable
plug in type with plug in socket in a
watertight box permanently installed
near the accommodation.
2 – Flush mounted type complete Wheelhouse console & chart table

with dimmer
1 – Flush mounted type with Engine room & Auxiliary Machinery

room.
Noise proof enclosure
1 each desk top type Master, Chief Engineer and

Sr. Scientist cabins
1 – Drip and noise proof wall mounted Steering gear room and thruster
type with sub receiver and bell rooms
1 – Each rotary lamps Main engine room

Auxiliary engine room
2 – Junction box with receptacle Main deck P&S passageway
1 – Portable type telephone Main deck P&S passageway

1 – Standard accessories
Power source in ordinary use 220 V AC 50 Hz

Power source in emergency use 24 V DC
7.7.4 Public address system
One set of public address system of reputed make as approved shall be installed as
follows:
1 – 50 watt amplifier with all wave radio Wheelhouse

receiver and cassette player

1 – 50 watt rotatable waterproof speaker Wheelhouse

controlled from wheelhouse complete with
speaker junction box
2 – 10 watt waterproof speaker Fore and aft on main deck
10- 2watt, non-waterproof single sided at suitable locations on inner

speaker. passage, officers and crew
mess and all cabins. These
speakers to be provided with
on-off switches.
4 – Microphone with 10 m cable Wheelhouse fore and aft

main deck, aft control station
1 – Standard accessories
2 – Micreceptacle and speaker Fore and aft main deck
Power supply 220 V AC 50 Hz
7.7.5 Galley Call Bell system
One set of 220V/ 24V DC call system between galley to Master , Chief Engineer,
Sr. Scientist, and Officer’s mess shall be provided.
7.7.6 Talk Back System
A talk back system shall be provided from wheelhouse, laboratory, main deck,
steering and compartments, winch control stations and Forecastle Deck. Public
address system and talk back system shall be independent of each other.
7.7.7 Loud Hailers
Two numbers battery operated loud hailers of reputed make shall be provided.
7.7.8 General Alarm system
One set of general alarm system complying with the rules and of reputed make
shall be provided. The system to consist of:
- Push buttons at : Wheelhouse
- Bell with indicating lamps at : All living rooms, mess,

Main deck steering gear

room, Thruster rooms,
- Horns and rotating lights at : Main engine room

Auxiliary engine room
7.8 External Communication
The complete radio equipment for the operation area A1+A2+A3 shall be
provided as per GMDSS rules applicable for this class of vessel. Fleet broadband
-to be provided to cover Telephone / Fax / e-mail facility
EPIRB & SART shall be provided as per regulations.
7.9 Entertainment System
7.9.1 Televisions & Music Systems
Colour TV sets of latest version of 21” size along with a DVD player will be
provided one each in Master, Chief Engineer and Sr. Scientist cabin, as well in
Officers and crew recreation rooms, Officers room. One Compact Music system
with all wave radio, dual cassette player & recorder capable of playback of audio
CD with MP3 compatibility shall be provided in all officers and scientist cabins and
office & recreation rooms.
7.9.2 Communal Antenna
One common antenna system shall be provided for radio and TV signal reception.
Points for connecting individual sets to the system shall be provided in their
respective locations. Amplifiers shall be provided as required for ensuring proper
reception.
7.10 Navigation Equipment
7.10.1 General
For compatibility reasons and to have single point responsibility and operational
convenience, it is compulsory that all navigational equipment shall be supplied by a
single agency.
7.10.2 Navigational Lights
Two sets of Electrical Navigational lights shall be provided as per rules.
One set shall be powered by the emergency supply. The other set shall be power
from the regular power supply. Navigational lights shall be controlled from a

control panel mounted on bridge console. The panel should show the status of the
lamps and shall give an audible alarm in case of fused bulb (micro controller type)
Signal light (ALDIS LAMP) of approved make shall be fitted as per rules.
One set of navigational shapes shall be provided as per the rules.
7.10.3 Search Lights
In addition to normal light fittings two search lights (swiveling type) of 1000
Watts with ballast shall be fitted. One light shall be fitted on the wheelhouse top
and other facing aft onto main deck.
7.10.4 Navigational Console
One navigational console shall be erected in the wheelhouse and all necessary
equipment /controls shall be provided in the wheelhouse. The console should
include type approved BNWAS and SSAS.
7.10.5 Magnetic Compass
One magnetic compass shall be provided. The apparent diameter of the dial is
180 mm. The compass is equipped with dimmer, 24 Volts DC lighting, Azimuth
mirror and shadow pin.
7.10.6 Automatic Vessel Identification System & SVDR
Automatic vessel identification system (AIS) shall be provided as per rule

requirements. SVDR shall be installed.
7.10.7 Radar
Radar(X-band) with SART compatibility and with necessary interfaces from

DGPS / Gyro, etc shall be provided as per rules
7.10.8 DGPS
Two DGPS navigators with beacon receivers shall be provided in the wheelhouse.
One shall be installed at the chart table. The output of the DGPS shall be made
available in Master, Sr. Scientist cabin, and laboratory spaces.
7.10.9 Auto Pilot / Gyro System

One Gyro Compass meeting rule requirements shall be provided. Auto Pilot
controls for both follow-up and non follow-up control from wheelhouse shall be
provided for the ship’s steering gear
A steering stand fitted with auto-pilot, gyro repeater, and necessary controls shall
be provided in the wheelhouse
An audible alarm for excessive deviation from the normal course of the ship shall
be provided on steering stand.
The auto pilot system shall be operated on AC 220V, 50Hz, 1-phase, supplied
directly from the emergency switchboard.
Gyro repeaters shall be installed in Steering gear room and in laboratory.
7.10.10 ECDIS
Type approved Ecdis along with necessary license for the period of five years
shall be provided . The system has to interfaced with AutoPilot for maintaining
trackline navigation for survey operations
7.10.11 Speed Log
One Single Axis speed log (EM Type) with transducers fitted at ship’s bottom
shall be provided. One set of display unit (speed/distance) shall be provided in the
chart table. Necessary interfacing shall be arranged to the RADAR unit. Range of
speed shall be 0 to 20 knots. The output of the speed log shall be made available
in Engine Room, Laboratory, Master, Chief Engineer and Sr. scientist cabins.
7.10.12 Echo Sounder
One Navigational echo sounder with color display and recorder suitable for depth
in two range scales i.e., range 0 – 20m & range 0 – 200m with selector switches
for selecting ranges shall be provided with transducer fitted at the ship’s bottom.
One recorder shall be provided in the chart space. Shallow depth alarm indicator
(audible/visible) shall be provided in the wheelhouse front bulkhead. The output
of the echo sounder shall be made available in the Lab. The installation of speed
log and echo sounder shall be such that there is no relative interference between
them leading to erroneous readings.
The navigational echo sounder may be dispensed with a single beam scientific
echo sounder can be used for this purpose as indicated in section 8.13 (c).

7.10.13 Course Recorder
An approved type course recorder shall be provided. A repeater / digital output of

the course recorder shall be made available in the laboratory.
7.10.14Clocks
Marine chronometer type clocks shall be provided in the wheel house, Laboratory
and engine room. Wall clocks shall be provided in all cabins and utility spaces.
7.10.15 Wind Speed and Direction indicator
A wind speed and direction instrument shall be provided. The output shall be
made available in the Wheelhouse and in the laboratory.
7.10.16 Air Horn
One each air, electric horns shall be installed. The supply air to horns shall be
from general service air system. Sufficient number of filters and drains shall be
installed so as to ensure clean / dry air is provided for activation.
7.10.17 Automatic Weather Station
An automatic weather station shall be installed as per owner’s requirements.

8 SCIENTIFIC SYSTEMS
8.1 Scientific operations
The Coastal Research Vessels will be an advanced monohull research ships capable
of integrated, interdisciplinary, oceanographic coastal research in areas from
shallow coastal bays and estuaries. The vessel shall be capable of performing the
following tasks:
• Survey, sampling and data collection of air, surface, midwater and sea floor
parameters using modern scientific instrumentation.
• Launch, towing and recovery of scientific packages, both tethered and
autonomous in shallow waters.
• Handling, monitoring and testing of small remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) and
autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs) upto 500 meters.
• Deployment and recovery of coastal moorings.
• Deployment and recovery of free-floating instruments.
• Shipboard data processing and sample analyses in modern, well-equipped
scientific laboratories.
• Precise navigation, track line manoeuvring to support coastal operations.
8.2 Working Platform Deck.
The entire aft working deck shall be provided with wooden sheathing properly
fitted and made watertight as shown in preliminary GA. A stern working area shall
be provided with a minimum of 100 sqm. of clear space aft of the deck house.
Working deck areas shall be as clear as possible to accommodate large and heavy
temporary equipment. Bulwarks shall be removable on the starboard side in vicinity
of side frame and The deck should be able to be capable of installing and removing
gear such as winches, portable cranes , A or J Frames etc thereby providing flexible
configurations.. All the hatches in the stern working deck shall be flush type.
A clear foredeck area shall be provided to accommodate small, specialized towers,

booms and other sampling equipment. All working decks shall be equipped with
easily accessible power, fresh and seawater, air, data ports, and voice
communication systems. The arrangement shall provide for good visibility from the
aft control station of the working deck areas.
In each case the deck is to be thoroughly cleaned and degreased and shot blasted. It
is then to be hot metal sprayed with a suitable anti-corrosive material. The whole
area is to be protected from wind and rain during the process and the atmosphere
temperature controlled where necessary. The timber planks is to be a minimum of
65 mm thick and not more than 125mm wide and is to be of properly prepared
close grained hardwood, equivalent or better, well seasoned, free from sap, shakes,

warps and other defects and is to be reasonably free from knots. All wood is to be
impregnated with anti-pest and anti-rot composition. It is to be attached using
recessed deck studs, washers and nuts and the recesses filled with wood plugs glued
in place. The whole deck is to be sanded smooth on completion of the fitting and
before caulking. The timber is to be laid on a resilient waterproof sealing
compound and is to be caulked and sealed with a modern resilient caulking
compound. Deck timbers are to be laid under totally dry conditions. The timber
itself is to be maintained in a totally dry condition before laying.
The deck areas, and any cut-outs around deck attachments, are to be fitted with
steel coaming bars welded to the deck. Gutter ways are to be provided as necessary
particularly at the deck edges or space boundaries. The Aft Working Deck is to be
coated with a non-slip paint system and the area between the aft pedestals under the
aft ‘A’ frame is to be coated with an epoxy based resilient, impact resistant, deck
compound of minimum thickness 15mm. The wood to be used shall be Kambala
wood or equivalent suitable for marine use. The working decks are to be designed
with as much clear area as possible. Ventilators, air pipes, services, etc. are to be
built into and recessed into the bulwarks and superstructure boundaries where
appropriate. The deck shall be provided with a socket –grating system where
portable winches and other scientific equipment including containers may be fitted.
The clear working deck areas are to be fitted with a matrix bolting down system
with 500mm x 500mm spacing. The typical bolting point socket is to consist of a
50mm diameter round bar drilled and tapped with a blind hole of suitable depth to
take an M24 bolt. The round bar section is to be long enough to be integrated by
welding into suitable under deck structure. The socket is to be provided with a grub
screw for temporary closure when not in use. Its material is to be stainless steel and
is to have a screwdriver slot or hexagonal socket (Allan key). All screwed plugs to
be fitted using anti-seize compound. The primary loading of the bolting matrix is
shear parallel to the deck. ‘Pull out’ or compression loading is to be taken as 5
tonnes. The socket is to be arranged flush to the deck plating or the deck covering
(e.g. timber) where applicable.

8.3 Public Toilets
A public toilet with sink shall be located adjacent to the laboratories. A public toilet
with sink shall be provided in the vicinity of the wheelhouse.
8.4 Laboratories:
A suite of modern, well-equipped main laboratories including Dry lab, Wet lab,
chemistry lab and electronics lab of about 60 sq m shall be provided. The main
laboratories shall all be located adjacent to each other and the working deck level. It
is desirable that a sample storage room and a log room also be located adjacent to
the labs. Labs shall be arranged and designed to minimize their use as passageways.
Lab to be fabricated using uncontaminated and "clean" materials and Cabinetry

shall be high-grade laboratory quality (not metal) constructed to be maintained as
such.
Furnishings, door hatches, cable runs, and fittings shall be fitted as to ensure
maximum lab cleanliness during service.
Flexible lab configurations shall be aided by the use of bulkhead unistruts, deck
holddowns, and bench tops that can secure a surface of easily replaceable plywood
(that can be drilled and nailed into at will).
Lab shall be furnished with a separate air conditioning unit with AHU such that the
temperature is maintained at 21-23 Deg.C with 50% relative humidity, and 9-11 air
changes per hour. The unit shall have its compressor and condenser in the Engine
room and the AHU, if any located in the deck above Lab.
Lab shall be furnished with 110 v and 220 v AC. 6 Nos. 5 Amps and 15 Amps
sockets and 6 Nos 24 V DC sockets shall be provided. The power requirement for
the Lab is about 10 kW.
The lab shall be provided with sea water supply, fresh water supply and clean
compressed air supply, free of oil.
The lab shall be provided with atleast 8 revolving chairs.
A 230-Litre, twin door refrigerator with auto defrost facility shall be provided in
sample room as shown in GA Plan. A coffee table with overhead racks and an
electric hot water kettle shall be provided.
The Dry, wet and chemistry lab shall be equipped with equipment for scientific
analysis onboard (list of scientific equipment attached). The separate mounting
shall be provided for fixing the scientific equipment in labs so for maintenance.
Floating floors shall be provided in the lab area for acoustic comfort. The wall
mounted display units to be provided internal cabling.

The wet and chemistry lab area is to be provided with clean sea water (dedicated)
and fresh water supply, the sinks should be made of stainless steel and should be of
lab standards.
8.5 Unistruts
Galvanized steel channels, shall be provided and installed on 500mm centers,

running vertically on bulkheads and longitudinally in overheads in the following
compartments:
• Dry Lab
• Wet Lab
• Chemistry Lab
• Sample Stores
Channels shall be attached to the framing for, and shall be essentially flush with,
bulkhead sheathing and ceiling panels. On smooth, unsheathed bulkheads, channels
may be welded directly to bulkheads. The Unistrut shall be aligned with the bolt
sockets/grid in the decks. In the compartments with Unistrut, the ceilings shall be
installed flush with and intercostal to the Unistrut.
8.6 Aft Control Station:
An enclosed aft control station shall be provided to control and operate the
operations of working deck equipment. The Aft Control Station shall include
readouts of line out and station-in-control indication, and control transfer
acknowledgments along with speed, tension. Large winch status displays of line
speed, tension, and line out shall be provided near deployment locations and be
viewable to provide status information to personnel on deck. Displays shall be LED
or electroluminescent for night time viewing. Winch control and power system
design shall be integrated with other components of over-the-side handling systems
to maximize the safety and protection of equipment in heavy weather operation and
to maximize service life of installed wires & safety of personnel.
8.7 Container provision:
Provision shall be made for installation of one container as shown in the general
arrangement plan. The container shall house either flexible laboratory
configurations or equipment. Arrangements shall be made to provided power, water
and drains to the container. The container shall be installed with shoes, which shall
be fitted on to deck. The shoes shall be of removable type. Additional arrangements
for lashing the container shall be provided. The approximate electrical load for the
container shall be around 5Kw.

8.8 Uncontaminated Seawater Sea chest:
One vertically oriented uncontaminated sea chest in auxiliary machinery room in

the forward for uncontaminated sea water system. An uncontaminated seawater
system shall be installed to provide seawater to the science labs. System
components shall include two glass-filled epoxy pumps, PVC strainers, pipe
insulation (for temperature), and non-metallic ball valves and fittings. The pumps
shall maintain a flow rate of 9 cubic meter per hour and shall be resiliently
mounted. The system shall take suction from an independent scientific seachest
located up forward in the Bow Thruster Room. The scientific seachest shall be
constructed of stainless steel, Type 316L, and include a temperature sensor and de-
bubbler. Water from the uncontaminated seawater system shall be distributed to the
Wet Lab, and container locations. A thermosalinograph shall be fitted to the sea
water system in to the discharge of the pump, the display of the thermosalinograph
made available in the lab.
8.9 Removable Mast
A secondary lightweight and removable mast shall be provided on the foredeck.

The location of the secondary mast shall be in a region with clean airflow and little
disturbance from the vessel’s structure. The secondary mast shall be designed for
ease of service for installed scientific packages and instruments.
8.10 Uninterruptible Power System
In order to ensure stable power supply without fluctuation for lab spaces a separate
UPS shall be provided. The total power requirement for lab spaces including
container lab is about 15 KVA.
Uninterruptible power supplies (UPSs), with 15-minute capacities , shall be

provided and installed for the following systems:
• Closed Circuit TV System
• Winch Monitoring System
• Satellite Communications System
8.11 Science Wireways
Two (2) separate, dedicated cableways, one for short-term cable installations, and
one for permanent runs, shall be installed to serve scientific requirements. The
cableways shall be separated as far as practicable from main power cableways.
These cableways shall be steel or fiberglass, and of open construction, and be not
less than 150mm deep and 100mm wide. Provision for the easy installation and
removal of temporary cabling shall be made. Watertight multi-cable transits
(MCTs), shall be installed in fire-rated and/or watertight bulkheads and decks
serving the cableways. MCT sizes shall be determined by the Contractor, and
incorporate a 50% spare capacity.

The cableways shall interconnect science and instrumentation locations,

laboratories, container, electronic lab, working deck, drop keel, USBL, removable
mast, uncontaminated seawater intake location, winches, main mast, aft control
station, and pilothouse.
8.12 Science Drains
Science drains shall be kept separate from other drainage systems. Drains from
science sinks and lab deck drains shall combine to a point above the water line.
Provisions shall be installed to switch these drains from gravity draining to the
sewage tanks, or directly overboard. The science drain overboard shall be located
on the port side of the vessel. For receiving sink drains from the containers, drain
pipes with valves, caps and chains shall be installed at a suitable location near the
container. These drains shall combine with the other science drain system.
Container shall be provided with a 50mm diameter hose with a female end coupling
and lengths no longer than necessary to provide a sloped gravity drain from the
container. The hoses shall be stowed near the container.
8.13 Underwater sensors mounting:
a) Drop Keel
The underwater sensors shall be mounted in a location with minimum interference
from the bubbles generated by the bow and underwater hull shape. In order to
accomplish the same, it is envisaged that the sensors will be mounted in a drop
keel. The drop keel structure as shown in sketch 05 attached which shall be
mounted in the moonpool for drop keel. The drop keel shall be capable of mounting
three different underwater acoustic sensors depending on the scientific operation in
different slots. Moreover it shall be designed with provisions to remove and replace
the sensors without dry docking and from top of the drop keel. The sensors shall be
mounted in a cage which could itself be mounted in the recessed openings provided
for in the drop keel. The sensors should be capable of being removed with the drop
keel in the stowed position (drop keel bottom flush with keel). If necessary the
entire drop keel should be capable of being lifted off the ship without dry docking.
The locking arrangement of the drop keel in extracted and flushed position needs
operated from top at main deck level.
The drop keel and the moon pool shall be all steel welded construction and
strengthened with proper stiffeners and guides during lowering and lifting of the
drop keel structure. The cage structure within the drop keel shall be easily lifted and
lowering for replacement of sensors when required. The drop keel shall be
strengthened both transversely and longitudinally. Special attention shall be paid to
minimize the structural vibration during vessel movement. Additional strengthening
to be provided to the corners of the drop keel moonpool. All stiffening shall be
from inside, giving enough clearance for lowering and lifting. The drop keel
structure shall have adequate guides and locking arrangement to ensure that the
drop keel and the sensors are oriented in the same 3D orientation every time the

drop keel is lowered. The guides and locking arrangement should serve to minimize
vibration during operations.
The following sensors are envisaged to be used in the drop keel:

1. Shallow water Multi beam echo sounder
2. ADCP
3. Sub bottom profiler
b) USBL
An ultra short baseline USBL transceiver suitable for operating depths up to 600 m
is to be installed through a pole mounted system. The USBL transceiver to be
capable for being removed/for maintenance for replacement without dry-docking
the vessel for this purpose an isolating valve hydraulic or manual isolating valve to
be provided for isolate the tube form outside sea.
c) Single beam deep water echo sounder
A single beam scientific echo sounder with range upto 1000m water depth is to be
installed in a hull mounted configuration at a suitable location free from noise and
other interferences. If this single beam echo sounder is also used as a navigational
echo sounder as indicated in section 7.10.12, should confirm to IMO resolution
A.224(VII) as amended. With displays should be available in the Lab as well as on
the bridge.
d) For compatibility reasons and to have single point responsibility and operational
convenience, it is compulsory that the drop keel and associated sensors and control
system etc., shall be supplied by single manufacturer /OEM authorized agency.
8.14 Deck gear for Scientific Work
The following handling equipment shall be installed on the vessels.
1. One general purpose winch including wire rope

2. One Oceanographic winch including wire rope
3. A-Frame and its hydraulics
4. CTD winch, and wire rope
5. Common Hydraulic Power pack
6. Anti-pendulum J-Frame for CTD lowering
7. Side A frame
8. Two ship cranes
The Builder shall install the above equipment, which includes all foundations,
equipment fitment, piping and electrical systems, tests and trials and also includes
equipment handling and warehousing at the Builder’s yard. For commissioning &
Testing of the above items, the services of OEM Representatives should be

organised by the builder. For compatibility reasons and to have single point
responsibility and operational convenience, it is compulsory that the winches and
associated handling frames and control system etc., shall be supplied by winch
manufacturer /OEM authorized agency.
8.14.1 Deck Cranes
The vessel is to be equipped with 2 Nos. Marine Rated, articulated Electro-

hydraulic cranes with 360 degrees slewing mechanism as shown in the GA Plan.
The cranes shall be rated for a capacity of 2t @ 5m and having a working radius
of 5 meters. The cranes shall be capable of working according to ambient
conditions specified and in conditions of 5 Degrees heel and 2 Degrees trim of the
vessel. The Cranes should be capable of being used as overside cable fairleads for
towing scientific packages not exceeding 1 ton (such as Side Scan Sonar,
Magnetometer) at a speed not exceeding 4 knots at sea. For this purpose the crane
shall be provided with extra fail-safe braking system. The hydraulic power pack
shall be located within the crane pedestal. An open deck-operating platform shall
be located on the crane itself and shall offer maximum visibility and ease of
operation to the operator. The crane shall be provided with step less speed control
for all motions. The following safety cutouts to be incorporated:
1. Hoisting upper limit

2. Overload
3. Hydraulic Oil level
4. Hook Stop for top & Bottom Positions.
Adequate lighting arrangements shall be provided within the machinery space and
on the crane for Night operations.
Additional power sockets (220V) shall be provided within the machinery space
for operating power tools.
The crane in entirety shall be tested and certified by classification society and
according to Dock labor board rules.
8.14.2 A-Frame
The vessel shall be equipped with an A-Frame (Stern Gallows) as shown in the
General Arrangement Plan. The A-Frame shall be capable of operating under
conditions of 5Degrees Heel and 2 Degrees trim. The Maximum load the A-frame
shall be capable of lifting and operating is 5 Tons. The Speed of operation shall
not exceed 5minutes for 90 degrees at rated capacity.
The A-frame may be fabricated by the yards under license from an approved
equipment manufacturer.

The Other specifications are as follows:
Internal Width on deck: (About) 5 meters

Internal Height: (About) 6 meters
Rotation Angle: 45 degrees on either side.
Rotation Speed: About 5 Minutes for 90 Degrees with
Maximum load.
Mode of operation: Twin Hydraulic ram type Actuators.
Capacity: Capable of lifting and moving with a load of
5 tons.
Suitable Hydraulic power pack shall be provided.
The A-Frame shall be provided with a central hook point for a pulley sheave
block capable of carrying a load of 5 tons Load cell can be fixed. Two Side hook
points shall be provided for 3Tons capacity each.
Access ladder and platform shall be provided for personnel to reach and carryout
maintenance / changing of sheaves. Operation of A-Frame shall be arranged from
a local control stand with Joystick control. Adequate supports shall be provided
for resting in extreme positions. Arrangement for locking the A-frame at extreme
positions shall be incorporated. The control system shall be arranged in such a
way as to cut out the hydraulic fluid flow to the cylinders once the locking
mechanism is engaged. Visual Indication of locking shall be available at the
operator station.
Adequate lighting shall be provided on top of the A-Frame in order to ensure for
clear visibility outboard when operating during Nighttime.
The A-Frame in entirety shall be tested and certified by classification society and
according to Dock labor board rules.
8.14.3 CTD launching Frame: SWL 2 Tons
A simple Watts linkage or parallelogram frame such that the deployment and
retrieval of CTD/ Rosette is enabled as close as possible the waterline to avoid
oscillations. The capacity is about 2 tons SWL to suit the CTD winch system.
Refer to sketch 04.
8.14.4 Side Frame
The vessel shall be equipped with a side A-Frame as shown in the General
Arrangement Plan. The Maximum load the side-frame shall be capable of lifting
and operating is 2 Tons @ 2m outreach with clear vertical clearance of 3m.

8.14.5 Ocenaographic Winch
One Number Electro-hydraulic/ electrical oceanographic winch shall be installed

as shown in the general arrangement plan. The winch shall be capable of handling
a maximum live load of 1 tons on the uppermost layer. The drum shall be capable
of storing 1000meters of 6.2 mm (including PVC sheath) SS wire rope. Speed of
hauling at maximum load shall not exceed 15-20 meters / minute with level
winding system. Wire monitoring inputs shall be provided from the winch into the
laboratory panel. The winch shall be capable of achieving Fine speed control up
to 0.5 m/min. Winch shall be provided with Local controls. Fail-safe braking
mechanism shall be provided on the winch. Additionally Manual-braking system
shall also be provided.
8.14.6 Genral purpose Winch System
One Electro hydraulic / electrical general purpose single/double drum electrical

winch capable of handling 1500m of 11.7mm wire rope shall be installed on main
deck as shown in GA Plan. The winch shall be capable of handling a maximum
live load of 3 tons on the uppermost layer. The winch shall be capable of handling
met buoys, bottom samplers, biological dredges, plankton samplers and other
oceanographic instruments. Wire monitoring inputs shall be provided from the
winch into the laboratory panel. The speed of lowering and hauling shall be
limited to 10-15 meters/mi or as recommended by manufacturer. Level winding
system with grooved drum shall be incorporated into the winch. The winch shall
be provided with a local control station providing fine control of up to 0.5
meters/min.
8.14.7 CTD winch
One 1 ton Electro hydraulic / electrical winch capable of handling 1000m of

electro-magnetic cable of 8.2mm shall be installed on F’cl deck level as shown in
GA Plan. The winch shall be capable of handling maximum live load of 1 tons on
the uppermost layer.The winch shall be capable of handling Nansen type water
samplers, Niskin sampling bottles and rosette, bottom samplers, plankton
samplers and other oceanographic instruments. Wire monitoring inputs shall be
provided from the winch into the aft control station and laboratory panel. The
speed of lowering and hauling shall be limited to 15 to 20 meters/min or as
recommended by manufacturer. The winch shall be provided with fine control of
up to 0.5 meters/min. Winches shall be provided with slip rings and be connected
to the winch wire and the vessel’s power and data network. Power for slip rings
shall be provided from the scientific conditioned power system as required. Level
winding for wire rope.

8.15.8 Hydraulic Power Pack
The A-frame, CTD side telescopic boom and Other frames as applicable shall be
operated with a common Hydraulic Power pack located in the Engine room. The
power pack shall have two hydraulic pumps of adequate capacity. Each pump
shall be capable of ensuring efficient operation of winch and frames. The pumps
for the power pack shall be submerged types in a tank having adequate capacity
for the above operations. Adequate arrangements shall be provided for relieving
the system of excessive pressures. The tank shall be fitted with a low-level alarm
and a level-measuring device in accordance with the manufacturer
recommendations. Fine filters (magnetic type) shall be fitted in the return line to
the tank. A seawater cooled oil cooler of adequate capacity shall be incorporated
in the circuit as per manufacturer recommendations. Hydraulic pipes and fittings
shall be of robust type and shall be adequately protected against vibration effects.
8.15 Closed circuit television system (cctv)
A closed circuit television system shall be provided. All cameras shall have remote
pan-tilt-zoom controls. The location of all cameras shall be approved by the Owner.
Monitors and control stations shall be located at the aft control station, Wheelhouse
and Electronics lab. The system shall be equipped with channel selection, multiple
channel viewing and view identification capability. The system shall have
continuous-loop, 1 hour, DVR recording capability. The surveillance monitors shall
be 17" flat screen, LCDs with up to ten screen display, or any camera single image
display capability. The signal feed from the science system shall also output to the
audio/video network. Cameras shall be located to view science working spaces and
weather decks. Additionally cameras shall be placed to monitor machinery spaces
and vessel access points. Approximately 10 cameras are required. The monitors
shall be placed in the wheel house, ECR, aft control station, labs, officers mess
room and senior scientist cabins.
8.16 LAN
A modern and expandable data/audio/video network shall be provided for spaces

on the vessel including labs, deck areas, container, scientific instrument locations,
bridge, mast, common areas and scientist cabins. The servers for storage and data
management shall be located in a 19 inch rack to be provided for in the electronic
lab. An appropriate scientific data management software to be supplied, which will
enable recording of data from all scientific instrument and video from cctv system.
The ships data such as position, heading, speed, time and data from AWS should be
capable of being recorded automatically in the system. The network capable should
be at least CAT 6 and all cable and connections should to be clearly labelled using
standard IT industry protocol.

Recommended Makes of Scientific Equipment (Per Ship set)

S Item Description Recommended Preferred Location
No. manufacturers
HMG India, Apna
BOD Incubator
Scientific suppliers, Dry Lab
1. (Bio-Chemical Oxygen
Chennai, Naren
Demand)
Instruments , Chennai.
Biotechnics India, H.L
Scientific Industries, Dry Lab
Ambala, Apna Scientific
2. Oven
suppliers, Chennai,
Manidharma biotech,
Chennai
Millipore, Merit
3. Milli Q Enterprises, Chennai, Chemistry lab
Servell Engineers, Chennai
Refrigerators-2nos Comet, Bluestar, Voltas,

4. Sample Room
(-15 0C) Labline
Freezers– 2nos Labfreez instruments,

5. Sample Room
(-80 0C) Bluestar, Voltas, Labline
Double beam UV- visible Nanodrop, Shimadzu,

6. Dry Lab
spectrophotometer systronics Chennai,
Zoom stereo Microscope Make: Leica, Lab India

Instruments Pvt Ltd, Dry Lab
Chennai / Radical
7.
Instruments, Ambala /
M/S. Towa Optics (India)
Pvt Ltd, Chennai.
8. Auto salinometer Guideline Chemistry lab
9. Thermosalinograph Sea Bird, USA

Wet lab
RO-BIOS , Germany /
10. Gravity corer 3m length Norinco, Chennai / KC Deck/Store
Denmark,

S Item Description Recommended Preferred Location

No. manufacturers
Motion reference Unit IXSEA OCTANS/ To suit Multi beam
11. Kongsberg maritime system
Sonardyne / Dry Lab/Below

12. USBL iXBLUE / main Deck
Kongsberg maritime accomodation
Sediment sampler(VAN VEEN HYDRO-BIOS , Working deck

Grab) 25 kg 1 no, 15 kg 1no Germany / Norinco,
13.
Chennai / KC
Denmark
Multibeam echo sounder upto Reson, Denmark /
14. 1000m depth with sound Kongsberg /R2Sonic, Drop Keel
velocity profiler USA,
VAISALA / OREGON
15. Automatic weather station Mast
/ Rainwise / young
Scientific winches & handling Interocean, Odim,

16. Deck
system MacArtney
Sea Bird, USA / RBR Wet lab

17. CTD
CTD,
Ketan / LIFE
18. Auto Clave STERIWARE / Chemistry lab
Biotechnologies
19. Centi fuge REMI

Wet Lab
Portable nutrient analyzer Thermofisher Wet Lab
20. Scientific / Satlantic
/ABB/ Clean Grow
21. Underway data logging Oceanscience Electronics Lab
Single beam echo sounder Kongsberg maritime / Hull mounted

22. KNUDSEN
/Sonartronic

S No. Item Description Recommended Preferred Location

manufacturers
Niskin Water Samplers (5 General Oceanic, Wet Lab
ltrs) with go devil USA / HYDRO-
23.
messengers 10 Nos. BIOS , Germany /
Norinco, Chennai
Zooplankton net with Aishwarya Deck
flowmeter Engineering,
Chennai / HYDRO-
24.
BIOS , Germany /
General Oceanic,
USA
Dosimate –Auto dispensing Metrohm, Chennai / Wet Lab
unit Mettler-Toledo India
25. (P) Ltd Chennai/
KyoTo Electronics,
Japan.
Millipore, Thomas Wet Lab
26. Vaccum pump with Scientific USA,
filtration unit – 2nos. Rocker Scientific Co,
Taiwan.
Note: For compatibility reasons and to have single point responsibility and to avoid
interface issues, it is compulsory that all above scientific equipments (except owners
supply items), shall be supplied by a single source for example any one of the major
scientific equipment manufacturer.
Detailed specifications of scientific equipment to be supplied, installed by the

builder is included in ANNEXURE-IV.

Buyer’s Supply Items:

S No. Item Description Recommended Preferred Location
manufacturers
Bacteriological
1. Incubator (Buyer’s Biotechnics India Dry Lab
Supply)
Biotechnics India,
Laminar Flow (Buyer’s Manidharma biotech, Dry Lab
2 Chennai, ELS
Supply)
Insatruments,
Bangalore.,
UV Cabinet (Buyer’s
3 Biotechnics India
Supply) Dry Lab
Fume Hood Explosion
4 Labconco USA
proof (Buyer’s Supply) Wet Lab
Texture
5 Analyzer(Buyer’s Texture Analysis Wet lab
Supply)
Auto analyser (Buyer’s
6 Skalar
Supply) Chemistry lab
Carbon dioxide analyser
7 LI-COR
(Buyer’s Supply) Dry lab
Ultrasonic Scientific
8 Anemometer (Buyer’s METEK Germany Mast
Supply)
Multiple corer (Buyer’s OSIL, Hydrobios,
9
Supply) Germany Deck/Store
10 ADCP (Buyer’s Supply) Teledyne

Drop Keel
Sub Bottom
11 Kongsberg, Innomar
Profiler(Buyer’s Supply) Drop Keel

Technical Specification Rev 5.0 SCH V /134
9. AUTOMATION AND INSTRUMENTATION
9.1 General
The automation and instrumentation shall be provided so as to satisfy the requirements

of the Class, statutory authorities and to that of the specifications. The alarms and
indications shall comply with the requirements of IMO resolution A.26 (1021) 2009 as
amended.
The control console of main engine, auxiliaries and the main switchboard shall be
installed in the engine control room. An integrated bridge console shall incorporate all
the consoles and functions required for safe and efficient operation.
The instrument gauges and alarms shall be arranged in good order for safe operation and
easy maintenance.
Automatic controllers and control valves shall be provided on principal system for safe
operation and maintenance.
All alarm signals shall activate suitable audible alarms throughout the engine room and
in the Navigation Bridge as required.
The final list of all equipment and instrument shall be submitted to the owner.
Peak pressure indicators for main engine and auxiliary engines shall be provided.
9.2 Instruments
All instruments shall be of suitable construction for their maximum operating value and
shall be of graduated in metric units.
Temperature and pressure sensors for remote reading and supervision shall be of
analogue type.
Thermometers and temperature sensors for monitoring of fluid temperature shall be

equipped with pockets of suitable materials.
Local pressure gauges shall be of the Bourdon type with body material as per
manufacturer’s standard. Local temperature gauges shall be of thermometer type with
suitable fluid as per manufacturers standard.
9.3 Main Engine Control
The main engine remote control system shall be of pneumatic/electronic type. The air
supply to the control system shall be from the general service air. A system of filters
and dryers shall be installed in the circuit so as to ensure clean air is fed to the control
system. The starting and stopping control of the main engine shall be provided in the
local control panel. Control levers mounted in the local control panel and the
wheelhouse shall control the reversing and pneumatic speed setting of the main engine.
Emergency stops and turning and shaft stopper interlock shall be provided for protection
and safety device.

Automatic control of engine revolution shall be achieved by suitable Governing system.
9.3.1 Local control
A simple emergency control lever and limit switch for indication of manual control
shall be provided on the local control desk, with which the engine can be controlled
locally in case the remote control system has failed.
The machinery instruments, gauges, main engine revolution counter and sound powered
telephone shall be provided near the local control desk, maneuvering stand including
engine telegraph.
9.3.2 Remote control
All necessary levers, push buttons and indicators shall be provided for the remote
operation of the main engines from the wheelhouse.
9.4 Protection and Safety Devices
9.4.1 Emergency trip
Main engine shall automatically stop under emergency stop conditions as specified by the
rules and the engine manufacturer. In general, all the protection and safety devices shall be
provided as per rules.
Reset of emergency trip shall not be possible, even if the emergency stop conditions
have been recovered to normal, unless the control lever has been placed at the stop
position.
A manual emergency trip switch with protection cover shall be provided for each main
engine in the engine room control console, in wheelhouse and at engine size.
9.4.2 Turning interlock
While the turning gear is engaged or shaft stopper is engaged, it shall not be possible to
start the engines. It shall be possible to start the engines only with the gearbox
disengaged. Visual indication showing the same shall be provided in the Local control
panel and Bridge.
9.4.3 Critical speed protection
Automatic quick passing program shall be applied over the critical revolution zone, if
any, as per engine maker’s standards.
Automatic slow down of main engine shall be provided according to main engine
maker’s standards.

9.5 Electric Generating plant
9.5.1 Diesel Generator
The main Diesel Generator set shall be operable in parallel with each other. A
preferential trip system shall be installed to cut out non essential loads incase of
overloading of the main bus bar.
In case of overloading, the preference trip system shall be initiated automatically.
However when the load is brought under control, starting of the tripped systems shall be
by manual means.
Synchroscope and synchronizing lamps shall be provided for paralleling of alternators.
The load sharing shall be available by means of governor control switches. The stopping
of any generator shall be through stop switch.
An automatic load sharing control system shall be provided so as to ensure that the
generators share the load proportionally at rated frequency at rated output.
Conditions for automatic shutdown of the generator engine shall be as per rules and as
recommended by the engine maker.
9.6 Instrumentation
9.6.1 Engine Telegraphs
Two sets of electric synchronous type, telegraph system shall be provided and shall
consist of:
2 - Transmitters with receiver, buzzer, to the wheel house

2 – Transmitters and Receivers with gong on main engine side.
The engine telegraphs shall have following divisions.
Ahead - Full
- Half
- Slow
- Dead slow
- Stand-by
- Finished with engine
- Stop
Astern - Dead slow
- Slow
- Half
- Full

9.6.2 Main Engine Revolution Indicators
Two sets of main engine revolution indicating system shall be provided and installed in
the following locations:
- Two transmitters at suitable locations in the engine room console according to

the Main Engine maker’s standard.
- Two indicators of surface type with an illumination light and a dimmer switch
on the navigation console.
- One indicator of mechanical type at each main engine operating side.
- Shaft rpm indicators shall also be provided at local and Bridge Consoles.
9.6.3 Rudder Angle Indicators
Two sets of rudder angle indicator system of self-synchronous type shall be provided.
Two drip proof transmitters connected to the rudderstocks by levers shall be fitted in the
steering gear compartment.
In addition the following shall be provided:
- One panoramic type indicator on wheelhouse ceiling shall be installed with

separate dimmer on wheelhouse console.
- One Flush type indicator in engine room control console.
- One wall mounting type indicator, watertight type, in the steering gear room.
9.7 Remote Indication
9.7.1 General
Remote indication of pressure, temperature and rpm in engine control room shall be
continuous/demand display by gauges, and / or alarm panels.
Analogue indications shall be provided on engine room control console for essential
measurements. All essential measurements shall be provided with dual indications. One
set shall be from the alarm and cut out device and other direct measuring device shall be
provided.
Transmitters shall be used for alarm monitoring system.
9.7.2 Fire Detection System
A fire detection system shall be fitted in the engine room / Aux. Machinery room and
accommodation spaces as required by rules.
Manual call points shall be provided as per rules.

The fire detection system shall be capable of being tested. The audible fire alarm for the
engine room shall be distinguished from all other alarms.
Main fire alarm indicator panels shall be installed in the wheelhouse.
A Fire control station shall be established and equipped in accordance with the rules
including the following:
- Quick closing valve shut-off

- Fire pump start/stop push button.
- Automatic telephone
- Fire alarm repeater panel
- Fire main line pressure indicator
- Oil handling system shut-off
- Emergency stop switch box
- Telephone (Sound powered)
- Ventilation shut off
Electrical equipment for fire detection system shall be connected to main and
emergency source of power.
9.7.3 Monitoring and Alarm System for Machinery Space
An alarm monitoring system for the machinery space shall be provided in accordance
with rules and according to the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Alarm
blocking and time – delay of channels shall be provided where necessary to avoid false
alarms.
All necessary alarms and indicating lights shall be displayed in engine room alarm
monitoring panel.
Final list of alarm points to be provided along with the instrumentation system shall be
submitted to the owners for approval.
9.8 Bridge Equipment
Wheelhouse console, GMDSS and Chart table console shall be provided in the
wheelhouse. The following equipment/controls shall be installed.
- GPS
- Steering controls and rudder angle indicator
- VHF unit and other communication equipment as per rules
- Remote alarm panel for engine room alarms
- Navigational, search lights and deck lights controls
- Loud hailer
- Air horn control
- Echo sounder and speed log

- Window wiper control

- Sound powered telephone
- Main engine control
- Main engine load indicator
- Public address system
- Auto telephone system
- Walkie-talkie stands (for 2 sets)
- Radar display unit
- Engine and propeller rpm indicators
- Bow thruster on/off & pitch indicator
- Bow thruster Steering control & Thrust direction indicating
devices
- Talk back system control panel
- Water tight sliding door controls and indicators
- Fire pump control
- Fire door release push button
- Fire alarm switch
- Tank level indicators
- Other measuring instrument panel
- Master switch for general alarm.
- Emergency stop switch for accommodation fans.
- Dimmer switches for instrument lights.
- Telegraphs.
- Helmsman Light Switch.
- Aldis Lamp socket.
- ME Sub-telegraph Panel.
- Digital depth indicator with depth alarm.
- Electric clock
- Clinometer.
- R.A. Indicator panoramic type, gyro repeater.
- GMDSS
- Course recorder.
- Anemometer (wind direction and speed).
- Common battery telephone
- Time signaling speaker.
- Additional GPS receiver near chart table
- Wall Clock.
- Distance indicator
- Table lamp for chart table with dimmer.

10.1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCOMMODATION & PIPING
10.1.1 INTENT
This specification defines the minimum quality requirements for the material,
fittings and equipment used in the accommodation areas, public spaces and utility
spaces of the Coastal Research Vessel for National Institute of Ocean technology,
Chennai. This specification covers furniture and furnishings, Doors and fittings,
Side scuttles, windows, Clear view screens & window wipers, Walls, Ceiling and
flooring, Galley and Laundry equipment, Toilets and fittings, Electrical fittings,
FFA and LSA appliances used inside accommodation spaces and for piping in
general.
Makes and standards of equivalent quality may be provided with Owner’s/

representatives approval.
10.2 GENERAL
The manufacturing and testing of the material shall comply latest class &
statutory rule requirements where applicable to this type vessel & shall be
approved by Class and Statutory Authorities (indicated as ‘Approved Type’).
Material of other than stated in this specification shall be used with Owner’s
approval.
The builder shall ensure that the material is safe and suitable for marine use and
without any damage during construction and incase of any damage, the same shall
be rectified/ replaced to the owners satisfaction at no extra cost.
All material shall be of international standard, highest quality, free from all
manufacturing and material defects and best in finish. The final selection shall be
by the owner.
The materials offered shall be complete in all respects as to their function and
performance to the satisfaction of the Owner.
The owner shall approve samples prior to installation. The final material delivered
shall match the approved samples.
The following documents pertaining to the above material/equipment in English

shall be supplied, where applicable, at the time of the Delivery of the Vessel.
(i) Installation/instruction manuals with drawing shall be furnished in

2 sets.
(ii) Test and inspection certificates from class and statutory authorities
as applicable.
(iii) Guarantee certificates.
(iv) Manufacturer’s certificates.
All tools required for erection/installation, operation and maintenance as

applicable shall be supplied at the time of delivery.
The specification shall comply in general to the International Ships Suppliers

Association (ISSA) ship stores catalogue.
10.3 FURNITURE, FURNISHINGS AND UPHOLSTERY
1. The size and quantity of all furniture shall be as per the detailed accommodation
layout drawings approved by the statutory authorities / Owner apart from meeting
their functional requirements. The detailed drawings of the furniture, indicating
dimensions and material of construction shall be submitted by the Builder to Owners
for approval.
2. The furniture, furnishings & upholstery shall comply with the applicable rules and
regulations and test certificates from Statutory authority (National authority) shall be
supplied where applicable.
3. The materials of the furniture shall be fire retardant, light, strong and should be able
to be cleaned easily and of good quality.
4. The wooden furniture used shall be free from defects, knot and cracks and shall be
well seasoned. Furniture and fittings shall be of substantial construction and shall be
in harmony with the decorative treatment of the space.
5. Stainless Steel furniture shall be mat polished.
6. Steel furniture shall have baked enamel paint finish. Prior approval should be taken
from the Owner on colour scheme booklets. In general, steel furniture shall comply,
the quality requirements of Indian standards for Iron and Steel Products.
7. The furniture shall be supplied with the identification number of the room/space,
where it is located.
8. The fixing arrangement of furniture to the wall, deck and or ceiling shall be as per
Builders’ standard practice and subject to Owner’s prior approval. Furniture and
heavy items, which are mounted on joiner bulkheads to be secured properly to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
9. All cupboards, drawers, lockers etc., shall be fitted with locks and 2 keys with
identification tags having cabin number and position number.
10. Laboratory standard furniture shall be fitted in the lab. The furniture comprises of
tables with drawers and lockers, cabinets hanging from the ceiling and revolving
chairs.

11. Polish (clear lacquer) wherever applied shall not produce excessive quantities of
smoke and toxic products.
12. All upholstery shall be of good quality.
13. The selection colours for the fabric and vinyl covers shall be from the samples
furnished by the Builder.
14. Beds shall be fitted with leeboards or lee rails and suitable means for separation shall
be provided for beds arranged side by side.
15. Revolving armchairs, Armchairs, and Pilot chair shall be stuffed with polyurethane
foam with vinyl cover according to the decor of the room and shall be of excellent
quality. Easy chairs shall be provided with vinyl cover on polyurethane foam.
16. Handrails may also be of strong, rigid, safe and lightweight metal construction
approved by the Owner.
17. All furniture shall be supplied with necessary stiffening and hooks for holding down
devices wherever required for chairs and fittings. Suitable fittings made of polished
brass or brass chrome plated shall be provided on the floor for connecting the hooks
of chairs etc.
18. Wardrobes shall be fitted with approved types of hanger space, shoe rack, tie rails,
full length mirror, drawers etc. with stowage space for life jackets on top.
19. Wall to wall carpets shall be provided in the living quarters of Captain, Chief
Engineer, Senior Scientists & officers. Loose carpet runners shall be provided near
the bed in other cabins. A portable heavy-duty vacuum cleaner shall be provided for
cleaning.
20. Full-length curtain shall be provided on bedroom areas for captain, Chief engineer
and senior scientist cabins. Beds in Senior officer’s and double bunk cabins shall be
provided with curtains of approved quality and sufficient size to cover the bed
completely.
21. Curtains shall be provided for windows and scuttles in accommodation spaces,
recreation rooms, lounges and mess rooms.
22. Windows in the front wall of superstructure and window around chart space shall be
covered with black window curtain. Curtains shall be put on public and private
shower rooms.
Bed sheets shall be of about 137cm x 230cm (single bed), and 224cm x 275cm
(double bed). Approximate pillow size shall be 50cm x 75cm and blankets shall
be of 150cm x 230cm. Tablecloth shall be suitable for the size of the table and

table napkins shall be of 50cm x 50cm. The approximate sizes of bath towels shall
be 75cm x 150cm.
The following documents shall be supplied:
1. Dimensional drawings with material list and foundation detail drawings.

2. Assembly and installation procedures and method of applying polish /
paint / other coatings at damaged places.
3. Manufacturer’s works certificate for all items.
4. Certificates as per IMS Rules / SOLAS for flammability, toxicity etc.
The following samples shall be supplied for Owner’s approval:
1. Samples of material used for mattresses, cushions, backrest, upholstery,

furniture, other hardware and fittings used in making furniture.
2. Samples of different colours and quality of Vinyl covers and fabrics used
for furniture, loose covers and curtains etc.
3. Samples of handrails shall be provided for approval.
23. Furniture for Officers and Scientists shall be decently decorated and all the pipe
pedestals shall be boxed with wood with good finish. Framed paintings shall be
provided in day and bedrooms.
24. Furniture for Officers’ and Crew mess, recreation rooms, entrance lounge etc
shall be decently decorated and shall be designed to suit the general décor of the
space. All pipe pedestals and structural projections shall be covered / boxed up
with wood or chrome plated anodized metal sheets as appropriate and approved
by the owner.
25. Walls shall be decorated with large size framed paintings.
26. Polished brass or brass chrome plated hardware or equivalent shall be used
throughout in the accommodation areas.
10.4 DOORS
10.4.1 Weather tight steel doors
A Class steel doors, B/C-class doors and wooden sliding doors, etc., shall comply
with the latest Rules and Regulations as applicable to the vessel and as indicated
in the specification. The doors shall be fitted according to the approved door plan.
One set of approved drawing and certificates shall be supplied by the builder to
owners.
Finishing of the surface of the door shall be similar to the wall to which the door
is fitted. Door hooks, locks, handles and door cushions shall be provided to all
doors. All door handles shall be of lever type and shall have mortise lock with
master key system. Rain shades shall be provided to doors facing to weather
without having overhanging deck above. The quality and finishing of all fittings
shall be of approved type.
10.4.2 Weather tight / Non-weather tight steel doors.
Number of clips on the weather tight and non-weather tight doors shall be limited
to minimum required as per National Authority, ISO or other international
standards.
Steel Doors shall have heavy hinges, which are strong enough to withstand the
weight of the doors. The hinge pin and door locking handle pins shall be made of
Stainless Steel (SUS 304) and shall be equipped with grease nipples for
lubrication.
Dogs shall have SUS 304 pins with bronze bush and grease nipple.
Clip handles shall stand at right angles to the frame when the door is closed. All
the handle movements shall be limited by spring washers. Open/Shut markings
shall be provided for the Door Handles.
Door hooks shall be provided.
Steel doors shall be provided with pad lock arrangement for locking.
Magnetic catches shall be provided for A-Class doors, staircase doors etc., in
accordance with the rules as applicable and shall be remotely released from
wheelhouse.
10.4.3 B & C Class doors, Wooden Doors, Sanitary Doors, Mosquito doors
Following shall be provided, for B & C class doors, Wooden Doors, Sanitary
Doors, Mosquito doors etc.
1. Door catcher and self-closing device and other fittings shall be provided.
The speed of the door closer shall be regulated as to avoid injury to
persons.
2. Door cushion shall be fitted to frame where necessary.
3. Night Latch (Thumb turn) shall be provided for all cabins.
4. Doors to public toilets shall be fitted with open-close indicator bolts.
5. Number/name plate shall be fitted above all the doors as per the list of
doors.

6. All door handles shall be of lever type fitted with lock or latch as
appropriate.
7. Master key system for the doors shall be as per the list indicated in the
drawing.
8. All keys in sets of ( 2+ no. of persons living in that room, i.e. 2+2 if it is
a room for 2 persons, 4+2 if it is a room for 4 persons) shall be provided
with nametag bearing cabin number.
9. Spare fittings shall be as indicated in the approved door plan.
10. All B-class door levers shall be finished with decorative laminate on
both sides. The doorframe shall be enameled of a stove paint with low
flame spread quality paint to match to the laminate colour of the door
leaf. Door frame and counter frame of B-class doors shall be suitable for
21mm partition panels.
10.4.4 Painting & Protective coatings
All A-class door leaves shall be painted with approved colour scheme. Satin
finish or other finish as approved by the owner shall be provided with low flame
spread-quality paint.
Doorframe shall be painted of primer Zinc epoxy. All weather-tight steel doors
shall be painted of primer Zinc epoxy.
All the wooden doors, mosquito doors, external and internal doors shall be
finished with “Lacquer” polish.
Light metal doors shall be with zinc epoxy for corrosion protection.
Sanitary screen doors shall be made of panels suitable for that purpose, with
approved laminate. The colour of the laminate shall be the same as that of the B-
class door laminates.
Mosquito doors shall be fitted with stainless steel mesh.
All wooden doors and frames shall be made out of well-seasoned Oak / Teak.
General colour of the doors / Frames should match with the overall colour scheme
approved by the owners for the surrounding spaces.
10.5 SIDE SCUTTLES, WINDOWS AND CLEAR VIEW SCREEN
10.5.1 Side scuttles

The side scuttles shall be in conformity with ISO or equivalent standards and
specification. All the side scuttles shall be of weld on type with brass glass holder.
The material for main frame, dead light and lugs shall be of steel. The hinge pins
shall be of stainless steel. The channel rubber for glass, where used, shall be of
neoprene rubber and gaskets shall be synthetic rubber resistant to seawater and
ozone with hardness of 40 + or – 5 IRHD.
The scuttles shall be provided as per the approved windows and scuttles plan.
Hardware shall be of chromium plated brass, or stainless steel and the glass panes
for the scuttles and skylights shall be of toughened safety glass of approved
thickness.
Spares and tools shall be supplied as follows:
Rubber gaskets and channel rubber shall be provided at the rate of about 10% of
the total quantity required per item.
3 Nos. glass panes for each size.
Tools:
Spanners to operate the swing nuts and fastening rig of side scuttles 3 each for
each type / size for each deck.
10.5.2 Windows
The windows shall be in conformity with ISO or equivalent standards /

specification. Windows shall be arranged as per the approved windows and
scuttles plan.
The window shall be either weld on type or bolted type as described below and
shall have brass glass holders.
The material for main frame of weld on type window shall be steel and the glass
holder shall be of brass.
The bolted type windows shall have Brass main frame. The hinge pins shall be of
stainless steel.
The channel rubber for glass shall be of neoprene rubber and gaskets shall be of
synthetic rubber resistant to seawater and ozone with hardness of 40 + or – 5
IRHD.
For bolted type windows, Brass securing bolt with nut and washer and nylon
conical washer shall be supplied (with 10% extra). Bolt holes shall be drilled on
the main frame to suit the securing bolts. 3 mm thick neoprene rubber gaskets
shall be cut properly to the shape of windows main frame flange. Glass retaining
ring screw shall not be spaced more than 75 mm and pitch of fixing bolt shall be
not more than 100mm. Retaining hook shall be provided for all openable
windows.
For weld on type windows, the main frame shall be M.S with brass glass holder.
The glass shall be toughened glass with thickness as indicated in the approved
drawing.
The windows shall be either openable outside Left Hand / Right Hand or fixed
type as indicated in the approved drawing. Spanner sets shall be supplied as
required.
A-class windows (Where required) :
A- class windows of size as indicated in relevant drawing shall be weld on type

with Zinc Coated Steel main frame and brass glass holder with monolithic fire
retarding glass of class A. Thickness of glass shall be 15 mm or as indicated in
the approved drawings.
The openable windows, if provided in passenger spaces, shall be provided with 3

bow handle type and one cone type nut which shall be opened by special spanner
by crew. 3 Nos such spanners shall be supplied along with windows.
The windows shall be approved by National statutory authorities for A-type in

compliance with the requirements of SOLAS and certificate of approval shall be
submitted.
Windows with clear view screen:
350mm dia, clear view screen shall be provided for the windows as per approved
drawing. Bolted type all brass marine fixed windows with 15mm thick toughened
glass shall be provided. The clear view screen shall be provided with de-icing
heater and the driving motor shall be provided with Radio interference suppressor
and suitable for ships supply of 220V, 50Hz frequency. Where indicated, in the
approved drawing, the above shall be provided with detachable sunscreen.
Manufacturer’s recommended spares and other accessories shall be supplied. The

centre of the Clear View Screen hole shall be on the vertical central line of the
window. The diameter of the opening shall be suitable for clear view screen
selected.
Spares:
a) Two sets of spare glasses for each size of cabin windows and one set of spare
glasses for each size of wheel house windows.

b) Rubber gasket of same shape & size to replace the existing gasket. The total
quantity shall be specified at the time of approval of drawing by the Owners.
c) Brass securing bolt with nut and washers for windows of bolt on type.
d) The above shall be supplied at the time of delivery.
10.5.3 Window wipers
Electrically operated marine window wipers with suitable stroke, with control box
for wiper control, horizontal sweeping, variable speed, single blade, fitted with
de-icing heater shall be supplied to suit the windows of size as per the drawing.
The driving motor of the wiper shall be provided with Radio interference
suppresser and suitable for work on ships supply of 220 V, 50 HZ frequency.
Manufacturers recommended spares and accessories shall be supplied.
10.6 WALLS, CEILING AND FLOORING
10.6.1 Wall paneling & Lining panels
The materials used for partitions and lining panels shall confirm the latest rules
and regulations as applicable for this vessel & indicated in the contract technical
specification. Copies of test certificates shall be furnished.
The B-15 Class wall panels shall have calcium silicate core of approved thickness
and bonded with approved marine grade decorative laminate on both sides. The
finished panel thickness shall be as indicated in Type Approval certificate.
The B- Class lining panels shall have calcium silicate core of approved thickness
and bonded on one side with compensatory and other side with approved marine
grade decorative laminate. The finished thickness of panel shall be as indicated in
the type approval certificate.
The panels shall have decorative laminate. The colour & Design of the laminate
shall be approved by owners.
Appropriate joining sections and joints, U-channels etc shall be used and finish
shall be to the owners satisfaction. Joining metallic sections if any shall be
covered with approved PVC cover stripes of matching colour.
Steel pillars and structural projections in cabin class public rooms shall be
concealed with matching B-class panels or teakwood in a decently decorated
manner.

10.6.2 Ceiling panels
The materials used for ceiling panels shall conform to the latest rules and
regulations as applicable for this vessel & indicated in the contract technical
specification. Copies of test certificates shall be furnished.
Ceiling panels shall be of soft-core type with 0.5 mm thick steel sheet coated with
lacquer paint and 15mm thick mineral wool lining. The panels shall be removable
type to give access for maintenance.
The colour of ceiling panels shall be to suit the décor of the space and to the
satisfaction of owners.
0.5 mm thick stainless steel panels shall be used in galley and pantries and
0.5 mm thick G.I sheet shall be used in storerooms.
Ceiling panels in the wheelhouse shall be non-reflective / anti-glare type.
10.6.3 Flooring material
Flooring and flooring material shall confirm to the latest rules and regulations as
applicable for this vessel & indicated in the contract technical specification. Class
and statuary authorities approved vinyl sheet of 2 mm thick or equivalent shall be
provided as surface finish on floor compound.
Leveling of the deck shall be carried out in all cabins, mess rooms, passages and
wheel house independently prior applying the underlay. Flooring in toilets, galley,
laundry and provision stores shall have slope for drainage of water. Flooring
compound shall be lightweight, approved type for use in living spaces and shall
have an average thickness of 8mm or as approved by the authorities.
The builder shall submit Flooring drawing indicating;
a) Preparation of steel deck surface with flooring scheme

b) Leveling compound if any required
c) Unit weight per sq. meter, for owner’s approval.
Where required, A – 60 Class approved type, floating floor for laying on steel
deck shall be provided. Approved type lightweight flooring compound, vinyl
sheet, glue etc. shall be applied. Floating floor insulation material shall be
extended from steel to steel boundaries and shall ensure continuity of fire class
insulation.
Approved, tufted loop pile carpet of suitable size shall be provided for wall to
wall carpeting in Captain, Chief Engineer, Chief Scientist, Senior officers cabins
and Scientist’s office. Carpet runners of suitable size shall be used.

The floor of laboratory shall be covered with a plastic coating and float on a
cushion of stone wool so that it is isolated from vibrations. The floor shall have a
grid of screws for fastening of any equipment, chairs etc.
Cemented underlay for use in wet spaces (wet lab, toilet, galleys, pantries &
laundries) as base layer of approved thickness shall be provided.
Non-skid ceramic tiles of suitable size or equivalent for laying over the above
flooring shall be provided. Slope shall be maintained toward scuppers. Skirting
tiles of same material shall be used on walls / coaming. Care shall be taken to
avoid any air gaps in the flooring.
Polysulphide sealing compound shall be used for applying at wall and skirting
joint.
Glazed skirting tiles with adhesive and grout shall be provided. The colour of the
grout shall be same as the colour of tiles.
PVC grating shall be used in shower spaces.
Anodized aluminium alloys shall be used for fixing on stairs, steps etc.
An anti skid paint shall be applied on steel deck used in airing spaces on boat
deck.
10.6.4 GALLEY & LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT
10.6.5 General
The equipment shall be best in quality, compact in size and light in weight and as
per marine standards.
A list of reputed makes/models shall be submitted to owner for approval. The

actual equipment list and quantity shall be as per final drawings approved by the
owner.
All the equipment shall be supplied as per the makes, model numbers or
equivalent as per indicated capacities etc., as detailed in the specification.
The equipment list indicated is for guidance only and the exact list of equipment
shall be as per detail layout drawing to be approved by owners.
Any equipment / component that are omitted in the description but are still
necessary for proper functioning of the galley equipment shall be supplied.
The capacities indicated are approximate and the actual capacities of the
equipment shall be selected by the builder.

All the equipment shall operate on 415V, 50 Hz, 3 ph or 220V, 50 Hz, 1 Ph.
The builder shall give one set of basic drawings and dimensions of the equipment
to the owner at the time of delivery.
10.6.6 Documents to be supplied at the time of delivery:
Three sets of Installation and operation manuals in English.
One copy of Manufacturer’s works Test certificate for all the equipment shall be
submitted to owner. Certificate shall also confirm that the equipment is
manufactured in compliance with applicable Classification society rules and
regulations of National Authorities.
All special tools required for handling these components shall be part of supply at
the time of delivery.
10.6.7 Inspection & testing:
After Installation all the equipment shall be commissioned and demonstrated to

the satisfaction of owners’ crew before delivery of the vessel.
10.7 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAUNDRY and GALLEY
10.7.1 General
The Electrical Equipment shall be designed for satisfactory operation at an

ambient temperature of 45 Deg.C and relative humidity of ambient air in the
vessel shall be considered as 95%.
The operation of all electrical components shall be efficient under conditions of

vibrations and shock incidental to the normal operation of the vessel.
The Electric equipment including motors (Heating Elements and Control Gear)
shall be designed for operation on 415V, 3 Ph, 3-Wire, 50HZ supply/220V. 1ph,
50 HZ, 2-wire supply as detailed for the respective items.
10.7.2 Standards
All components employed in the control gear shall be of reputed make and IRS
approved type and international Standards. Make and type of various components
shall be indicated in the drawings for approval.
10.7.3 Electric motors
All motors shall be of reputed make and suitable for marine applications. The
motors shall be suitable for operation on 415V, 3ph, 50HZ, 3wire / 220V, 1ph,

50HZ, 2 wire supply system as applicable for the equipment. The motors shall
have class F insulation. The motors shall be of squirrel cage induction type,
totally enclosed, self ventilated type. The degree of protection of motor shall be
suitable for its application and the same shall be indicated.
Motors of Siemens, ABB or any other reputed make are to be supplied. All
motors shall have suitable type of terminal box C/W brass cable glands to
facilitate connections.
10.7.4 Starter control panels
Starters for all the equipment shall be supplied for operation of the respective
equipment. The starters may be separately mounted on bulkhead or built in the
equipment. The starter shall incorporate all necessary start/stop switches,
magnetic contactors, auxiliary relays, push buttons, thermal overload relays, pilot
lamps, automatic start/stop relays, micro switches for equipment like Hydro
extractor etc.
10.7.5 Heating elements
Heating elements shall conform to the requirements specified in the IEC

Standards and or relevant National Standards in respect of quantity of material,
construction, and operation to suit marine conditions. The heating elements shall
be of reputed make.
Heating elements shall be of moisture resistant type and made of metal, resistant
to corrosion or of metal protected by corrosion resistant finish that will not be
impaired by exposure, wear etc.
10.7.6 Wiring
All the internal wiring shall be carried with copper conductor cables only. No
aluminium wires shall be used in any part of the wiring. Complete wiring shall be
terminated in a terminal block for external connection, which shall incorporate
clamp type terminals of reputed make.
The controls shall be mounted on the equipment itself, and the following
precautions shall be taken to restrict the temperature rise and deterioration of the
electrical components.
All the insulated wires subjected to high surrounding temperature shall be

protected by high-class fibre glass or equivalent sleeving.
The flexible chord provided along with the equipment shall be of 4-core (3-pole +
Earth) for 415V, 3-ph., 50 Hz., supply or 3-core (2-pole + Earth) for 220V, 1-ph.,
50Hz. supply. Watertight Plug pins with suitable sockets shall also be supplied for
220V, 1-ph, 50Hz system.

10.7.7 Cable gland
Compression type, brass, watertight cable entry glands shall be provided on the
equipment at appropriate location for receiving the cables.
10.7.8 Name plates
Non – corrosive and flameproof nameplates with appropriate inscriptions shall be

fixed near each component and lamps.
10.7.9 Testing
The works test certificates showing results and duly signed by the manufacturers
shall be supplied.
10.8 TOILETS AND FITTINGS
10.8.1 General
The following specification is for guidance only and may vary depending on the
builder manufacturer and subject to owner’s approval.
The internal and external surfaces shall be protected against corrosion with Zinc
epoxy paint. The inner finished surfaces of walls and ceiling shall be coated with
suitable paint approved by owners.
10.8.2 Fittings
Wash basin shall be provided with strainer fitting. Floor scuppers shall be
provided with with drain trap. Additional ceiling light, a foldable shower seat,
W.C. Cleaning brush, Towel rail, soap tray, hooks, etc., shall be provided.
Door to sanitary unit shall be B15 class and size of the door shall be 1750mm x
610mm or maker’s standard. The door shall be provided with a louver at the
lower side. Door hooks shall be provided for positive closure. Door shall be fitted
with mortise lock with indicator on the outside and complete frame.
Fresh water supply installation for Hot and Cold water and sea water supply
installation for flushing shall be provided.
Wash basin shall be fitted with Faucet of chromium plated brass taps for Hot and
Cold water.
One fresh water tap shall be fitted near W/C.
Fixed shower with shower fittings with mixing tap shall be fitted. A plastic
curtain cloth shall be provided separating shower space.

Porcelain wash basin with strainer shall be provided.
Flooring shall be covered with anti-skid ceramic tiles.
Toilet cabinet with mirror shall be provided at suitable location.
European type W/C with seat and seat cover shall be provided.
Flushing shall be through a flush valve connected to vacuum (EVAC) sewage

system.
Shower space shall be provided with P.V.C. / GRP Grating.
All other fittings shall be in accordance with the maker’s standard supply.
10.8.3 Electrical system
All the Electrical apparatus fitted in the toilets shall be suitable to operate on
220V, 50Hz, Single-phase power supply.
One number fluorescent mirror light shall be fitted over each mirror.
Mirror light shall be complete with one number double pole ON/OFF switch and
one no. Shutter type razor socket with isolating transformer.
One number incandescent ceiling light shall be fitted in a suitable place, such that
the illumination is maintained at 100 lux in the toilet.
10.8.4 Documents to be submitted
Leaflets of all fittings provided in the Toilets and loose Pluming fixtures.
Working drawings of Toilets
The builder shall submit 2 copies of detailed drawing indicating all fittings like
Plumbing, electrical, sanitary and decorative items to owners for approval.
All fittings like showers / taps / curtains / light fittings /mirrors/ cupboards etc
fitted shall be of highest & international quality and to the satisfaction of the
owner.
10.8.5 OTHER TOILETS
In general toilet fittings in other toilets shall meet the quality standards specified
for individual toilets and shall be theft proof. All the fittings provided to public
toilets shall be identical to those in the individual toilets.

Water closets provided for Crew toilets shall be stainless steel, Indian type and
fitted with flush valve.
Additional water tap shall be provided near the water closet. The taps shall be
self-closing, spring loaded type.
10.9 ELECTRICAL FITTINGS
The fluorescent /LED light fittings, switches and sockets, door calling system and
cabin fans, in accommodation cabins, mess rooms, dining saloons, recreation
rooms & stair cases etc., shall be of International Marine Standards, compact,
decorative and shall have easy fitting/maintenance features.
The interference suppression shall also be included. The light fittings are expected
to match with the highly decorative surroundings in passenger ship cabins.
In general, the switches and sockets shall be of noiseless flipping type. The
sockets and switches shall be of modular type with flexible fitting features.
Individual sockets shall be able to receive multi-rated plug pins.
The cabin fans shall be with oscillating and regulation features.
The door bell/chimes fitted for senior officers shall be of pleasant musical type.

Technical Specifications Rev 5.0 Schedule V / 156
10.11 Piping
The material for piping, flanges and valves for different systems shall be as follows:
System Pipe Material Flange Valve Body and Test Pressure

Size Bonnet Standard
( mm) (Kg / Cm2)
Engine sea water All MS (Galv) M.S slip on GM to BS1400 LG2C 5

Cooling
Air conditioned Plant All MS(Galv) M.S slip on GM to BS1400 LG2C 5

(SW)
Fire Fighting (SW) &
Emergency
connections
Bilge All ERW / seamless steel to ASTM / Steel slip on MS to GM to BS1400 LG2C 5
A10-6GRB / B S3059 / IS1239 / IS226
Eqv.
Engine Fresh water All Seamless steel pipe to BS806 / MS to IS 226 or GM to BS1400LG2C 5
cooling F.W.Service 3059 or ASTM – A106 or Equivalent Slipon /
(including equivalent (Galvd.) cone Union Ermeto
Evaporator) Coupling.


( mm) (Kg / Cm2)
Hydraulic Oil All Seamless Steel to ASTM A106 or Steel Slip – on or Steel Forged Steel 10 & above
equivalent Union Screwed /
Ermeto coupling
Lub. Oil (9 Kg / Cm2 All Seamless steel to BS-806 / Steel slip – on /Cone C.I 9 & Below
and below) ASTM-A-106 / BS3059 / Eqv. Union / Ermeto
Coupling
C.I
Fuel Oil All Seamless steel pipe ASTM – Steel Slip – on / Cone 5
A106 GR.B/Eqv. Or HFS Steel Union / Ermeto
to BS 3062 Gr.23 (360) Coupling. MS to IS 226
Air-vent Sounding, All ERW / Seamless Steel to IS MS to IS 226 slipon / C.I 5

Overflow (including 1239/ASTM A106 Gr.B/Eqv. All cone union / ermeto
tanks forming a part pipes Galvd. Except Oil tanks coupling
of hull)
Scupper Sanitary and All ERW / seamless steel to IS 1239 / Slip on MS IS 226 GM to BS 1400 LG 5
Soil ASTM A106 Gr.B / eqv. Galv. 2C
Compressed Air All Seamless steel to ASTM A106 Forged steel weld Neck Forged Steel to 40
(40 Kg / Cm2) GRB / BS3059 or equivalent / Ermeto coupling ASTMA–105 or Cast
Steel to ASTM-A-216
Gr.W.C.B.


( mm) (Kg / Cm2)
Compressed Air(10Kg All Copper to BS2871 / Seamless M.S. slipon or Steel Forged Steel or G.M. 10 or below
/ Cm2) steel / ASTM A106GRB union or Ermeto
coupling
CO2 1301 All Seamless steel Steel slip-on

Exhaust Gas for main MS ERW Slip-on
and generator engine

List of Class & Statuary Drawings Rev 5.0 Annexure-I
Annexure-I
INDICATIVE LIST OF DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY BUILDER
BATCH – 1
General:
1. General arrangement plan

2. Lines plan and offset table
3. Weight estimation (Preliminary)
4. Capacity Plan
Calculations:
1. Scantling calculations
2. Equipment number
3. Hydrostatics
4. Cross curves of stability
5. Tonnage calculations (Preliminary) *
6. Freeboard and minimum bow height (Preliminary) *
7. Trim and stability calculations including damage (Preliminary) *
8. Model test data
9. Longitudinal strength calculations
Structural Drawings:
1. Mid ship section

2. Typical transverse sections (as required by Class)
3. Profile, decks and bottom plan
4. Watertight/ oil tight bulkheads
5. Reference plan
6. Welding schedule
7. Skeg construction

BATCH – 2
Calculations:
1. Rudder torque calculations

2. Tank capacity tables
3. Rudder/ Rudder stock & bearing calculations (if applicable)
Structural Drawings
1. Deck house and Superstructure

2. Shell Expansion
3. Shaft brackets
4. Hawse pipe details
5. Fore peak structure
6. Aft peak structure
7. Engine room structure
8. Hatch coamings
9. Main engine foundation
10. Rudder details
Machinery Drawings:
1. Engine room layout (Preliminary)

2. Bilge system schematic
3. Ballast system schematic
4. Air, sounding & filling schematic
5. Sea chest arrangement
6. FO (HSD) system schematic
7. LO system schematic
8. ME/AE exhaust system schematic
9. Cooling water system schematic
10. Compressed air system schematic
11. Fresh water hydrophore system (hot & cold) schematic
12. Propeller shafting arrangement (Preliminary)
13. Rudder & Rudder stock Assembly arrangement

Electrical Drawings:
1. Single line electrical schematic

2. Electrical load analysis & short-circuit calculations
3. Battery load calculations (Preliminary)
4. Transformer calculations (Preliminary)
Hull outfit/ Accommodation/ Statutory:
1. Structural fire protection plan

2. Life saving appliances (LSA) plan
3. Fire fighting appliances (FFA) plan
4. LSS plan
BATCH – 3
General Calculations/ Drawings:
1. Docking plan
2. Shaft whirling calculations
3. Propeller design calculations (for guidance)
Machinery Drawings:
1. Fire, deck wash & general service schematic

2. Sanitary discharge system schematic
3. Sewage discharge system schematic
4. Deck scuppers schematic
5. Engine room ventilation schematic
Hull outfit/ Accommodation/ Statutory:
1. Escape plan
2. Door plan
3. Accommodation plan
4. Windows and scuttles plan
5. Fire and thermal insulation plan

6. Deck covering plan

7. Hand rail arrangement
8. Fire control plan (preliminary), if required
9. Deck outfit and mooring plan
10. Shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP) (preliminary only) *
11. Draft marks plan

Annexure-II Rev 5.0 1
Annexure-II
EQUIPMENT LIST FOR COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL (Per Ship set)
1 Main Diesel Engine
Nos. : 02
Type : single acting, 4 stroke, diesel engine
Power : (about) 575 Kw each
RPM : Maximum 1200 RPM
Fuel : HSD
2 Standby Lube oil Pump
Nos. : 02
Type : Gear Pump
Capacity : As per maker’s Recommendation.
3 Gear Box
Nos. : 02
Ratio : To suit Propeller RPM.
Type : Reverse and Reduction gear
4 Propellers
Nos. : 04 (Including 2 spares)

Dia : Not more than 2000mm
RPM : Around 450
5 Steering Gear:
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 2 X 0.3 t-m
Type : Electro-Hydraulic (Twin)
6 Diesel Generator set
Nos. : 03
Type : single acting, 4 stroke, diesel engine
Power : 150 eKW each @ 1500RPM
Fuel : HSD

7 Forward Thruster
Nos. : 01
Power : 170kW maximum input power
Type : well mounted fixed pitch retractable azimuth thrusters (Electric
driven)
8 Bilge/GS/Fire/Ballast Pumps
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 25 m3/hr each
Head : 4 - bar
Type : Self -Priming, Centrifugal
9 F.O. Transfer pump(H.S.D)
Nos. : 02
Head : 2.5 bar
10 F.W. Hydrophore pumps
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 1.5 m3/hr @ 4 Bar
11 F.W. Hydrophore Tank
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 500L
12 Calorifier
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 15KW
13 Hot Water circulating pump
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 0.5 m3/hr@2bar
14 Dirty oil Transfer pump
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 2 m3/hr @ 3 Bar

15 Seawater pumps for A/c & Refrigeration.
Nos. : 02 (1No.working, 1No.standby)

Capacity : As per maker’s Recommendations
16 Grey water discharge Pump
Nos. : 02 (1No.working, 1No.Standby)

Capacity : 0.5m3/hr @ 2 bar
17 STP (pump mounted)
Nos. : 01
Type : Chemical
Capacity : 1740 lt/day
18 Main Air Compressor (for direct air starting)
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 7m3/hr @30 bar
Type : Reciprocating, Air-cooled.
19 Main Air Receiver
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 200 Lts
20 Oily Bilge Separator
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 1.5 m3/hr
21 Steering Gear room Ventilation Fans
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 700 m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
22 Engine Room Ventilation Fans
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 15,000 m3/hr each
Type : 1No.Reversible Axial flow and 1No. Axial fan

23 Auxiliary Machinery & BT Room Ventilation Fans
Nos. : 01
Type : Axial flow
24 Exhaust Fans for Galley

Nos. : 01
Capacity : About 1800m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
25 Supply Fans for Air Handling unit
Nos. : 02
Capacity : About 200m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
26 Vent fan for Emergency Gen set room
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 1200m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
27 Exhaust fan for main deck and F/C deck Toilets (port)
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 700m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
28 Exhaust fan for main deck Laundry
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 200m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
29 Exhaust fan for STP Room
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 350m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
30 Fresh water generator
Nos. : 02
Capacity : 3 t/day
Type : RO

31. Exhaust Fan for UPS Room
Nos : 01
Capacity : About 100 m3/hr
Type : Axial flow
32. Vent fan for Paint stores
Nos. :01
Capacity :350m3/hr
Type :Axial Flow
33. A/c plant for accommodation & Labs
Compressors Nos. : 03
AHU’s Nos : 02
Capacity : about 20 tons of refrigeration.
34. Package A/c unit for ECR.
Nos. : 01
Capacity : about 3 tons of refrigeration
35. Drinking Water Coolers
Nos. : 04
36. Cranes
Nos. : 02
Type : Articulated Electro Hydraulic (with self contained Power Unit)
Capacity : 2tons SWL @ 5 m outreach.
37. A-Frame
Nos. : 01
Type : Electro Hydraulic
Capacity : 5 tons SWL@ 3 m outreach
38. Side J-Frame for CTD (STBD)
Nos. : 01

39. Side A-Frame (PORT)
Nos. : 01
40. General purpose winch
Nos. : 01
Capacity : 3000kgs at uppermost layer; 1500 m of 11.7 mm wire rope
41. CTD Winch system

No.s : 01
Capacity : 1000kgs in uppermost layer; 1,000 m of 8.2 mm EM cable
42. Oceanographic Winch system

No.s : 01
Capacity : 1000kgs in uppermost layer; 1,000 m of 6.2 mm SS wirerope
including PVC sheath
43. Hydraulic Power pack for A-Frame, Deep sea winch and sampling winch
systems
Nos. : 01set
Capacity : suitable for 5T capacity
44. Anchors
Nos. : 02
Weight : 660 kg each
Type : Stockless Bower Anchor
45. Anchor Chain
Total Length : 302.5 m

Dia : 22 mm
Grade : CC 2
46. Anchor Handling Windlass
Nos. : 01
Capacity : Suitable for above Anchor
47. Mooring lines
Nos. : 04
Length : 120 (m) each
Capacity : 64(KN) Minimum Breaking strength

48. Towing Line
Nos. : 01
Length : 180 (m)
Capacity : 129(kN) Minimum Breaking strength
49. Navigation and Communication Equipment
As indicated in the specifications and as applicable to this class of vessel
50. LSA, FFA
-As per rules
NOTE:
The capacities/ratings/quantity/specification of the equipment given above are indicative

and for guidance only and are subjected to compliance of rules /regulations of class/
Statutory Authorities and manufacturers recommendations as applicable.

Annexure-III Rev 5.0 1
Recommended Makes of Equipment Annexure-III
1. Main Engines and : Caterpillar, Wartsila, Cummins, MTU, MAN,Volvo, Scania

Propulsion Control Kobelt, Twin Disc ZF, Reintjes
2. GearBox : Twin Disc, ZF, Reintjes
3. Generators : Caterpillar, Cummins, Wartsila, MTU, Volvo, Scania
4. Pumps above 10HP : Stork, Hamworthy, Heishen, Garbarino, KSB, Johnson
BE Pumps
5. Pumps 10HP and below : B.E Pumps, Kirloskar Brothers
6. Steering gear :, Hatlapa, Jastram,Tenjford, Kobelt, M/S Wills ridley
7. Bow thrusters : HRP, Schottel, Brunvoll, Ulstein, Aqua Master, Niigata,
Thrustmaster
8. Stern Gear : Stone Marine, Wartsila Lips, MMG
9. Ventillation Fans : ABB, Hipress, Heinen-Hopman
10. Sewage Treatment Plant : Orca, Hamann Wassertechnikgmbh, Wartsila,

Hamworthy
11. Oily Bilge Seperator : Hamworthy, Comyn, Hodge, RWO, Datagasse
12. Compressors : Ingersoll Rand, Elgi Equipment
13. Windlass : SEC, Norwinch, Rauma, Ridderinkhoff
14. Cranes :Effer, Elcome, Hydralift BLM,Sormec
15. Deep Sea Winch : InterOcean, Dynacon, SEC, SEAMAC,

Pelligrini,Klay france
A-frame, Telescopic Boom
Hydraulic Power pack
16. Capstan : Pellegrini, SEC.
17. Air conditioning and : Heinen & Hopman, ABB, Sabroe.
Refrigeration system
21. Electrical Cables : KUKDONG/CCI /FORT GLOSTER UNIVERSAL /UNIFLEX

CABLES /NICCO /YONHAP /Asian cables /INCAB/Hitachi
/Hein

22. Main Switch Board, : Terasaki /GE Power controls /ABB LEC marine /Marine
ESB, DB's Electrical/ NGEF/ Seimens
23. Engine Room/ : Marine Electrical/ NGEF/ Fabricons

Wheelhouse/
Navigational control
Desk
24. EVAC : Vacman, Wartsila, Hamworthy
Recommended Makes of Navigation & Communication Equipment

S No. Item Description Recommended manufacturers
1 VHF Radio telephone Sailor / /JRC / / Raytheom/ Samyung
2 VHF DSC channel 70 Sailor/ /JRC // Raytheom/ Samyung

with watch keeping
reciever & printet
3 SART Mc Murdo /Jotron /JRC / Samyung
4 NAVTEX JRC / Samyung/ JME/ Memurdo
5 EGC JRC/STC/Raytheon/Equiv.
6 406 EPIRB JRC //Mc Murdo/Sailor/Jotron/Samyung
7 VHF Walkie Talkie Sailor /Communique /Sperry/Motorola/

ENTEL
8 GPS Koden /Raytheon /JRC/ SAAB
9 Echo Sounder /Skipper /Echowatch /Atlas /Electronic

/JRC / /Simrad /Kelvin
Hughes/Samyun/JME
10 Speed Log Atlas Deso / Konsberg Simrod /Sperry/
Skipper/ walker Marine
11 Gyrocompass Raytheon /Anschutz // C platts
12 Auto Pilot Anschutz /C Platts/ Raytheom
13 Sound Powered Amplidan / Philips/ IMCOS

Telephone System
14 Radar Koden /Raytheon /Sperry Marine /
15 HF Communication Sailor / /JRC /Scanti/Samyung/ Raytheon

System

S No. Item Description Recommended manufacturers
17 Anemometer RM Young/ Lambrett/ Lilly & Gillie

18 Magnetic Compass Raytheon /Anschutz /SIRS /Robertson/
Kelvin Huges/ Cassen & Platts/ Lilly &
Gillie
19 PA System Amplidan / Philips/ IMCOS/BOSCH
20 GMDSS package JRC/Sailor/Sperry/ /Samyung/ Raytheon
21 Automatic Weather Vaisala/ Lilly & Gillie/ RM young

station
22 Course Recorder Raytheon/ C Platts/ Ansehutz
23 Bridge Navigational / Raytheon/ JRE

Watch Alarm system
24 Automatic Radar Plotting Konsberg/ Raytheon/ Kodem
Aid
25 Heading repeater Simrad/ Rautheon
26 Wind Indicator Simrad/ Lilly & Gillie
27 Rate of turn Raytheon/ Ansehutz/ C Platts
28 Electronic Chart Display Transas/ Lilly & Gillie/ maris/PC maritime

Information System
29 Auto telephone Amplidan/ IMCOS/ Philips
30 SVDR Rulter/ Transas/ JRC/ Netwave

Technical Specification Rev 5.0 Annexure IV 1
1. Specification for BOD incubator
Temperature Range Minimum 5 to + 60º C ± 0.1ºC with fine temperature

controller.
Chamber(SS-316)- Outer Approx 600-750 x 600-750 x 1000 -1600 mm(L,B,H)
size
Capacity 7.5 to 10 cft
Weight Maximum 100 kg
Display Digital Display
Energy supply 220V AC,50 Hz
Inner chamber Stainless steel 316
Inner Door Glass/Acrylic door
Outer Door Doubled walled metal door(corrosion protection for marine
environment)
No of shelves 4-5 (removable)
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured in the Lab. The necessary materials/accessories
required shall be under installation scope.
Any accessories that are required for the operation of a function requested in this
specification must automatically be included in the scope of supply.
2.Specification for Hot Air Oven
Description
Hot Air Oven
 Temperature range Slightly above ambient temperature to 250 oC
 Accuracy: + 1 oC
 Digital PID Temperature Controller with auto tuning facility with display
to view & set Current temperature
 Inner dimension LXBXH : Approx.600mm X 600mm X 900 mm
 Timer
 Inner Chamber: Stainless steel(316).
 Power Rating : 3000 to 3500 Watts
 Power Supply: 220V, AC, 50 Hz.
 Minimum 4 to 5 removable Racks.
 Air circulating fan with controlling switch.
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin the Lab. The necessary materials/accessories
required shall be under installation scope.

3. Specification for Milli-Q
STAGE 1
PREFILTERATION unit
*5 micron and 1 micron wrapped type depth filter
*3 pressure gauges
*less than 50 Db noise levels
*Automatic low/high pressure cut off
*DC pump with 0-2 pressure at 120L /hr
*Inlet screen filter to DC pump
*Optional filters: Activated carbon
STAGE 2
*Pre-treatment Cartridge WITH ANTISCALING COMPOUND
*Pump with unique temperature feedback mechanism
*High flux Thin film composite polyamide RO membrane.
*Recirculation loop with capillary tube and diaphragm valve
* Mixed bed ion electro deionization module with auto regeneration by a weak electric
current, eliminating the need for chemical regeneration or replacement of DI resin
cartridges
*Carbon beads at cathode of the EDI module to prevent scaling of the module
*Permeate divert valve which will divert low quality water to the drain
*Coaxial resistivity cell with a flow through design and a cell constant of 0.01 cm-1
UV lamp 254 nm to remove germicidal effect before entering the tank
All Purification Packs should be with Radio Frequency Identification Packs (RIFD)
*Display both compensated and non-compensated temperature accurate within ±0.1°C
STAGE 3
A blow moulded, cylindrical PE reservoir with a conical bottom and opaque walls with a
30 litre capacity
STAGE 4
*17 watt, low pressure mercury vapour lamp made of ultrapure quartz with dual
wavelength (185 and 254nm). the lamp has to beelectro polished 316L ss housing
*Application Specific cartridges to remove ionic and organic contaminants to trace levels
*Built in TOC monitor with a 0.5ml Quartz cell and UV lamp which accurately measures
TOC online from 1-999ppb.
*water production unit that can be placed either on the bench, under the bench or on the
wall
*Point of delivery unit with the polishing filters at the point of use. Option of connecting
3 units with the main water producing unit
*Stand alone point of delivery unit – adjustable to any lab glassware
*Purification pack tailored to specific feed water source containing mixed bed ion
exchange resin/ micro filter/ activated carbon
* Final Filters Options: a) Pharmaceutical grade, final filter with 0.22 micron membrane
filter in stack disc configuration
b) UF cartridge with LRV is between 5.6 and 7.65 over challenge range of 220 and 2000
Eu / mL
*Measure and display compensated and non-compensated temperature

*Resistivity meter in between the pre-treatment and the polishing packs

*Built in coaxial resistivity meter to measure the resistivity of the product water, with a
cell constant of 0.01/cm and 0.1 degree C accuracy thermister
*On site validation protocols with IQ, OQ, MP and PQ using calibrated equipment and
Qualification workbook
*The design of the resistivity meter and TOC meter should follow the suitability test
requirements as per USP 30 – NF 25
Power supply: 220 V AC, 50 Hz.
Training on operation and maintenance should be provided to minimum of 3 NIOT personnel

by OEM/OEM authorised personnel.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin the Lab. The necessary plumbing work and
accessories shall be under installation scope.
4. Specification for Refrigerator (-15°c) – 2 nos
Range (Height) –approx. 1300 to 1400 mm, width-approx.550 to600mm

Capacity – 250 to 300 litres
Double compartment – Separate compartment for freezer
Refrigerator temperature: 1 to 12°C
Freezer temperature: -12 to -20°C.
Power supply – 220 V, AC, 50 HZ.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured in the Lab. The necessary accessories for
installation shall be under installation scope.
5. Specification for Deep freezer- 2 nos
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured in the sample room. The necessary plumbing work
and accessories shall be under installation scope.

Temperature
Min -80°
range
(horizontal)
Volume (Cu. Ft.) 15 to 20 Cu. Ft.
Inner Chamber Size (L x B x H) mm Approx. 1400-1500 x 600 x 600
Design Horizontal
Touch Key Pad with LED Display. Continuous display of Temp. indicator on
Control Panel
front panel
Temperature
Microprocessor Controlled
Regulation
Control of temperature within 3°C of set temperature(range vary from 0° to -
80°)
Alarm Type Audible & Visible
Refrigerant CFC free refrigerant
Construction Double Walled with PUF insulation
Door Solid Door
Inner Doors Single and Double Doors with Tempered Glass
Cabinet
MS with Powder Coating
Housing
Internal
Stainless Steel (316)
Chamber
- RS-232 / RS-485 Interface for Temperature, Time & Date
Accessories
Power Supply 220 - 240 Volts, 50 Hz.
Heavy duty hinges with toggle type
6.Specification for UV-VIS Spectrophotometer
Wave length 190 to 1100nm

Spectral bandwidth 1nm (190 to 1100nm)
Wavelength display 0.1-nm increments
Wavelength setting 0.1-nm increments (1-nm increments when setting
scanning range)
Wavelength accuracy ±0.1nm @ 656.1nm D2
±0.3nm (190 to 1100nm)
Wavelength repeatability ±0.1nm
Photometric system Double Beam, Silicon Photodiode detectors
Photometric range Absorbance: -4to4 Abs
Transmittance: 0% to 400%
Photometric accuracy ±0.002 Abs (0.5Abs)

±0.004 Abs (1.0Abs)

±0.006 Abs (2.0Abs)
Photometric repeatability less than ±0.001 Abs (0.5Abs)
less than ±0.001 Abs (1Abs)
less than ±0.003 Abs (2.0Abs)
Baseline stability less than 0.0003 Abs/H @700nm
(one hour after light source turned ON)
Baseline flatness Within ±0.0006 Abs
(190 to 1100nm, one hour after light source turned ON)
Memory USB memory Saved as text and UVPC
Desirable  Multi component quantization
 Multi wavelength photometric measurement
 Built in Rs-232 C for automatic system
configuration
 Software package for the instrument
Accessories Cuvette cell: 10 mm, 50mm,100mm (absorption
cell) – 10 no’s Each, Tungsten Lamp.
Holders for above mentioned cuvette cells : 2 no’s
Each
Power supply 220V, AC, 50 Hz

Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin the Lab. The necessary accessories for
7.Specification for Zoom stereo Microscope
Basic unit:
Trinocular Stereo Zoom (Parallel-optics Zoom System) Microscope
20 Degree Low level Binocular Eyepiece Tube
Magnification Range up to 90x at 1x objective
Zooming Ratio 15: 1
Eye piece &Objective :
10x Eyepieces (F.O.V. 22mm) with Diopter Adjustment on both the eyepieces.
Plan Apo 1X (W.D.70mm) Objective
Course and Fine Focusing facility
Beam Splitter ratio 50: 50
Light System & Source:

6V–30W transmitted large base and Fine Focusing knob in the front and Blue Filter. LED
Light Source for fiber Illuminator and Bifurcated fiber Light Guide for Episcopic Illuminator
Set
Camera:
Digital Camera 16.5-Million Pixels, digital SLR camera (attached with microscope),
Microscope Image Capture and suitable Mount adapter.
Software:
Image Analysis Software (with valid licence)
Micrometer:
Stage and Eyepiece Micrometer
Upgradation Facility:
Microscope should be upgradable to Fluoresce Attachment and Drawing Tube Attachment
Computer:
A dual core processor PC running Windows Operating system with I8 3.4 GHz PV processor,
16GB RAM or better shall be provided (suitable for marine environment)(Image Analysis
Software with valid licence to be installed, Advanced graphics card),Industrialized 19” LED
colour monitors with resolution 1280x1024 pixels, DVD RW with optical mouse and
keyboard.
Power supply: 220VAc, 50Hz.

Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin the Lab. The necessaryaccessories for
8. Specification for Auto salinometer.
1. Shipboard bench fit use.

2. Range: 0 to 100 mS/cm ( 2 to 70 Equivalent Practical Salinity Units (PSU)
3. Accuracy: + 0.0001 ratio.
4. Operating temperature : 16° to 37° C
5. Digital output, RS 232 / USB interface to computer.
6. Data logging / processing software.
7. Calibration and maintenance kit.
8. Inbuilt memory for data storage.
9. 220 Volts, AC 50Hz
10. Standard seawater for calibration – 5 litres.
11. Calibration certificate to be provided


Installation:
accessories shall be under installation scope.
9. Specification for Thermosal
The system should determine sea surface temperature and conductivity from underway
vessels. Data need to be stored in memory and transmitted to a computer, allowing
independent data logging and real-time data acquisition through suitable software. Typically
mounted near the ship's seawater intake, the system may connect to an AC-powered interface
box positioned near the computer. The interface box should provide power and an isolated
data interface, and contains a NMEA 0183 port for appending navigation information to the
data stream. Suitable corrosion free materials are to be exposed to seawater. Controllable
valves to be provided for seawater circulation and fresh water flushing. The sensor assembly
is to be flexible for removing and calibration. The sensors are to be mounted in a PVC water
jacket assembly and immune to shock and vibration
AUXILIARY SENSORS
Bulkhead connectors are to be provided (standard) for optional auxiliary sensors

Additional Temperature sensor is to be fitted as close to the seawater intake. The sensor
should be interface with the thermosalinograph software. Additional A/D input channels to be
provided; the same should be supported by software.
Measurement
Initial Accuracy Resolution
Range
0 - 7 S/m ± 0.001 S/m 0.0001 S/m

Conductivity
Temperature,
Approx. -3 to +35 ± 0.01 0.001
primary (°C)
Additional
Temperature sensor Approx. -3to +35 ± 0.001 0.0003
(°C)

Power supply -220V AV,50Hz.

16GB RAM or better shall be provided (suitable for marine environment).
Industrialized 19” LED colour monitors with resolution 1280x1024 pixels,
DVD RW with optical mouse and keyboard.
Suitable software to be provided for data logging and real time data acquisition and to
interface with GPS output.Data processing software to be provided.
Calibration sheet and test certificate to be provided for all sensors.

Training on operation and maintenance should be provided to two NIOT personnel by
OEM/OEM authorised personnel.
Installation:
accessories shall be under installation scope as recommended by OEM/NIOT.
10. Specification for Gravity corer
Gravity corer (3 meters)
The equipment is to be made of Stainless Steel AlSl 316 having a S.S. Core Cutter. Thecore
cutter accommodates a S.S. Orangepeel type Core Catcher/retainer. The CoreHead assembly
is to be made of StainlessSteel with a base plate to hold weight rings.TheCore Head assembly
should have a Flap typeValve seat arrangement at top for arrestingwater leakage while
hoisting upwards. Suitable arrangements to be provided in the Core head for anti-rotation
movement. Transparent AcrylicPipes are to be provided for insertion to CoreBarrel to act as
Core Liners.
Core Head - To accommodate approx 100 kg Circular ring cast iron weight, Fin stabilized for
vertical penetration and to prevent rotation and flap top to prevent water pressure on the
sediment. Made of Stainless Steel.Necessary tools to be provided for assembling the system
Lead Weights: Circular ring type weights – 100 kg approx.
Core barrel: S.S. Construction with thickness of 4.5 to 6mm, should accommodate to
AcrylicPipe (OD- 60 mm,3mm thickness,approx2 m length) as Core Liner with core cutter
andOrange peel core retainer.
Core Cutters: Made of Stainless steel, Suitable for the above
(Consumable Part)
Core Catcher: Made out of Stainless Steel spring quality – 05 no’s

Orange peel type (Consumable Part) - 10 Nos.
Acrylic Core Liners (OD- 60 mm, 3mm thickness, approx2 m length) – 200 no’s with end
caps 400no’s
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin the Deck area/Operating station. The necessary
fabricationwork for securing shall be under shipyard scope.
11. Specification for Motion sensor

Gyro compass and Motion sensor
Characteristic Specification
System The gyro compass and motion sensor based on fiber optic
principle, IMO certified to provide real-time output – true
Heading, roll, pitch, surge, sway, heave, speed, acceleration
And rate of turn. The system should interface with other
ship board scientific equipment like single beam ,
Multibeam system etc.
Type Fibre optic gyroscope and motion sensor
Heading
Accuracy 0.1 deg or better
Resolution 0.01 deg
Full accuracy setting time (all < 5 minute
conditions)
Heave/ Surge/ Sway
Accuracy 5cm or 5% (whichever is largest)
Roll/ pitch
Dynamic Accuracy 0.01 deg with no limitation on range
Resolution 0.001 deg
Interfaces
Serial I/O RS232 / RS422/Ethernet (Spare output option to be
included- Min two)
Power supply 220V, 50Hz& 24 V(adopter can be provided)
Output protocols Industry standards, NMEA 0183, binary etc..
Output rate Multiple baud rates to interface with single beam,
Multibeam system, ship navigation system etc..
Environment
Operating temperature -40 deg to +60 deg
MTBF 30,000 Hrs or better
Shock operational 30 g
Additional Features  No warm up time
 Maintenance free system
 Wireless network ready

Software to be provided for interfacing with computer.
The output data cable has to be routed from MRU location to Labs and Wheel house through
LAN cable as recommended by NIOT.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured as recommended by OEM/NIOT.The
necessaryfabricationwork for fixing shall be under installation scope.
specification must automatically be included in the scope of supply and must not be added as
additional.
12. Specification for USBL
Specifications for USBL Acoustic positioning system
The USBL Acoustic positioning system must be a compact, portable, plug and play and
calibration free system. The system capable of underwater positioning of subsea target and
consists of internal GPS and Fiber-optic based Inertial Navigation system for accurate subsea
and surface positioning data measurements. The system should comply to the following
specifications.
Sub sea positioning
a) Positioning accuracy 0.2% of slant range

b) Operating range 4000m
c) Coverage 200 deg below acoustic array
d) Operating frequency 20 to 30 kHz
MFSK chirp modulation technique
Surface Positioning and attitude
a) Heading / roll / pitch 0.01 deg

b) Position 2 to 5 cm (external RTK receiver)
0.5 to 3 m (external DGPS receiver)
c) Position drift (GPS drop out) 2m / 2 minutes

d) Built in heading pitch, roll heaved GPS positioning system
Other specifications
a) Power supply / consumption 220 VAC/ 50 Hz, (suitable adopter can be provided for
DC operation )/ 50 watts
b) Operating temperature -5 deg C to 35 deg C
c) Storage temperature -10 deg C to + 70 deg C
d) Weight Should be portable and pole mountable

e) Array depth rating 25 m

f) Suitable transponder / responder, should be small in size shall be supplied.
Interfaces
 Protocols: Industry standards (NMEA 0183, binary)

 Fully compatible: any external GPS, DGPS and RTK receivers
Most industry standard acoustic transponders
 Automatic sound velocity correction (ray bending & velocity error)
13.Specification for Sediment sampler
( Van Veen Grab)

Made of S.S (316)
Weight :15 kg (approx ) – 1 no & 25 kg (approx ) – 1 no
Capacity- Approx 600 &1000cm2
Used to operate in winch, lifting SS ropes and connecting SS ring and SS D-shackles to be
provided, water drainage facility to be provided.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured as per NIOT recommendation. The necessary
accessories for securing should be under installation scope.
14.Specification for Multibeam Echo sounder System
S.No Tender Specification

Characteristic Specification
Shallow to Deep Water Multi Beam Echo Sounder (Hull / Drop keel mounted sonar)
1. System Multibeam Swath Echosounder system suitable for
(1m -1000m water depth) bathymetric survey
meeting IHO standards
2. Acoustic frequency 100 kHz
3. Slant range 1000m or more
4. Swath coverage 10° to 140°, user selectable in real time

5. Range resolution 4 cm maximum
6. Bottom detection / Beam Bottom detection by both amplitude and phase
forming measurement techniques.
7. Accuracy minimum IHO standards
8. Along track Beam Width 2°
9. Across track Beam Width 2°
10. No of beams Minimum 200 beams
11. Beam Spacing Equi-distant / Equi-angular beam spacing

12. Beam stabilization Beam stabilization for Roll and Pitch.

13. Survey speed 6 Knots
14. Ping rate 30 Hz or better
15. Pulse length User selectable from 15µs to 1ms.
16. Transducer mounting Permanent on the Hull / Drop keel.
17. Interface Serial interface for ship motion data, gyro compass
data, navigation data, and sound velocity data.
Ethernet interface for MB bathymetry to be provided.
18. Power supply 90 to 260 VAC 50/60 Hz, 100W or less
19. Operational Environment Operating temperature: 0 to 40° C
Roll: up to ± 10º
Pitch: up to ± 10º
Heave: up to ± 5 m
20. Features The system should have following features
 Real-time quality control display
 Built in Test equipment facility
 Raw Water Column
 Backscatter and sidescan data
Auxiliary Sensors specifications
21. Sound Velocity Profiler: Manufacture shall provide suitable Sound Velocity
Profiler tocollect the water column (2000m depth
range) sound velocityshall be provided. SV range
1375-1625 m/s, precision +/-0.006m/s, accuracy +/-
0.025 m/s, resolution 0.001m/s withresponse
47microseconds with good capacity of memory
andeasy upload software
22. Sound Velocity Probe Manufacture shall provide suitable Keel mountable
Sound Velocity Sensor for real-time sound velocity
correction,preferable hull mounted or integrated with
the sonar.SV range 1375-1625 m/s, precision +/-
0.006m/s, accuracy +/- 0.025 m/s, resolution
0.001m/s with response 47microseconds
23. DGPS Receiver (includes 12-channel marine DGPS receiver capable of

Antenna) providingpositioning accuracy better than 1.0m with
differentialcorrection. Preferred only reputedbrands.
24. Data Acquisition system An appropriate acquisition (workstation - RAID)
system should be supplied with proper Hydrographic
data acquisition software(with licence key)installed
in it. This system should support survey planning and
different datum/projections with a background of
electronic navigation charts (ENC).Should also

support, overlaying standard graphic files and data

from all supporting sensors innon-destructive raw
data format. Real time motion correction,Time
tagging to 1 millisecond, Online event log for
hydrographic tracking to be provided. Real time
transfer ofsurvey data to an external Image
processing/mass storage device shall be provided.
Details of online quality control measures employed
to be provided.
 A dual core processor PC running Windows
Operating system with 3GHz PV processor, 2GB
RAM or better shall be provided ( suitable for
marine environment).
 Industrialized 19” LCD colour monitors with
resolution 1280x1024 pixels,Additional monitor
(two) to be provided for helmsman display.
 CDRW / DVD RW with optical mouse and
keyboard
25. Data processing system. One numbers of appropriate post processing
(workstation -RAID) system should be supplied with
proper valid software (with licence key) installed in
it. The system should have the followingcapabilities:
-
Bathymetry & back scattering data processing
Data cleaning and filter position data, analysisand
correct depth data, tidal height adjustment, DTM
generation, Data thinning, Grid generation and
presentationgraphics, CAD compatible output.
 A dual core processor PC running Windows
Operating system with 3GHz PV processor, GB
RAM, or better shall be provided
 Industrialized 19” LCD colour monitors with
resolution 1280x1024 pixels,
 CDRW / DVD RW with mouse and keyboard.
The system should be supplied with post processing
software Package Helms man arrangement has to be
made for easy navigation.
26. Accessories and spares All necessary accessories and spares to be supplied
required for installation and uninterrupted operation
until warranty period.
27. Installation and training  The supplier must carry out the integration of
Multibeam Echo sounder with other
accessories such as Motion Sensor, DGPS,
SVP etc
 The suppliers must ensure complete

installation of the systemis done at our facility

(any port/ shipyard in India).
 OEM TrainedEngineers shallbe engaged for
this. Also complete hardware/software (up to
trouble shooting level) training to be
deliveredto NIOT personnel. Training
includes completeequipment operation and
processing the data.
28. Manual The suppliers must supply of operation,
technical/service &installation manual for each
modules both hard and soft copy
Note:Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) to be performed by the supplier before shipment.
15. Specification for Automatic weather station
 Wind sensor:
Range : 0 to 80 m/s or more
Threshold sensitivity : 1.0 µ/s
Damping ratio : 0.25
Accuracy : +/- 2%
Maintenance free, ultra sonic transducer.
 Wind direction sensor:

Range : 0 to 360° .
Accuracy :+/- 2°
Damping ratio : 0.25
Maintenance free, ultra sonic transducer.
 Air temperature sensor :

Range : 0 to +50° C
Accuracy : +/- 0.1%
 Solar radiation sensor :
Range :0-1000 W/m2 solar intensity
Accuracy :5%
Linearity :1%
 Barometric pressure sensor
Range : 600-1100 hPa (17.7-32.5inHg)
Accuracy :+/- 0.2 hPa
 Humidity Sensor
Relative Humidity sensing :0-100%RH
Accuracy : +/- 2% RH
 Rainfall sensor
Resolution: 0.2 mm
Accuracy: ±2%
Range: maximum 200mm per sampling
 Visibility
Range : 20 to 3000 metres
Accuracy: ±2%

 Surface Water temperature sensor

Range : 0 to +50° C
Accuracy : +/- 0.1%
Additional provisions and Logging parameters:
Date, Time (local/UTC), DGPS position (Latitude, Longitude), True wind speed (Unit of
Wind Speed should show in knots as well as in Meter /Second) and direction, outside
temperature, Barometric pressure, Relative humidity, Solar radiation. Rainfall, Visibility,
Water temperature, Dewpoint.
Data logger
 Suitable to integrate above sensors with suitable software.

 Power at 230ACV 50 Hz .
 Operating temperature: -10°c to +50°c
 Interface options with DGPS and accept the NMEA sentences.
 Suitable display to be provided to see real time data (Repeaters -03nos).
 Necessary cables and Software for to interface with PC for real time data acquisition
and logging.
 A dual core processor PC running Windows Operating system with I8 3.4 GHz PV
processor, 16GB RAM or better shall be provided (suitable for marine environment).
 Industrialized 19” LED colour monitors with resolution 1280x1024 pixels,
 DVD RW with optical mouse and keyboard.
Installation:The unit shall be properly placed/ secured as per OEM/NIOT recommendation.

The necessary accessories for installation should be under installation scope.
17. Specification for CTD
Underwater CTD unit of depth rating not less than 1000m (fitted with temperature,
conductivity, pressure &auxiliary sensors pH& dissolved oxygen-Altogether-wet pluggable
connector)
 CTD system with accurate and stable modular conductivity and temperature sensors.
 Pressure sensor, 1000m rating with wet pluggable connector.
 pH sensor, 1000m rating with wet pluggable connector.
 Dissolved oxygen, 1000m rating with wet pluggable connector.
 Controlled time responses to minimize salinity spiking ensuring that the response
times of T & C sensors and matched (both have the same time constant) and that these
response times are FIXED and NOT significantly affected by profiling dynamics.
 Housing depth rating minimum 1000m
 16Hz all channel scan rate
 Built in interfacing C & T sensors

 16 channel A/D channels (4 no's) for auxiliary sensors other thanC,T & pressure
 A/D convertor with differential inputs and low pass filters, high power capability for
support of auxiliary sensors-Dissolved oxygen &pH.
 Battery powered with internal data storage up to 2GB (internal memory).
 Data are transferred via Rs 232 or USB to a Pc for processing.
 Data Logging: User friendly operation: Data logging starts up i) with a switch or ii)
Once unit touches the water
 Powerful software to be included.
 1 set unit support maintenance kit.
A programmable serial ASCII data output containing up to seven variables in computed

engineering units. Calibration coefficients should be stored in EEPROM, and separate option
to convert raw CTD data to temperature, depth, salinity, etc.
 A dual core processor PC running Windows Operating system with I8 3.4 GHz PV
processor, 16GB RAM or better shall be provided (suitable for marine environment).
 Industrialized 19” LED colour monitors with resolution 1280x1024 pixels,
 DVD RW with optical mouse and keyboard.
 Training on operation and maintenance should be
provided to two NIOT personnel by OEM/OEM authorised personnel.
 Installation: The unit shall be properly placed/ secured as per NIOT recommendation.
The necessary accessories for securing should be under installation scope.
measurement Range Initial Accuracy Time response
0 – 7S/m ± 0.0003 S/m 0.060 second

Conductivity
Temperature, Approx. -3 to
± 0.001°C 0.065 second
primary (°C) +35°C
Pressure Up to 1000 m 0.05% F.S 0.015 second

pH 0 – 14 pH +/- 0.1 pH 1 sec
100% of surface
Do saturation in 2 % of saturation 1 sec
marine waters.
5.5 Hz 2- pole
A/D inputs 0 to +5 volts 0.005 volts Butterworth
Low pass filter
18.Specification for Autoclave
1 Capacity: 50 to70Liters
2. Power -2000-2500 watts, 220V AC, 50 HZ

3. Chamber Material: Stainless steel ( 316), Compact Design

4. Operating pressure – max 2 bar(g)
4 .Digital display
5. Fully automatic.
6. Independent temperature and pressure monitoring.
7. Microprocessor control panel.
8. Exhaust control valve open temperature setting.
9. Safety devices Pressure safety valve, over temperature limiter, Anti dry scorch
Limiter, Door interlock, Over Pressure limiter, Current fuse.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin Lab. The necessary accessories for installation
shall be uner installation scope.

19.Specification for refrigerated centrifuge
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ securedin Lab. The necessary accessories for installation
shall be under installation scope.
Features required:
Low Power and high performance maintenance free brushless motor.
Variable frequency Director Drive, High G Force of 31,304 x g
High acceleration & deceleration in pulse mode.
Factory programmable accln. And deaccln. rates
Safety door switch, Soft start/stop, Operator safety features such as Electronically operated
fail safe lid lock, imbalance detection.
Solid M.S. construction and steel armoured chamber for total containment, etc.
Counter balance lid, balanced in all positions, Large suction feet for maximum stability, CFC
Free Refrigeration System.
SPECTIFICATION
Maximum Speed : 20,000 RPM
Maximum RCF : 31,304 x g
Maximum sample volume : 200ml
Speed Control : Microprocessor controlled Variable Frequency
drive
Type of Motor / Drive : Asynchronous motor (Brushless)
Power : Low power consumption
Speed setting : Digital
Speed display : 0 to 20,000 RPM
Speed Accuracy : +/- 100 RPM
Acceleration & deceleration : Variable, 6 Steps
Temperature Display / Setting : Digital / -09° C to 40°C
Time Display / Setting : Digital / 1 to 99 Minutes & Hold
Power Requirement : 220 Volts / 50 Hz
Dimensions :approx 600 x 500 x 360mm
Net Weight approx : max 70 kg
24 x 1.5ml Angle rotor(with suitable tubes -100 nos)

6 X 50 ml Angle rotor(with suitable tube-50nos)
Adapters for 0.5 ml tubes
20. Specification for Portable nutrient analyser
Portable Nutrient analyser kit

It is used to analysis marine water nutrient content in laboratory. It should use to
measure minimum of six nutrients (Chloride, Potassium, Sodium, Ammonium, Nitrate, etc..).
Portable nutrient analyserdata can be downloaded to a computer with wired or wireless
communication using suitable software.
Features:
 Quick calibration of sensors.
 Software for downloading the data

 Ability to record and review date, time, location, co-ordinates and notes for every
sample.
 Data can be downloaded in readable format.
 Can be operated in DC voltage using adopter (main power supply 220V
AC,50Hz)/removable battery's.
21. Specification for Underway data logging
CTD Profiling from a Moving Vessel
The UnderwayCTD should provide CTD profiles while underway at up to 10kts.

Vertical profiles to a maximum depth of 1000m while underway. The arrangement should be
in such a way that, probe have to be tethered to the ship by up to 2km of high strength line,
with an unique deployment winch and proper automatic-spooling mechanism should be
provided. Retrieve / launching the probe to be done without ever needing to stop or slow
down the vessel. Bluetooth communications facilities to be provided.
Easy to operate on both Open Ocean and in Shallow Water.
Power Supply: 230V, AC, 50 Hz.

Sampling Rate: 16 Hz
Software: For down loading & processing of data
Batteries: Suitable rechargeable batteries with battery charger for CTD.
16GB RAM or better shall be provided with Bluetooth communication (suitable for marine
environment).
Industrialized 19” LED colour monitors with resolution 1280x1024 pixels.
DVD RW with optical mouse and keyboard.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured as per OEM/NIOT recommendation. The
necessary accessories for installation should be under installation scope.
specification must automatically be included in the scope of supply and must not be added as
additional.
22. Single Beam Echo Sounder
Power Supply : 220 V, 24 V DC

Storage capacity: 30 GB(atleast one day of raw data)
Frequency ranges: 12KHz, to 200KHz.
Depth Ranges: 0-1000m, with option for shallow water (0-10m)
Network NMEA, USB connections to be available.
If used as navigational echo sounder have to comply with IMO regulation A224(VII) as
amended.

23. Specification for Niskin water sampler and Messengers
Niskin water sampler and go devil Messengers- 10 no’s each
Niskin Watersampler(go devil messenger type)
Non-metallic free-flushing sampling bottles activated by GO Devil messenger when

individually or serially attached to hydro cable, with handle and facility to connect vertically
in operating cable.
Capacity : 5 litres
Operating cable dimension 6.2 to 6.4 mm
Go Devil Messenger
Approx Weight: 800 to 900 grams.
Suitable to operate niskin water sampler in cable diameter of 6.2 to 6.5 mm
Installation:
24. Specification for Zooplankton net with flowmeter
Zoo Plankton Net
Specification:
Mouth Ring Stainless steel
Aperture 750mm dia (inner)
Length of net 2000mm

Mesh Size 300µm for Plankton (Nylon mesh imported)
Nylon Collection Bucket
Collection Bucket Nylon
a. 100 – 105mm inner dia

b. 200mm height
c. U clamp removing type
With stainless steel(316) for eye lid for tying and towing
Side all four corners of the net additional support of the net (safety rope connect with mouth
apparatus to collection bucket)
Mechanical flow meter FLOWMETER with counter display MECHANICAL

rotor
RESPONSE WITH THE STANDARD ROTOR-
THRESHOLD APPROXIMATELY 1.5 knots to 15 knots.
Installation:
25. Specification for Dosimate Auto dispensing unit.
Universal dispensing unit for titration and dosing tasks in the laboratory.Including push-
button cable for manual dispensing control and exchange unit (20 mL).
A multitude of instruments can be connected at the USB interface of the dispensing unit,
(keyboard, mouse, USB compact printer, USB Memory Stick for methods and data backup).
The optional USB/RS-232 adapter box shall be provided to enablethe connection with a
computer.
The dispensing unit should be used in four mode of operation.
1.DOS (Dosing)
Dosing at the press of a button, particularly suitable for performing manual titrations
with indicator
2.XDOS (Extended Dosing)
Fixed volume dosing, Time-controlled dosing, Dosing according to dosing rate.
3.CNT D (Content dosing)
4.LQT (Liquid transfer)

Accessories
1. Manual dosing controller

2. Adapter USB MINI (OTG) - USB A
3. Exchange Unit (20 mL)
4. Suitable magnetic stirrer with stand
5. Suitable stirrer (propeller stirrer)
6. Compactable Exchange unit (50 ml).
Power – 220V, 50 Hz supply.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured in lab. The necessary accessories for installation
should be under installation scope.
26.Specification for Vacuum pump and filtration unit
oil free scientific Vacuum Pump – 2 nos
Specifications:
Materials: Powder coated die cast Aluminium body and pump head; Neoprene Diaphragm
with Teflon cover, Internal Pump Head Surfaces are Teflor coated and Leaf Valves are of
High-grade Stainless Steel. The power source is 220V AC / 50 Hz Motor.
3 pronged (grounded) cord and plug. 1/8 BSP inlet and outlet hose connectors
Maximum pressure :50 to 60 psi
Maximum vacuum: 24 to 28 Hg
Pump Weight: max 10 kg
Hydrosal filtration kit
Filtration Manifold – 2nos.
3-place steel units
Stainless steel body, 2/3-way valves, and filter holder supports with handles; stainless steel
hose connector and pipe plug
Filter holder supports silicone perforated stopper suitable for both filtration manifold & for
flask.
Connectors - Hose adapters for suitable tubing to connect with conical flask.
Sterilizing –Autoclave at 121°
Polysulfone Filter Holders (500 ml) – 6 nos
Used to fit in SS manifold with suitable stopper,

Recessed filter support provides sufficient clearance so that the membrane will not twist or
tear when the funnel is secured

Funnel cover can be provided with vent option

Filter flask – To collect filter water
Provision to connect with vacuum pump and filtration unit through suitable hose.
1 litre -02 no's
2 litres – 02 no's
Facility to connect two tubes in the flask (one end for manifold and other for vacuum pump)
Dummy stopper can be provided for each flask for closing the flask top and for hose adaptors
if not used.
Suitable Stopper to be provided for eachfilter flask to connect individual above said
Polysulfone Filter Holders.
Suitable silicone hose for above – 10 metres
Power – 220V, 50 Hz supply.
Installation:
The unit shall be properly placed/ secured in lab. The necessary accessories for installation
should be under installation scope.

Technical Specification Rev 5.0 Spares 1
List of B&D Spares per ship set
Sl.No. Description Spares required
Machinery: Main Engine

Type: 4-stroke, diesel engine
No of Engines : 02
1 Main bearing shell 1

2 Crank pin bearing shell 2
3 Piston pin bearing shell 2
4 Piston complete with connecting rod 1
5 Liner with O-rings 1
6 Cylinder cover complete with valves & fittings 2
7 Piston rings, set 4
8 Push rod inlet valve 2
9 Push rod exhaust valve 2
10 Rocker arm inlet valve 2
11 Rocker arm exhaust valve 2
12 Fuel injection pump 2
13 Fuel injection valves 6
14 Spring, fuel inj. Valve 2
15 Nozzles for fuel injection valves 8
17 Governor repair kit 1
18 Drive gear for cam shaft 1
19 Driven gear for cam shaft 1
20 O-ring set complete 4
21 Copper gasket set complete 4
22 Manifold gaskets set 2
23 H.P.Fuel oil pipes 2
24 Delivery valve on fuel inj. Pump 2
25 Spring, inner for inlet/exhaust valve 2
26 Spring, outer for inlet/exhaust valve 2
27 Inlet valve 1Set
28 Exhaust valve 2Sets
29 Guide, inlet valve 1
30 Guide, exhaust valve 1
31 Starting air valve, complete 2

32 Spring for starting air valve 1

33 Valve body, starting air valve 1
34 Spindle, starting air valve 1
35 Rocker arm bush 6
36 Valve clearence adjusting screw 6
37 Valve rotator 6
38 Oil seals(F.O. & L.O.) 2
39 Bolt for main bearing 1Set
40 Bolt for connecting rod bearing 1Set
41 Locking plate & bolts for main bearing 1Set
42 Locking plate & bolts for crank pin bearing 1Set
43 Indicator valve, complete 2
44 Seat, indicator valve 1
45 Spindle, indicator valve 1
46 Cylinder safety valve, complete 2
47 Seat, cylinder safety valve 1
48 Spindle, cylinder safety valve 1
49 Plunger barrel assembly(F.O. injection pump) 2
50 Adjusting screw for F.O. injector spring 2
51 Pressure regulating valve for fuel oil feed pump 1
52 Fuel oil filter cartridges, 1st stage 1
53 Fuel oil filter cartridges, 2nd stage 1
54 Lube oil filter cartridges, Suction 1
55 Lube oil filter cartridges, Discharge 1
56 Pressure gauge, L.O. pressure 1
57 Pressure gauge, F.O. pressure 1
58 Pressure gauge C.W. pressure 1
59 Pressure gauge, boost air pressure 1
60 Pressure gauge, rocker arm L.O. pressure 1
61 Pressure gauge, fuel valve cooling oil 1
62 Tachometer cable 1
Machinery : Main Engine Turbo Charger
Type : -
No of units : 2
1 Bearing, complete blower side 2
2 Bearing complete turbine side 2
3 Sealing bush, blower side' 2
4 Sealing bush, turbine side 2

5 Sight glass with gasket for L.O. 2

6 Filter element 2Sets
Machinery: Main Engine Gear Box

Type : Reverse reduction
No of units: 2
1 Bearing set 1
2 Oil seals 1
3 L.O.Pressure gauge 1
Machinery : Main air compressor

Type : 2-stage, single acting
No of units : 2
1 Piston, first stage 1Set

2 Piston, 2nd stage 1Set
3 First stage delivery valve 1Set
4 Second stage valve 1Set
5 Piston rings 1
6 Oil scraper rings 1
7 Lube oil suction filter 1
8 Lube oil pump complete 1
9 C.W.Pump seal 1
10 Impeller C.W.pump 1
11 Shaft, C.W.pump 1
12 Drive belt for C.W.pump 1
14 Crank bearing shell 1
16 Drive belt for compressor 1
17 Valve plate for 1st stage suction valve 1
18 Valve plate for 1st stage delivery valve 1
19 2nd stage suction valve plate 1
20 2nd stage delivery valve plate 1
21 Springs for 1st stage suction valve 1
22 Springs for 1st stage delivery valve 1
23 Springs for 2nd stage valves 1

24 1st stage relief valve, complete 1

25 2nd stage relief valve, complete 1
26 Intercooler relief valve, complete 1
27 Bursting disc 1
Machinery: Diesel generator engine

Type : Single acting 4- stroke, diesel engine
No of Engines : 03 (Recommended spares for atleast 2 engines) Spares per engine
2 Crankpin bearing shell 1
4 Piston complete with connnecting rod 1
5 Liner with O-rigns 1
6 Cylinder cover complete with valves & fittings 1
7 Piston rings, set 1
8 Push rod inlet valve 1
9 Push rod exhaust valve 1
10 Rocker arm inlet valve 1
11 Rocker arm exhaust valve 1
12 Fuel injection pump 1
13 Fuel injection valves, complete 1
14 Spring, fuel inj. Valve 1
15 Cylinder cover 1
16 Nozzles for fuel injection valves 1
17 Governor repair kit 1
18 Drive gear for cam shaft 1
19 Driven gear for cam shaft 1
20 O-ring set complete 1
21 Copper gasket set complete 1
22 Manifold gaskets set 1
23 H.P.Fuel oil pipes 1
24 Delivery valve on fuel inj. Pump 1
25 Spring, inner for inlet/exhaust valve 1
26 Spring, outer for inlet/exhaust valve 1
27 Inlet valve 1Set
28 Exhaust valve 2 Sets
29 Guide, inlet valve 1
30 Guide, exhaust valve 1

31 Starting air valve, complete 1

32 Spring for starting air valve 1
33 Valve body, starting air valve 1
34 Spindle, starting air valve 1
35 Rocker arm bush 1
36 Valve clearence adjusting screw 1
37 Valve rotator 1
38 Oil seals(F.O. & L.O.) 1
39 Bolt for main bearing 1
40 Bolt for connecting rod bearing 1
41 Indicator valve, complete 1
42 Spindle, indicator valve 1
43 Seat, indicator valve 1
44 Cylinder safety valve, complete 1
45 Seat, cylinder safety valve 1
46 Plunger barrel assembly(F.O.injection pump) 1
47 Adjusting screw for F.O.injector spring 1
48 Spring for F.O.injection valve 1
49 Pressure regulating valve for fuel oil feed pump 1
50 Fuel oil filter cartridges, 1st stage 1
51 Fuel oil filter cartridges, 2nd stage 1
52 Lube oil filter cartridges, Suction 1
53 Lube oil filter cartridges, Discharge 1
54 Impeller for C.W.pump 1
55 Bearings for C.W.pump 1
56 Shaft seal for C.W.pump 1
57 Shaft for C.W.pump 1
58 Impeller nut for C.W.pump 1
59 Shaft sleeve for C.W.pump 1
60 Shaft seal for F.O.booster pump 1
61 Shaft seal for rocker arm L.O.pump 1
62 Shaft seal for fuel valve cooling oil pump 1
63 Cable for tachometer 1
64 Pressure gauge, L.O.pressure 1
65 Pressure gauge, F.O.pressure 1
66 Pressure gauge C.W.pressure 1
67 Pressure gauge, boost air pressure 1
68 Pressure gauge, rocker arm L.O.pressure 1

69 Pressure gauge, fuel valve cooling oil 1

70 Drive gear for cam shaft drive 1
71 Driven gear for cam shaft drive 1
Machinery : D/G Engine turbo charger

Type : Exhaust gas
No of units : 3
1 Bearing, complete blower side 1

2 Bearing complete turbine side 1
3 Sealing bush, blower side' 1
4 Sealing bush, turbine side 1
5 Sight glass with gasket for L.O. 1
6 Filter element
The spares required for various Sea water, fresh water and oil
pumps may be rationalized follows:
For Sea water cooling and fresh water pumps:
For each type: One shaft
One impeller
one impeller nut
For each pump :One set of shaft seal
One set of coupling bushes
One set of wear rings
One set of bearings
Shaft sleeve
One set of bushes
For F.O. & L.O.Pumps
For each type : One set of gears
One relief valve complete
For each pumpm : One shaft seal
One set coupling bushes
One set bearings

Machinery : Emergency generator engine

Type : 4-stroke, high speed D/E
No. of units1
1 Inlet valve 1 Set

2 Exhaust valve 2 Sets
3 Set of piston rings 1 Set
5 Crank pin bearing shell 1
7 F.O.filter cartridge 1
8 Lube oil suction filter 1
9 Lube oil discharge filter 1
10 Fuel valve, complete 1Set
11 Fuel pump, complete 1
Spare Anchor
List of common spares:
Item 1
One propeller shaft PORT along with propeller.
One propeller shaft STBD along with propeller.
Item 2
One set stern tube seals.

NIOT
TOTAL SCIENTIFIC AREA : 197.25 M
MAIN PARTICULARS

-
- - -
COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL
PRELIMINARY GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
28.10.2014 INDIAN MARITIME UNIVERSITY
VISAKHAPATNAM CAMPUS
GANDHIGRAM,VISAKHAPATNAM-530005
PAVAN
U S RAMESH
MAIN PARTICULARS
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
NOTES

-
- - -
COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL
PRELIMINARY TRANSVERSE SECTIONS
14.07.2014 INDIAN MARITIME UNIVERSITY
VISAKHAPATNAM CAMPUS
GANDHIGRAM,VISAKHAPATNAM-530005
PAVAN
U S RAMESH
OFFSET
INDEX OF CONTENTS
All output for this loftbook given in m
Principal Dimensions Page 1
Frame Table Page 2
Section crossings on Waterline Page 3
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 1
Principal Dimensions
Overall Length 40.400
Length Between Perpendiculars 36.500
Beam 9.000
Draft 2.500
Depth at Centreline 4.000
Flat of Keel 0.000
Rise of Floor 0.000
Bilge Radius 0.000
Rake of Keel 0.000
Stern Overhang 1.682
Stem Overhang 2.218
Maximum Z-Point 0.000
Minimum Z-Point 5.900
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

Page 1
OFFSET
LOFTBOOK PAGE 2
Frame Table
Frame 0 is at position 0.000
+--------------+------------+
| | |
| Frame Number | Spacing |
| | |
+--------------+------------+
| | |
| -14 | -7.000 |
| | |
| -13 | -6.500 |
| | |
| -12 | -6.000 |
| | |
| -11 | -5.500 |
| | |
| -10 | -5.000 |
| | |
| -9 | -4.500 |
| | |
| -8 | -4.000 |
| | |
| -7 | -3.500 |
| | |
| -6 | -3.000 |
| | |
| -5 | -2.500 |
| | |
| -4 | -2.000 |
| | |
| -3 | -1.500 |
| | |
| -2 | -1.000 |
| | |
| -1 | -0.500 |
| | |
| 0 | 0.000 |
| | |
| 1 | 0.500 |
| | |
| 2 | 1.000 |
| | |
| 3 | 2.000 |
| | |
| 4 | 3.500 |
| | |
| 5 | 5.500 |
| | |
Page 2
OFFSET
+--------------+------------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 3
+--------------+------------+
| | |
| Frame Number | Spacing |
| | |
+--------------+------------+
| | |
| 6 | 8.000 |
| | |
| 7 | 11.000 |
| | |
| 8 | 14.500 |
| | |
| 9 | 18.500 |
| | |
| 10 | 23.000 |
| | |
| 11 | 28.000 |
| | |
| 12 | 33.500 |
| | |
| 13 | 39.500 |
| | |
| 14 | 46.000 |
| | |
+--------------+------------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM
LOFTBOOK PAGE 4
Section crossings on Waterline
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| Waterline | Section | Section | Section | Section |
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 1.000 | 1.500 | 2.000 | 2.500 |
3.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
Page 3
OFFSET
|
| 2.000 | 1.947 | 2.207 | 2.446 | 2.670 |
2.875 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -1.947 | -2.207 | -2.446 | -2.670 |
-2.875 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 3.397 | 3.531 | 3.661 | 3.788 |
3.905 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.397 | -3.531 | -3.661 | -3.788 |
-3.905 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.160 | 4.234 | 4.308 | 4.373 |
4.430 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.160 | -4.234 | -4.308 | -4.373 |
-4.430 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 5
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 3.500 | 4.000 | 4.500 | 5.000 |
5.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | -1.170 | -1.573 | -1.931 | -2.223 |
-2.468 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 1.170 | 1.573 | 1.931 | 2.223 |
Page 4
OFFSET
2.468 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 3.064 | 3.242 | 3.404 | 3.550 |
3.684 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.064 | -3.242 | -3.404 | -3.550 |
-3.684 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.014 | 4.114 | 4.211 | 4.294 |
4.361 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.014 | -4.114 | -4.211 | -4.294 |
-4.361 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.473 | 4.492 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.473 | -4.492 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 6
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 6.000 | 6.500 | 7.000 | 7.500 |
8.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 2.681 | 2.868 | 3.033 | 3.178 |
3.309 |
| | | | | |
Page 5
OFFSET
|
| | -2.681 | -2.868 | -3.033 | -3.178 |
-3.309 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 3.809 | 3.927 | 4.033 | 4.128 |
4.208 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.809 | -3.927 | -4.033 | -4.128 |
-4.208 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.421 | 4.466 | 4.488 | 4.497 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.421 | -4.466 | -4.488 | -4.497 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 7
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 8.500 | 9.000 | 9.500 | 10.000 |
10.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 3.428 | 3.537 | 3.637 | 3.726 |
Page 6
OFFSET
3.807 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.428 | -3.537 | -3.637 | -3.726 |
-3.807 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.273 | 4.325 | 4.367 | 4.404 |
4.438 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.273 | -4.325 | -4.367 | -4.404 |
-4.438 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 8
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 11.000 | 11.500 | 12.000 | 12.500 |
13.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
Page 7
OFFSET
|
| 1.000 | 3.881 | 3.952 | 4.022 | 4.093 |
4.162 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.881 | -3.952 | -4.022 | -4.093 |
-4.162 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.464 | 4.483 | 4.495 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.464 | -4.483 | -4.495 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 9
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 13.500 | 14.000 | 14.500 | 15.000 |
15.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
Page 8
OFFSET
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 4.226 | 4.281 | 4.322 | 4.355 |
4.382 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.226 | -4.281 | -4.322 | -4.355 |
-4.382 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 10
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 16.000 | 16.500 | 17.000 | 17.500 |
18.000 |
| | | | | |
Page 9
OFFSET
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 4.399 | 4.423 | 4.440 | 4.452 |
4.462 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.399 | -4.423 | -4.440 | -4.452 |
-4.462 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 11
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 18.500 | 19.000 | 19.500 | 20.000 |
Page 10
OFFSET
20.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 4.474 | 4.481 | 4.477 | -4.451 |
-4.408 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.474 | -4.481 | -4.477 | 4.451 |
4.408 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 12
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
Page 11
OFFSET
|
| | 21.000 | 21.500 | 22.000 | 22.500 |
23.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | -4.350 | -4.276 | -4.188 | 4.086 |
3.971 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 4.350 | 4.276 | 4.188 | -4.086 |
-3.971 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.500 | 4.495 | 4.474 | 4.438 |
4.390 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.495 | -4.474 | -4.438 |
-4.390 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
-4.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 13
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Page 12
OFFSET
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 23.500 | 24.000 | 24.500 | 25.000 |
25.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 3.846 | 3.711 | 3.566 | 3.412 |
-3.254 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.846 | -3.711 | -3.566 | -3.412 |
3.254 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 4.327 | 4.250 | 4.158 | 4.057 |
-3.943 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.327 | -4.250 | -4.158 | -4.057 |
3.943 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.498 | 4.481 | 4.441 | 4.383 |
-4.311 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.498 | -4.481 | -4.441 | -4.383 |
4.311 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 | 4.500 |
-4.491 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 | -4.500 |
4.491 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 14
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
Page 13
OFFSET
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 26.000 | 26.500 | 27.000 | 27.500 |
28.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | 3.094 | -2.937 | -2.780 | -2.624 |
2.469 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.094 | 2.937 | 2.780 | 2.624 |
-2.469 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 3.822 | -3.692 | -3.555 | -3.412 |
3.261 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.822 | 3.692 | 3.555 | 3.412 |
-3.261 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 4.227 | -4.136 | -4.036 | -3.925 |
3.804 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.227 | 4.136 | 4.036 | 3.925 |
-3.804 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.467 | -4.430 | -4.378 | -4.312 |
4.232 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.467 | 4.430 | 4.378 | 4.312 |
-4.232 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 15
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
Page 14
OFFSET
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 28.500 | 29.000 | 29.500 | 30.000 |
30.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | -2.314 | -2.159 | -2.005 | 1.856 |
-1.713 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 2.314 | 2.159 | 2.005 | -1.856 |
1.713 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | -3.105 | -2.943 | -2.773 | 2.597 |
-2.411 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 3.105 | 2.943 | 2.773 | -2.597 |
2.411 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 3.666 | 3.515 | 3.357 | 3.196 |
-3.043 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -3.666 | -3.515 | -3.357 | -3.196 |
3.043 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 4.138 | 4.030 | 3.911 | 3.784 |
-3.644 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -4.138 | -4.030 | -3.911 | -3.784 |
3.644 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 16
Page 15
OFFSET
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 31.000 | 31.500 | 32.000 | 32.500 |
33.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | -1.578 | -1.458 | 1.358 | -1.286 |
-1.232 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 1.578 | 1.458 | -1.358 | 1.286 |
1.232 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | -2.221 | -2.038 | 1.867 | 1.708 |
1.563 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 2.221 | 2.038 | -1.867 | -1.708 |
-1.563 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | -2.889 | -2.729 | 2.559 | 2.367 |
2.169 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 2.889 | 2.729 | -2.559 | -2.367 |
-2.169 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | -3.496 | -3.341 | 3.181 | 3.019 |
2.845 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 3.496 | 3.341 | -3.181 | -3.019 |
-2.845 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 17

Page 16
OFFSET
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 33.500 | 34.000 | 34.500 | 35.000 |
35.500 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | -1.191 | -1.153 | -1.111 | -1.060 |
-0.999 |
| | | | | |
|
| | 1.191 | 1.153 | 1.111 | 1.060 |
0.999 |
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | 1.424 | -1.292 | 1.165 | -1.049 |
-0.933 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -1.424 | 1.292 | -1.165 | 1.049 |
0.933 |
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 1.962 | 1.761 | 1.583 | 1.414 |
1.237 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -1.962 | -1.761 | -1.583 | -1.414 |
-1.237 |
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 2.657 | 2.455 | 2.230 | 2.005 |
1.788 |
| | | | | |
|
| | -2.657 | -2.455 | -2.230 | -2.005 |
-1.788 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
KCS SURFACE SYSTEM

LOFTBOOK PAGE 18
Page 17
OFFSET
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
Section |
| | | | | |
|
| | 36.000 | 36.500 | 37.000 | 37.500 |
38.000 |
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
| | | | | |
|
| 1.000 | -0.929 | 0.860 | 0.773 | 0.618 |
|
| | | | | |
|
| | 0.929 | -0.860 | -0.773 | -0.618 |
|
| | | | | |
|
| 2.000 | -0.721 | | | |
|
| | | | | |
|
| | 0.721 | | | |
|
| | | | | |
|
| 3.000 | 0.981 | -0.396 | | |
|
| | | | | |
|
| | -0.981 | 0.396 | | |
|
| | | | | |
|
| 4.000 | 1.525 | 1.124 | -0.419 | |
|
| | | | | |
|
| | -1.525 | -1.124 | 0.419 | |
|
| | | | | |
|
| 5.000 | | | -1.385 | -0.695 |
|
| | | | | |
Page 18
OFFSET
|
| | | | 1.385 | 0.695 |
|
| | | | | |
|
+------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+-
-----------+
Page 19
Tender Document Rev 5.0 Schedule V1 / 1
SCHEDULE-VI
FORM OF AGREEMENT
(on approved Bond paper)
PREAMBLE
THIS CONTRACT, (No. : _____________________), made and entered into, this

______________________ day of ____________________ between NATIONL INSTITUTE OF
OCEAN TECHNOLOGY, CHENNAI REPRESENTED BY DIRECTOR (Hereinafter called the
"Buyer") of the one part and M/s._____________________________________, with their registered
office at ________________________________________ and having their works at
__________________________________________ (Hereinafter called the "Builder") of the other
part.
WITNESSETH
In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Builder agrees to construct, launch,
equip and complete 2 nos. of Coastal Research Vessel as described in Article I, (hereinafter
referred to as "Vessels"), at its Yard at ______________________and deliver the same to the Buyer,
as per the terms and conditions contained in this contract, free and clear of all liens, claims, mortgages
and any other encumbrances whatsoever, in clean and sea-worthy condition ready for the intended
service in all respects; and the Buyer agrees to buy and accept delivery of the vessel in accordance with
the Terms and Conditions hereinafter set forth.
BUYER BUILDER
For and on behalf of the For and on behalf of
President of India,
BY: BY:
NAME: NAME:
TITLE: TITLE:
WITNESS: WITNESS:

Tender Document Rev 5.0 Schedule V1I / 1
SCHEDULE VII
FORMAT FOR FINANCIAL BID
TABLE VIIA
Price
Sl. No. Description
(Rs. In Lakhs)
I Basic cost of the First vessel ex-works, complete in accordance

with approved specifications and drawings and inclusive of
B&D spares.
II Taxes
%
A. Sales tax/VAT
B. Excise duty
C. Other taxes/duties
D. Total Taxes (A+B+C)
TOTAL FOR FIRST VESSEL (I+II)
III Rupees in words:
-SEAL- Signature of Bidder
Dated:
Address:
Signature of Witness
Name (Block letters)
Address and Occupation

TABLE VIIB
Price
Sl. No. Description
(Rs. In Lakhs)
IV Basic cost of the Second vessel ex-works, complete in

accordance with approved specifications and drawings and
inclusive of B&D spares.
V Taxes %
A. Sales tax/VAT
B. Excise duty
C. Other taxes/duties
D. Total Taxes (A+B+C)
TOTAL FOR SECOND VESSEL (IV+V)
VI Rupees in words:
Dated:
Address:

TABLE VIIC
Price
Sl. No. Description
(Rs. In Lakhs)
VII TOTAL FOR FIRST VESSEL
Rs.
(Rupees :
TOTAL FOR SECOND VESSEL

VIII Rs.
(Rupees :
IX TOTAL PRICE (VII+VIII) Rs.

(Rupees :
Dated:
Address:
Note: The figure quoted in IX above will be used for price evaluation as quoted price of
vessels in section 3.2.2. of schedule 1.

 - The break up cost of the basic cost of the vessel ( s.nos I & IV of table VIIA & VIIB
Respectively) should be furnished along with financial bid and not for evaluation.
TABLE VIID
S.No DESCRIPTION PRICE IN Rs (LAKHS)
1st VESSEL 2nd VESSEL
1 MODEL TEST 0
2 STEEL + ALUMINUM + YARD
MATERIAL
3 PROPULSION SYSTEM
4 AUXILIARY ENGINES +
ELECTRICAL+INSTRUMENTATION
+ CONTROL
5 MAIN MACHINERY SUB SYSEMS
6 SHIP AUXILIARY & COMMON
SYSTEMS
7 EQUIPMENT FOR
ACCOMMODATION + GALLEY
8 SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT +
SCIENTIFIC HANDLING
EQUIPMENT
9 YARD EFFORTS +
SUBCONTRACTS (INCLUDING
DESIGN)
10 LABOUR COST
11 OVERHEADS
12 OTHERS (SPECIFY)
TOTAL IN RUPEES (LAKHS)
Dated:
Address:

Notes:
1. All prices quoted above, are firm prices.
2. Bidder must confirm that the quoted price is inclusive of discounts (if any), all charges,
duties, levies, taxes etc and no other charges are payable to Builder unless specifically
agreed by buyer in writing.
3. Prices should be quoted strictly as per price format
4. In case of wrong indication of taxes/duties/levies, buyer will not be responsible for the
same and the benefit of ‘change in law’ clause will not be applicable to them in case of
being successful bidder.

Commercial Terms Compliance sheet
Sl. Particulars Yes No Remarks

No
1. Whether Taxes and duties are shown separately as per price bid
format?
2. Whether Bid Bond / Bid Security for Rs.3.5 crore is uploaded
along with the tender and the original is submitted through post
in sealed cover.
3. Whether Bid Security kept valid up to 240 days from the date of
opening of tender ?
4. Whether accepted to sign a contract with buyer within a
maximum period of 30 days of date of LOI
5. Whether submission of Performance Security Bond for 10% of
the contract value in the format provided with the tender
document at Appendix- 2, in the form of a Bank
Guarantee from a scheduled bank is acceptable?
6. Whether bid is valid for 240 days from the date of opening of
the technical bid?
7. Whether payment terms of the tender is complied with?
8. Whether submission / acceptance of warranty as per Article X of
Schedule IV ?
9. Whether the delivery period as indicated in the tender document
is complied with ?
10. Whether tender is submitted in the etender portal as per two bid
system
11. Whether only technical details in support of vendor’s claim
without price information is uploaded under technical bid (Part-A)
in the etender portal
12. Whether all deliverables agreed as per tender unconditionally?
13. Whether liquidated damage clause is acceptable ?
14. Whether the bid is fully complying with tender specification and
drawing?
15. Whether a copy of your VAT, TIN, CST, ST Registration
certificates and PAN details are attached
16. Whether Customs Duty concession considered as per Tender
Clause No. 4.5.3 of Schedule I ?
17. Whether Excise Duty exempted considered as per Tender Clause
No.11.1 of Schedule I ?
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that we have gone through all the terms and conditions of the tender including
detailed technical specification of ' Design, Construction and delivery of two numbers
Coastal Research Vessel'. We have submitted our bid fully complying all the tender
requirements and we have not taken any deviation what so ever.
We have submitted tender in e-tender portal under Two Bid System and have not uploaded the
price information as part to the technical commercial details (Stage-I).
We have submitted the price bid strictly as per price bid format. We have also taken into
account the applicable concession in respect of Customs Duty & Excise Duty as per tender
Clause No.4.5.3 and 11.1 of Schedule I of tender document.
Date : Authorized Signatory
Name of the Company
Seal
Note :
1. The scanned copy of this certificate to be uploaded in the e-tender portal.

2. The original certificate should be submitted alongwith the Bid Security in a sealed cover
superscribing the tender No.

351 101 005 - C

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

351 101 005 - C

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

TENDER DOCUMENT

DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND DELIVERY OF

TWO NO’S COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF OCEAN TECHNOLOGY

Tender Number: NIOT/20/875/2014 - 15

Date: 15th December, 2014

IMUV/P037/1000-100- REV 5.0 Date:11.12.2014

The information contained in this Tender document is the proprietary

TENDER FOR CONSTRUCTION & SUPPLY OF

TWO NO’S COASTAL RESEARCH VESSEL

For National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai

Schedule No. Subject Page No.

NOTICE INVITING TENDER 1 to 3

I GENERAL CONDITIONS SCH I/1to20

II DETAILS TO ACCOMPANY TECHNICAL BID SCH II/1to2

III FORMATS MENTIONED IN SCHEDULE II SCH III/1to9

IV DRAFT CONTRACT SCH IV/1to53

V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SCH V/1-203

VI FORM OF AGREEMENT SCH VI/1

VII FORMAT FOR FINANCIAL BID SCH VII/1to5

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

NOTICE INVITING TENDER

National Institute of Ocean Technology (hereinafter referred to as NIOT), invite – on a non-

1. Tender No. : NIOT/20/875/2014 - 15

2. Description of Services : Building of 2 Nos of Coastal Research

3. Pre-bid conference scheduled on : 19th January, 2015 at 10:30 hrs (IST)

5. Opening date & time

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

6. Bid Validity upto : 240 days from the date of opening of

9. Address for Correspondence : The Director

10. Email Id : newcrv@niot.res.in

14. Pre-bid conference

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

Conditional Bids indicating exceptions/deviations to the tender clauses are liable to

14.6 The following discipline will be adopted during pre-bid meeting:

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

to technical failure of e-tender can be considered in exceptional cases only.

3 BID QUALIFICATION & EVALUATION CRITERA

All documentary evidence towards qualification criteria / evaluation criteria to be

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

3.2 BID EVALUATION CRITERA

3.2.1 Technical evaluation will be based on fulfilment of all conditions listed in

4.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

4.3 PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE

4.4 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER:

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

4.5 CONDITIONS FOR SELECTION OF MAKES AND VENDORS

4.5.2. Procurement of equipment/materials from vendor(s) as approved by buyer shall not

5 BID SECURITY BOND AND PERFORMANCE SECUIRITY

5.1.3. No interest is payable on the BID SECURITY AMOUNT.

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

5.1.6. In case of withdrawals or amends or impairs or derogates or non-compliance of bid

5.2 PERFORMANCE SECURITY BOND

5.2.5. No interest is payable on the PERFORMANCE SECURITY.

5.3 BID BONDS IN BANK GUARANTEE FORM AND ITS AUTHENTICATION

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

authenticated thus, may be liable to be treated as cancelled one.

6 CURRENCY OF THE BID:

7 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF BID

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

National Institute of Ocean Technology Coastal Research Vessel

Bank Guarantee No. __________ Date: _

Valid upto : ____________________ Amount :

3. Therefore, we (Bank) __ registered under

Dated this _day of 200 at _________